TOWN OF BURLINGTON
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Contract 16C-491-0017
Department of Public Works
Engineering Division
25 Center Street
Burlington MA 01803
(781) 270-1640
April 13, 2016
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INVITATION FOR BID
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
FORM OF GENERAL BID
ADDENDA
BID FORM
TOTAL BID PRICE
CONTRACTOR REFERENCES
CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION
AGREEMENT
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
GENERAL CONDITIONS
APPENDIX A –
3
4
5
10
11
12
12
17
18
19
20
21
36
Specification Sections
01519 Temporary Facilities
01735 Cutting, Coring and Patching
02051 Asbestos Abatement for Buildings
03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete
15050 Basic Mechanical and Electrical Requirements
15070 Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints
15600 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning
15900 Building Control Systems
15990 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing
16010 Electrical Work – Basic Requirements
16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods
16123 Building Conductors and Cables
16442 Panelboards
Prevailing Wages
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
2
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
INVITATION FOR BID
PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
Sealed Filed Sub Bids for CONTRAT will be received by DPW/Engineering, Town
Hall, 25 Center Street, Burlington, Massachusetts, 01803 until 9:00 AM April 28,
2016 and will be publicly opened and read aloud at such time
Sealed bids for CONTRACT will be received by DPW/Engineering, Town Hall, 25
Center Street, Burlington, Massachusetts, 01803 until 9:00 AM May 5, 2016 and will
be publicly opened and read aloud at such time.
•
Specifications and bid forms are available on the DPW website site at:
http://www.burlington.org ,under the Projects & Programs tab.
•
Electronic Plans, Specifications, and bid forms may be obtained at the
DPW/Engineering, 25 Center Street, Burlington, Massachusetts, 01803 after April
13, 2016 between 8:30 AM and 4:00 PM for a fifty ($50.00) dollar nonrefundable
reproduction fee.
•
A bid bond of five (5) percent is required.
•
Successful bidder will provide 100% Payment and Performance bonds.
•
This project is bid according to MGL 149.
•
Prevailing wage shall be paid per MGL 149 SECT. 26-27D
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
3
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The work under this contract shall include all equipment, labor, material, supplies, etc.
necessary to provide the work described in this contract.
HVAC Replacement for the Mt Hope Christian School. 3 McGinnis Dr., Burlington, MA
The project is to demolish the existing HVAC system at the Mt Hope Christian School
and provide new. The existing HVAC system has 3 Smith cast iron hot water boilers, hot
water circulators, unit ventilators, unit heaters, cabinet unit heaters, and pneumatic
controls. The HVAC new system will consist of new gas-fired condensing hot water
boilers, hot water circulation pumps, blow through hot water unit ventilators, unit heaters,
cabinet unit heaters and new web based DDC controls.
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
4
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1.
Receipt and Opening of Bids
The Town of Burlington, Massachusetts, herein called the Owner, acting by and through
its Department of Public Works, will receive sealed Bids for Furnishing and Installing
materials and labor for the replacement of the Burlington Police Stations boilers. Such
bids addressed to the DPW/Engineering, Town Hall Annex, 25 Center Street,
Burlington, MA 01803, and endorsed Bid for the replacement of the Burlington Police
Stations boilers will be received at the Office of the Engineering Division as specified in
the invitation for Bids at which time and place said bids will be publicly opened and read
aloud.
Any bid may be withdrawn prior to the above scheduled time for the opening of bids or
authorized postponement thereof. Any bid received after the time and date specified will
not be considered. The bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be
withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays
excluded, after opening the bids.
2.
Location and Work to be Done
The Location of the Work to be done is described in the project description.
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, services, materials, equipment, plant, machinery,
apparatus, appliances, tools, supplies, and all other things necessary to do all work
required for the completion of each item of the Work and as herein specified.
The Work to be done and paid for under any item shall not be limited to the exact extent
mentioned or described but shall include all incidental work necessary or customarily
done for the completion of that item.
3.
Preparation of Bid
Each bid must be submitted on the prescribed form. All blank spaces for bid prices must
be filled in, in ink or typewritten, in both words and figures.
Each bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope bearing on the outside the name of the
bidder, his address, and endorsed with the name of the project as specified in
Receipt and Opening of Bids.
If forwarded by mail, the sealed envelope containing the bid must be enclosed in
another envelope addressed as specified in Receipt and Opening of Bids.
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
5
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
The following sections need to be filled out and completed as part of the bid package;
• Form of General Bid
• Acknowledgement of Addenda, if any
• Bid Form
• Total Bid Price
• Contractor Reference
• Contractor Certification
4.
Bid Opening Procedure
The following list of requirements shall apply to each filed bid. Bids not meeting all the
requirements for timeliness and security will be rejected without opening; bids not
meeting signature and addenda requirements will be rejected prior to checking of bid
amounts.
Bids shall be filed at the place and before the time specified in Receipt and Opening of
Bids.
Properly executed bid security shall be placed in a sealed envelope and shall be attached
to the outside of the envelope containing the bid.
Bid signatures will be checked.
The total dollar amount of each bid will be read, and the three apparent lowest bids will
be selected for further consideration. These three apparent low bids will be read aloud
for the benefit of the other bidders and the bid opening procedure will be closed. All
those present at the bid opening may arrange a time to examine all bids after the bid
opening and after the reading of the three apparent low bids.
5.
Ability and Experience of Bidder
No award will be made to any bidder who cannot satisfy the Owner that he has sufficient
ability and experience in this class of work and sufficient capital and plant to enable him
to complete the work successfully within the time named. The Owner’s decision or
judgment on these matters will be final, conclusive, and binding.
Bidder shall have a minimum of five (5) years’ experience and have completed
satisfactorily five (5) jobs within that time of similar size and scope.
All Subcontractors shall have a minimum of five (5) years’ experience and have
completed satisfactorily five (5) jobs within that time of similar size and scope.
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
6
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
The Contractor must submit with his bid proposal a list of five (5) jobs which he has
successfully completed, giving the name and the address of these projects so they can be
investigated prior to the award of the contract.
The Owner may make such investigations as he deems necessary, and the bidder shall
furnish to the Owner, under oath if so required, all such information and data for this
purpose as the Owner may request.
6.
Condition of Work
Each bidder must familiarize himself fully with the conditions relating to the construction
of the project and the employment of labor thereon. Failure to do so will not relieve a
successful bidder of his obligation to furnish all material and labor necessary to carry out
the provisions of his Contract. Insofar as possible the Contractor, in carrying out his
work, must employ such methods or means as will not cause any interruption of or
interference with the work of any other Contractor.
7.
Addenda and Interpretations
No interpretation of the meaning of the plans, specifications or other pre-bid documents
will be made to any bidder orally. All information given to bidders other than by means
of the plans, specifications, or by addenda, as described below, is given informally and
shall not be used as the basis of a claim against the Owner.
Every request for such interpretation should be in writing addressed to the
DPW/Engineering, Department of Public Works, Town Hall Annex, 25 Center
Street, Burlington, MA 01803 and to be given consideration must be received no later
than 4:30 PM April 22, 2016. Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental
instructions will be in the form of written addenda to the Contract Documents which,
when issued, will be mailed by certified mail with return receipt requested to all
prospective bidders (at the respective address furnished by them for such purposes), no
later than three (3) days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Failure of any
bidder to receive any such addendum or interpretation shall not relieve such bidder from
any obligation under this bid as submitted. All addenda so issued shall become part of the
Contract Documents.
8.
Laws and Regulations
The bidder’s attention is directed to the fact that all applicable State laws, municipal
ordinances, and the rules and regulation of all authorities having jurisdiction over
construction of the project shall apply to the Contract throughout, and they will be
deemed to be included in the Contract the same as though herein written out in full.
9.
Information Not Guaranteed
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
7
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
All information given in the Contract Documents relating to unseen conditions, natural
phenomena, existing pipes, and other structures is from the best sources at present
available to the Owner. All such information is furnished only for the information and
convenience of bidders and is not guaranteed.
It is agreed and understood that the Owner does not warrant or guarantee that the
subsurface or other conditions, natural phenomena, existing pipes, or other structures
encountered during construction will be the same as those indicated in the Contract
Documents.
If is further agreed and understood that no bidder or Contractor shall use or be entitled to
use any of the information made available to him or obtained in any examination made
by him in any manner as a basis of or ground for any claim or demand against the Owner
or the Engineer, arising from or by reason of any variance which may exist between the
information made available and the actual subsurface or other structures actually
encountered during the construction work, except as may otherwise be expressly
provided for in the Contract Documents.
10.
Bid Security
Each bid must be accompanied by a BID BOND, CASH, or, CERTIFIED CHECK,
payable to the Town, in the amount stated in INVITATION TO BID. Such checks will
be returned to all except the three (3) lowest responsible and eligible bidders within five
(5) days, Saturday, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after the opening of bids, and
the remaining checks will be returned promptly after the Owner and the accepted bidder
have executed the Contract, or if no notice of intent to award has been presented to the
selected contractor within thirty (30) days, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays excluded,
after the date of the opening of bids, upon demand of the bidder at any time thereafter.
The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner
because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the
actual damages the Owner would in such event sustain, and said amount is agreed to be
the amount of damages which the Owner would sustain and said amount shall be retained
from time to time by the Owner from current periodical estimates.
11.
Right to Reject Bid
The Owner reserves the right to waive any informality or reject any and all bids and
alternate bids, should the Owner deem it to be in the public interest to do so.
The Owner also reserves the right to reject the bid of any bidder that the Owner considers
to be unqualified based on the criteria set forth in Article 5 herein.
12.
Time for Completion
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
8
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
The bidder must agree to commence work and to fully complete the project within the
time limit stated in SPECIAL CONDITIONS.
13.
Comparison of Bids
In the event that there is a discrepancy in FORM OF GENERAL BID between the lump
sum or unit prices written in words and figures, the prices written in words will govern.
14.
Rule for Award of Contract
The Contract will be awarded to “the lowest responsible and eligible bidder” for the Total
Price Bid pursuant to General Laws Chapter 149. Such a bidder shall possess the skill
ability and integrity necessary for the faithful performance of the work, shall be able to
furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed, or to
be employed, in the work, and shall otherwise comply with all applicable provisions of
law. Bidder shall execute formal agreement within ten (10) days of the Notice of Award.
15.
Statutes Regulating Competitive Bidding
Any bid that does not comply with the provisions of Massachusetts General Laws
Chapter 149 as amended, need not be accepted and the Owner may reject every such bid.
16.
Wage Rates
Prevailing Wage Rates as determined by the Commissioner of Department of Labor and
Industries under the provision of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Section
26 to 27G, as amended, apply to this project. It is the responsibility of the contractor,
before bid opening to request if necessary, any additional information on Prevailing
Wage Rates for those trades people who may be employed for the proposed work under
this contract.
State schedules of Prevailing Wage Rates are included in the contract documents.
17.
Bid Items Not Guaranteed
The successful bidder is not guaranteed all items or the total bid price under this contract.
Bidders must understand that like items will be bid under other contracts specifically
packaged as one complete project. The successful bidder has no right to similar items bid
under other projects. The Town Engineer will specify where and when this contract will
be applied to undertake a particular improvement
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
9
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
FORM OF GENERAL BID
Bid of ___________________________________ (hereinafter called “Bidder”)*
(____) a corporation, organized and existing under the laws of the state of ___________.
(____) a partnership
(____) a joint venture
(____) an individual doing business as ___________________________________
To the Town of Burlington, Massachusetts (hereinafter called “Owner”).
Gentlemen:
The bidder, in compliance with your invitation for bid, examined the Contract Documents
and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the proposed
project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby propose to furnish all
labor, materials, and supplies, and to construct the project in accordance with the
Contract Documents within the time set forth in the agreement, and at the prices stated
below. These prices are to cover all expenses incurred in performing the work required
under the Contract Documents, or which this proposal is a part.
---------------------*Insert corporation, partnership or individual as applicable.
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
10
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
ADDENDA
Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda:
No.______________________Dated:______________________
No.______________________Dated:_______________________
No.______________________Dated:______________________
No.______________________Dated:_______________________
No.______________________Dated:_______________________
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
11
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
BID FORM
TOTAL BID PRICE
Total Price Bid: $
Bid Price in Words:
Name:
Signature:
Title:
Company:
Address:
Phone:
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
12
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
FORM FOR SUB-BID
ELECTRICAL
To All General Bidders Except Those Excluded:
A.
The undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for
completing, in accordance with the hereinafter described plans, specifications and
addenda, all the work specified in Division 16 of the specifications and in any plans
specified in such section, prepared by Weston & Sampson Engineers, Inc. for
construction of Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement in Burlington,
Massachusetts, for the contract sum of
Dollars*
($
).
* All entries must be made clearly and in ink.
B.
This sub-bid includes addenda numbered
C.
This sub-bid
(
.
) may be used by any general bidder except:
( ) may only be used by the following general bidders:
(To exclude general bidders, insert "X" in one box only and fill in blank following
that box. Do not answer C if no general bidders are excluded.)
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
13
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
D.
The undersigned agrees that, if he is selected as a sub-bidder he will, within five
(5) days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after presentation of a
subcontract by the general bidder selected as the general contractor, execute with
such general bidder a subcontract in accordance with the terms of this sub-bid,
and contingent upon the execution of the general contract, and, if requested so to
do in the general bid by the general bidder, who shall pay the premiums therefor,
or if prequalification is required pursuant to section 44D 3/4 , furnish a
performance and payment bond of a surety company qualified to do business
under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the awarding authority,
in the full sum of the subcontract price.
E.
The names of all persons, firms and corporations furnishing to the undersigned
labor or labor and materials for the class or classes or part thereof of work for
which the provisions of the section of the specifications for this sub-trade require
a listing in this paragraph, including the undersigned if customarily furnished by
persons on his own payroll and in the absence of a contrary provision in the
specifications, the name of each such class of work or part thereto and the bid
price for each such class of work or part thereof are:
Name
Class of Work
Bid Price
(Do not give bid price for any class or part thereof furnished by
undersigned.)
F.
The undersigned agrees that the above list of bids to the undersigned represents
bona fide bids based on the hereinbefore described plans, specifications and
addenda and that, if the undersigned is awarded the contract, they will be used for
the work indicated at the amounts stated, if satisfactory to the awarding authority.
G.
The undersigned further agrees to be bound to the General Contractor by the
terms of the hereinbefore described plans, specifications, including all general and
supplemental general conditions stated therein, and addenda, and to assume
toward him all the obligations and responsibilities that he, by those documents,
assumes toward the Owner.
H.
The undersigned offers the following information as evidence of his qualifications
to perform the work as bid upon according to all the requirements of the plans and
specifications:
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
14
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
1.
Have been in business under present business name
2.
Ever failed to complete any work awarded? __________
3.
List one or more recent buildings with names of General Contractor and
architect on which you served as a subcontractor for work of similar
character as required for the above-named building.
Building
Architect
General Contractor
years.
Amount of Contract
a.
b.
c.
I.
The undersigned hereby certifies he is able to furnish labor that can work in
harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the
work; that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully
completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United
States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in
duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish
documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified
payroll report for each employee: and that he will comply fully with all laws and
regulations applicable to awards of subcontracts subject to section forty-four F.
J.
The undersigned understands that all bids for this project are subject to the
applicable bidding laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, including
General Laws Chapter 149, Sections 44A to 44J, as amended. Every sub-bidder
must furnish the DCAM Sub-bidder Update Statement with the bid.
K.
The undersigned agrees to comply with the applicable portions of Division 00 and
01 of the project specifications, and other sections of the specification as
referenced. The undersigned also agrees to coordinate all work with that of other
trades to avoid conflict of equipment, so that the work of the entire project,
including all trades, shall not be delayed or interfered with.
L.
Bid security in the form of a bid bond, cash, certified check, treasurer's or
cashier's check, payable to the Owner, in a dollar amount of 5 percent of the total
bid, in accordance with the conditions in the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS,
has been attached to this bid.
M.
The successful sub-bidder shall be required to submit to the General Contractor a
signed certification showing compliance with the minority manpower ratios and
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
15
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
specific action steps contained in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts Equal
Employment Opportunity Anti-Discrimination and Affirmative Action Program
reprinted in Section 00830 of this specification.
N.
The undersigned further certifies under the penalties of perjury that this sub-bid is
in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other
person. As used in this subsection the word "person" shall mean any natural
person, joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity.
The undersigned further certifies under penalty of perjury that the said
undersigned is not presently debarred from doing public construction work in the
commonwealth under the provisions of section twenty-nine F of chapter twentynine, or any other applicable debarment provisions of any other chapter of the
General Laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder.
Date:
(Name of Sub-bidder)
By:
(Title and Name of Person Signing Bid)
(SEAL - if bid is by
a corporation)
(Business Address)
(City and State)
(Telephone Number)
(Fax Number)
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
16
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
CONTRACTOR REFERENCES
The undersigned offers the following information as evidence of his qualifications to
perform the work as bid upon according to all the requirements of the plans and
specifications.
1. Have been in business under present name for ___years.
2. The names and addresses of all persons interested in the bid (if made by a partnership
or corporation) as Principals are as follows:
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
(Attach supplementary list if necessary)
3. The bidder is requested to state below what work of a similar character to that
included in the proposed contract he has done, and give references that will enable the
Owner to judge his experience, skill and business standing (add supplementary page if
necessary).
#
Completion Project Name
Date
Contract
Amount
Reference
Name
Telephone
No.
1
2
3
4
5
4. Bank reference ____________________________
(Name)
(Bank)
(Address)
(Telephone No.)
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
17
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION
NON-COLLUSION
I certify under penalties of perjury that this bid or proposal has been made and submitted
under good faith and without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this
certification, the word “person” shall mean any natural person, business, partnership,
corporation, union, committee, club, or other organization, entity, or group of individuals.
TAX COMPLIANCE
Pursuant to Massachusetts General Law Chapter 62C, Section 49A, I certify under the
penalties of perjury that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, I am in compliance with
all laws of the Commonwealth relating to taxes, reporting of employees and contractors,
and withholding and remitting child support.
LABOR HARMONY / OSHA 10-HOUR
I will furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed
or to be employed in the work, and All employees to be employed in the work subject to
this bid have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved
by the United States Occupational Safety and Health administration that is at least 10
hours in duration.
Signature: __________________________________________________________
(Person Signing Bid)
___________________________________________________________________
(Name of Business)
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
18
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, by and between the party of the first part, the Town of Burlington,
hereinafter called “OWNER”, acting herein through its Town Administrator, and the
party of the second part hereinafter called “CONTRACTOR”.
WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements
hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR
hereby agrees with the OWNER to commence and complete the project described by
these bid documents hereinafter called the project, for the sum of the contract price and
all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the Contract
Documents; and at his (its and their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all the
materials, supplies, machinery equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and
other accessories and services necessary to complete the said project in accordance with
the conditions and prices stated in FORM OF GENERAL BID, GENERAL
CONDITIONS, Contract Documents as prepared by the Owner.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this contract.
$
Contract Price
AGREED:
Town of Burlington
Town Administrator
Date
Contractor
Date
Contractor
Company
Name:
Address:
In accordance with M.G.L. C. 44, Section 31C, this is to certify than an appropriation in
the amount of this contract is available therefore and that the Town Administrator has
been authorized to execute the contract and approve all requisitions and change orders.
Town Accountant
Date
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
19
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1. There will be a pre-bid walkthrough for all interested bidders on April 21, 2016,
at 10:00 AM at the school. Attendance is not mandatory but strongly
recommended.
2. All certified payroll slips must be submitted as part of the pay requisition package
for each individual pay requisition request, for each contractor and sub-contractor
that has performed work under this contract, up to date of the current pay
requisition before the pay requisition will be processed and paid.
3. The Contractor shall have a designated Project Manager, or a designated
Foreman, in the field at all times while work is taking place. The Project Manager
or designated Foreman shall have the authority to agree on quantities and items
with the Engineer and have all decision making ability on behalf of the
Contractor.
4. Under this contract the Contractor agrees to complete “Punch List of Items”
assembled by the Engineer.
5. Attention is directed to the following parts of the contract;
Description
Preparation of Bid
Experience of Bidders
Bid Security
Execution, Correlation and Intent
Contract Administration
Superintendent
Project/Progress Schedule
Liquidated Damages
Project Plans
Prevailing Wage Rates
Location in Contract
Instructions Bidders; Part 3
Instructions to Bidders; Part 5
Instructions to Bidders; Part 10
General Conditions; Article 1
General Conditions; Article 2
General Conditions; Article 4, Section 8
General Conditions; Article 4, Section 9
General Conditions; Article 6
Appendix B
Appendix C
6. Summary Table of Important Contract Dates
Item
Pre-Bid Walkthrough
Filed Sub Bid Opening
General Bid Opening
Completion of Work No
Later Than
Date
April 21, 2016, 10:00 AM
April 28, 2016, 9:00 AM
May 5, 2016, 9:00 AM
September 31, 2016
Amount
NA
NA
N/A
N/A
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
20
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
GENERAL CONDITIONS
ARTICLE 1
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.1
DEFINITIONS
1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents consist of the Owner-Contractor Agreement, the Conditions of
the Contract (General, and other Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications, all
Addenda issued prior to and all Change Orders issued after execution of the Contract, and
all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations. The Contract Documents include Bidding
Documents such as the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, the Instructions to Bidders,
sample forms, the Contractor’s Bid or portions of Addenda relating to any of these, or
any other documents, specifically enumerated in the Owner-Contractor Agreement.
1.1.2 THE CONTRACT
The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. This Contract represents
the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior
negotiations, representations, or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be
amended or modified only by a written Change Order.
1.1.3 THE WORK
The Work comprises the completed construction required by the Contract Documents and
includes all labor necessary to produce such construction, and all materials and
equipment incorporated in such construction.
1.1.4 THE PROJECT
The project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract
Documents may be the whole or a part.
1.1.5 OR EQUAL
The use of the words “Or Equal” following the name of any manufacturer, vendor or
proprietary product shall be understood to mean that articles or materials may be
substituted which, in the opinion of the Owner, are equal in quality, durability,
appearance, strength, design and performance to the articles or materials named or
described and will perform adequately in providing a first-class facility.
When submitting shop drawing information on articles or materials which are being
proposed as substitutes for specified items, the Contractor shall clearly identify them as
such. If the articles or materials are accepted as equal to those on which dimensions on
the drawings are based, any dimensional variance from those shown and/or specified
shall be shown on the shop drawings prepared by the Contractor, illustrating the manner
in which conformity to dimensions and design is to be obtained. All such drawings shall
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
21
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
be subject to the approval of the Owner and the installation of the article shall not
proceed without first obtaining said approval.
1.2
EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT
1.2.1
By executing the Contract, the Contractor represents that he has visited the site,
familiarized himself with the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed,
and correlated his observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
1.2.2
The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper
execution and completion of the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary,
and what is required by any one shall be as binding as if required by all. Work not
covered in the Contract Documents will not be required unless it is consistent therewith
and is reasonably inferable there from as being necessary to produce the intended results.
Words and abbreviations which have well-known technical or trade meanings are used in
the Contract Documents in accordance which such recognized meanings.
1.2.3
The Notice to Proceed will come in the form of a written letter to the Contractor. Once
the written Notice to Proceed has been received by the Contractor, that date will be legal
start date for work under the Contract.
In the event of a failure to issue a Notice to Proceed written document specifying the
commencement date, the pre-construction meeting date will serve as the Notice to
Proceed date.
1.3
OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS
1.3.1
All Drawings, Specifications and copies thereof furnished by the Owner are and shall
remain the Owner’s property. They are to be used only with respect to this Project and
are not to be used on any other project without prior written consent of the Owner. With
the exception of one contract set for each party to the Contract, such documents are to be
returned or suitably accounted for to the Owner at the completion of the Work.
Submission or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes
in connection with the Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of any
reserved rights.
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
22
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
ARTICLE 2
ADMINISTRATION
2.1
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
2.1.1
The designated representative of the Owner or its Engineer will visit the site at intervals
appropriate to the stage of construction to familiarize himself generally with the progress
and quality of the Work and to determine in general if the Work is proceeding in
accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Owner’s Representative or
Engineer will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to
check the quality or quantity of the Work.
2.1.2
The Owner shall at all times have access to the Work whenever it is in preparation and
progress. The Contractor shall provide facilities for such access so the Owner may
perform its functions under the Contract Documents.
2.1.3
The Owner shall make payments for completed work, as approved by the Owner, in
accordance with AIA. A ten percent retainage will be deducted from periodic payments
to the Contractor.
2.1.4
The Owner will render information necessary for the proper execution or progress of the
Work within five (5) working days of any request by the contractor or in accordance with
any time limit agreed upon.
2.1.5
The Owner will have authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contract
Documents. Whenever, in his opinion, he considers it necessary or advisable for the
implementation of the intent of the Contract Documents, he will have authority to require
special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not such Work is then fabricated,
installed or completed. Any such rejection of work shall not relieve the Contractor of the
responsibility for maintaining protection of the Work and the Owner’s property.
2.1.6
The Owner or its Engineer will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon
Contractor’s submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for
conformance with the design concept of the Work and with the information given in the
Contract Documents. Such action shall be taken with reasonable promptness so as to
cause no delay. The Owner’s approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an
assembly of which the item is a component.
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
23
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
2.1.7
The Owner will conduct inspections to determine the date of Substantial Completion and
Final Completion, will review written warranties and related documents required by the
Contract and assembled by the Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment.
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
24
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
ARTICLE 3
OWNER
3.1
DEFINITION
3.1.1
The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Owner-Contractor Agreement
and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and
masculine in gender. The term Owner means the Owner or his authorized representative,
which for this Project shall be the Town Engineer.
3.1.2
The Engineer for the Project shall be the Weston & Sampson.
3.2
INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER
3.2.1
The Owner shall, at the time of execution of the Agreement and any subsequent Change
Orders, certify for the Contractor that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill
the Owner’s obligations under the Contract.
3.2.2
The Owner shall furnish all documents describing the work.
3.2.3
Except as provided in Subparagraph 4.7.1. Owner shall secure and pay for necessary
approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for the construction, use or
occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities.
3.2.4
Information or services under the Owner’s control shall be furnished by the Owner with
reasonable promptness to avoid delay in the orderly progress of the Work.
3.2.5
The Owner will furnish the Contractor with three (3) copies of all Drawings and
Specifications and revisions issued during the progress of the Work; all additional copies
will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction.
3.2.6
The Owner, through its designated agent or Engineer, shall forward all instructions
directly to the Contractor.
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
25
Town of Burlington
3.3
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
OWNER’S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK
3.3.1
If the Contractor fails to correct defective Work as required by the Owner or fails to carry
out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or if the Owner shall for any
other reason so require, the Owner, by a written order signed personally or by an agent
specifically so empowered by the Owner in writing, may order the Contractor to stop the
Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated or until
further written notice from the Owner; however, this right of the Owner to stop the Work
shall not give rise to any duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the
benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity. The Contractor shall resume the
Work after such stoppage promptly upon written notice to do so from the Owner. If such
stoppage is required through no fault of the Contractor, the Contract Time (and the dates
for achieving Substantial Completion and Final Completion) shall be extended by a
period equal to the period of the stoppage, and the Contractor shall be compensated for its
reasonable and justifiable cost incurred as a result of such stoppage.
3.4
OWNER’S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK
3.4.1
If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents and fails within seven days after receipt of written notice from the
Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence
and promptness, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other remedy he may have,
perform such work or cause such work to be performed and/or make good such
deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from
the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such
deficiencies, including compensation for additional services made necessary by such
default, neglect or failure. If the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not
sufficient to cover the amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.
3.5
OWNER’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE CONTRACT
3.5.1
The Town reserves the right to terminate this Contract at their discretion with thirty (30)
with written notice to the contractor. In the event of Contract termination, all finished or
unfinished work, or un-used material, already paid for under Contract prices, shall
become the property of the Town of Burlington.
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
26
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
ARTICLE 4
CONTRACTOR
4.1
DEFINITION
4.1.1
The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Owner-Contractor
Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number
and masculine in gender. The term Contractor means the Contractor or his authorized
representative.
4.2
REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
4.2.1
The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and shall at
once report to the Owner any error, inconsistency or omission he may discover. The
Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for any damage resulting from errors,
inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents which he discovers but shall be
liable for damage to the extent he reasonably should have but failed to discover such
errors, inconsistencies or omissions. The Contractor shall perform no portion of the
Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where required, approved Shop
Drawings, Product Data or Samples for such portion of the Work.
4.3
SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES
4.3.1
The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using his best skill and attention
which shall not be less than such state of skill and attention generally rendered by the
contracting profession for projects similar to the Project in scope, difficulty and location.
The Contractor shall maintain adequate supervisory personnel at the Site during the
performance of the Work. He shall be solely responsible for all construction means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the
Work under the Contract.
4.3.2
The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of his
employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons performing
any of the Work under a contract with the Contractor. This obligation shall also extend
to the presence on the Site of suppliers of materials or equipment, their employees,
contractors, and agents engaged in the work.
4.3.3
The Contractor shall not be relieved from his obligations to perform the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents either by the activities or duties of the Owner in
its administration of the Contract.
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
27
Town of Burlington
4.4
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
LABOR AND MATERIALS
4.4.1
Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and
pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery and
service necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, whether
temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the
Work. The water, utilities, and restrooms of the Police Station may be used by the
Contractor at no cost unless the Contractor is deemed by the Owner to be wasteful in its
use of said services, at which case the cost of these services shall be borne by the
Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
4.4.2
The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among his
employees and shall not employ on the Work any unfit person or anyone not skilled in
the task assigned to him including all persons on the Site controlled directly or indirectly
by the Contractor.
All Contractor personnel that will actually be required to have a presence on the property
of the Police Station will be subject to a CORI (Criminal Offender Record Information)
review. No person will be permitted to perform any work if such person has not had a
CORI review completed, or if such review indicates prior criminal offenses. The CORI
shall be provided by the Contractor.
4.5
WARRANTY
4.5.1
The Contractor warrants to the Owner that all materials and equipment furnished under
this Contract will be new and of recent manufacture unless otherwise permitted in writing
by the Owner and that all Work will be of good quality, free from faults and defects and
in conformance with the Contract Documents. All Work not conforming to these
requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be
considered defective and, promptly after written notification of non-conformance, shall
be repaired or replaced by the Contractor with Work conforming to such requirements. If
required by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind
and quality of materials and equipment.
4.6
TAXES
4.6.1
The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes for
the Work or portion thereof provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted at the
time bids are received, whether or not yet effective.
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
28
Town of Burlington
4.7
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES
4.7.1
Unless otherwise expressly provided in the SPECIAL CONDITIONS, the Contractor
shall secure and pay for all permits and fees, licenses and inspections necessary for the
proper execution and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after
execution of the Contract and which are legally required at the time the bids are received,
and the same shall at all times be the property of the Owner and shall be delivered to the
Owner upon completion of the Project. The cost of Fire Watch shall be a pass though.
See Division 15 for further requirements for Fire Watch.
4.7.2
The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all federal, state and local laws,
ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the
performance of the Work. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with reproductions of
all permits, licenses and receipts for any fees paid. The Owner represents that it has
disclosed to the Contractor all orders and requirements known to the Owner of any public
authority particular to this Contract.
4.7.3
If the Contractor observes that any of the Contract Documents are at variance with
applicable laws, statutes, codes and regulations in any respect, he shall promptly notify
the Owner in writing, and any necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate
Modification.
4.7.4
If the Contractor performs any Work which he knows or should know is contrary to such
laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Owner, he shall
assume full responsibility therefore and shall bear all costs attributable thereto.
4.8
SUPERINTENDENT
4.8.1
The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who
shall be in attendance at the Project site at all times during the progress of the Work. The
superintendent shall represent the Contractor and all communications given to the
superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor.
Important
communications shall be confirmed in writing. Other communications shall be so
confirmed on written request in each case.
4.9
PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
29
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
4.9.1
The Contractor, immediately after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit
for the Owner’s information an estimated progress schedule for the Work. The progress
schedule shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract
Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work.
No work shall start without the Project schedule. The Contractor shall submit the project
schedule five (5) days prior to start the work.
4.10
DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE
4.10.1
The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of all Drawings,
Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, and “As-Built”
Drawings and Specifications in good order and marked currently to record all changes
made during construction, and approved Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
These shall be available to the Owner upon completion of the Work.
4.11
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
4.11.1
Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for
the Work by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to
illustrate some portion of the Work.
4.11.2
Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions,
brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate a
material, product or system for some portion of the Work.
4.11.3
Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship
and establish standards by which the Work will be judged.
4.11.4
The Contractor shall review, approve and submit, with reasonable promptness and in
such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of the Owner or any
separate contractor, all Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples required by the
Contract Documents.
4.11.5
By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, the Contractor
represents that he has determined and verified all material, field measurements, and field
construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and that he has checked and
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
30
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of
the Work and of the Contract Documents.
4.11.6
The Contract shall not be relieved of responsibility for any deviation from the
requirements or the Contract Documents by the Owner’s approval of Shop Drawings,
Product Data or Samples or the Engineer’s approval of the same unless the Contractor
has specifically informed the Owner or Engineer in writing of such deviation at the time
of submission and the Owner or Engineer has given written approval to the specific
deviation. The Contract shall not be relieved from responsibility from errors or
omissions in the Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples by the Owner’s approval
thereof.
4.11.7
The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop
Drawings, Product Data or Samples, to revisions other than those requested by the Owner
or its Engineer on previous submittals.
4.11.8
No portion of the Work requiring submission of a Shop Drawing, Product Data or
Sample shall be commenced until the submittal has been approved by the Owner or
Engineer. All such portions of the Work shall be in accordance with approved
submittals.
4.12
USE OF SITE
4.12.1
The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances,
permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with
any materials or equipment.
4.13
CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WORK
4.13.1
The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting or patching that may be
required to complete the Work or to make its several parts fit together properly.
4.13.2
The Contractor shall not damage or endanger any portion of the Work or the work of the
Owner or any separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering any work or
by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner or
any separate contractor except with the written consent of the Owner and of such separate
contractor. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or any
separate contractor his consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work.
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
31
Town of Burlington
4.14
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
CLEANING UP
4.14.1
The Contractor at all times shall keep the premises free from accumulation of waste
materials or rubbish caused by his operations. At the completion of the Work he shall
remove all his waste materials and rubbish from and about the Project in full compliance
with all applicable laws and regulations as well as all his tools, construction equipment,
machinery and surplus materials and the Project shall be thoroughly cleaned and ready
for immediate occupancy by the Owner.
4.14.2
If the Contractor fails to clean up at the completion of the Work, the Owner may do so as
provided in Paragraph 3.4 and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor.
4.15
COMMUNICATIONS
4.15.1
The Contract shall forward all communications to the Owner through its Town Engineer,
Weston & Sampson.
4.16.2
The Contractor shall at all times have a designated representative in the field that is
authorized to act on behalf and make decisions for the Contractor under this contract
agreement.
4.16
ROYALTIES AND PATENTS
4.16.1
The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. He shall defend all suits or claims
for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the Owner harmless from loss on
account thereof, except that the Owner shall be responsible for all such loss when a
particular design, process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is
specified, but if the Contractor believes or has reason to believe that the design, process
or product specified is an infringement of a patent, he shall be responsible for such loss
unless he promptly gives such information to the Owner, and thereafter the Owner insists
on the use of the design, process or products specified.
4.17
INDEMNIFICATION
4.17.1
To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless
the Owner, the Engineer and their agents and employees from and against all claims,
damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorney’s fees, arising out of
or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damage,
loss or expense (1) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
32
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) including the loss of use
resulting there from, and (2) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or
omission of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by
any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or
not it is caused in part by a party indemnified there under. Such obligation shall not be
construed to negate, abridge, or otherwise reduce any other right or of indemnity which
would otherwise exist as to any party or person described in this Paragraph 4.17.
4.17.2
In any and all claims against the Owner the Engineer or any of their agents or employees
by any employee of the Contractor, any Subcontractor anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the
indemnification obligation under this Paragraph 4.17 shall not be limited in any way by
any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or
for the Contractor or any Subcontractor under workers’ or workmen’s compensation acts,
disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.
4.17.3
The obligations of the Contractor under this paragraph 4.17 shall not extend to the
liability of the Owner, the Engineer, their agents or employees, arising out of (1) the
preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change orders,
designs or specifications, or (2) written directions or instructions given by the Owner, the
Engineer, their agents or employees, provided they are the sole cause of the injury or
damage.
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
33
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
ARTICLE 5
INSURANCE
Contractor shall provide insurance as specified below:
GENERAL LIABILITY
Includes:
• Comprehensive form
• Premises/Operations
• Products / Completed Operations
• Independent Contractors
• Broad Form Property Damage
• Personal Injury
Each Occurrence
Aggregate
$1,000,000
$2,000,000
Bodily Injury & Property
Damage Combined
$1,000,000
Automobile Liability
Includes:
• All Owned Vehicles
• Hired Vehicles
• Non-owned Vehicles
Workers Compensation & Employers Liability
• As Required by State of
Massachusetts
Each Accident
Bodily Injury by Disease
(Policy Limit)
Bodily Injury by Disease
(Each Employee)
$100,000
$500,000
$100,000
Additional Insurance / Requirements
• The Town of Burlington Shall be named as
Additional Insured
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
34
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
ARTICLE 6
LIQUDATED DAMAGES
6.1
LIQUDATED DAMAGES
If the Contractor shall neglect, fail or refuse to complete the work within the time herein
specified, or any proper extension thereof granted by the Owner, then the Contractor does
hereby agree, as a part consideration for the awarding of this Contract, to provide a
source of sufficient hot water to heat the building. Should the Contractor fail to provide
heat, the Owner will procure an emergency source of heat for the building and back
charge the cost of providing heat, including any administrative costs of procuring a heat
source.
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
35
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
APPENDIX A –
Specifications, Plans, Prevailing Wage, Details, etc.
Mt. Hope Christian School HVAC Replacement
Contract # 16C-491-0017
Bid Opening 5/5/16 at 9:00am
36
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
SECTION 01519
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SCOPE OF WORK:
A.
1.02
The requirements made under this Section are applicable to all work contemplated
under this contract.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES:
A.
A portion of the boiler room will be furnished to the Contractor for use as a project
office, laydown area, and tool and equipment storage.
1.03 UTILITIES:
A.
The Contractor will be allowed to use the Town’s electricity, water, and a designated
toilet facility to the extent the services are deemed to not be abused. The Contractor
shall be responsible for cleaning the designated toilet facilities on a daily basis to the
sole satisfaction of the Owner or the Owners Representative. If in the sole opinion of
the Owner or the Owner’s Representative any or all of the utilities or toilet facilities
are being abused or not properly cared for, the Contractor’s right to use the utilities or
toilets will be terminated and the contractor shall bare all costs associated will
providing his own utilities and toileting facilities at no additional cost to the owner.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE)
PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE)
END OF SECTION
O:\Burlington MA\2140692 - Mt Hope HVAC\Specifications\Ready For Final Format\01519 - Temp. Facilities.docx
09/21/2011
01519-1
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
SECTION 01735
CUTTING, CORING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
WORK INCLUDED:
This Section covers the cutting, coring, rough and finish patching of holes and openings
in existing structures.
1.02
RELATED WORK:
A.
SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
SEALING MATERIALS:
A.
Mechanical seals shall be modular, adjustable, bolted, mechanical type consisting of
interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space
between the pipe and sleeve. The seal shall be rated by the manufacturer for 40 feet of
head or 20 psig. Mechanical seals shall be Link-Seal, manufactured by Thunderline
Corp., Wayne, MI., or approved equal.
B.
Sealant shall be a two part foamed silicone elastomer as manufactured by Dow Corning
Co., product No. 3-6548 silicone R.T.V.; 3M brand fire barrier products caulk C.P. 25
and 3M brand putty 303; Flame-Safe fire stop systems Fig. No. FS-500 by Thomas &
Betts Corporation, or approved equal. Packing shall be a fire retardant pliable material,
Fig. 310 by Sealtite Co.; White Oakum W.S.-600 by American Manufacturing Co., or
approved equal. Sealant bead configuration, depth and width shall be in accordance
with manufacturer's recommendations.
2.02
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:
A.
Bonding compound shall be Sikadur Hi-Mod epoxy by Sika Corporation, or equivalent
by Euclid Chemical Corporation, Master Builders Company, or approved equal.
B.
Non-shrink grout shall be Masterflow 713 by Master Builders Company; Euco N-S by
Euclid Chemical Co.; Five Star Grout by U.S. Grout Corp. or approved equal.
C.
Materials for finish patching shall be equal to those of adjacent construction.
09/13/2011
01735-1
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
GENERAL:
A.
The Contractor shall leave all chases or openings for the installation of his own or any
other contractor's or subcontractor's work, or shall cut the same in existing work, and
shall see that all sleeves or forms are at the work and properly set in ample time to
prevent delays. He shall see that all such chases, openings, and sleeves are located
accurately and are of proper size and shape and shall consult with the Engineer and the
contractors and subcontractors concerned in reference to this work.
B.
In case of his failure to leave or cut all such openings or have all such sleeves provided
and set in proper time, Contractor shall cut them or set them afterwards at his own
expense, but in so doing he shall confine the cutting to the smallest extent possible
consistent with the work to be done. In no case shall piers or structural members be cut
without the written consent of the Engineer.
C.
The Contractor shall not cut or alter the work of any subcontractor or any other
contractor, nor permit any of his subcontractors to cut or alter the work of any other
contractor or subcontractor, except with the written consent of the contractor or
subcontractor whose work is to be cut or altered or with the written consent of the
Engineer. All cutting and patching or repairing made necessary by the negligence,
carelessness, or incompetence of the Contractor or any of his subcontractors shall be
done by or at the expense of the Contractor and shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor.
D.
All cutting and coring shall be performed in such a manner as to limit the extent of
patching.
E.
All holes cut through concrete and masonry walls, slabs or arches shall be core drilled
unless otherwise approved. No structural members shall be cut without the approval of
the Engineer and all such cutting shall be done in a manner required by him. No holes
may be drilled in beams or other structural members without obtaining prior approval.
All work shall be performed by mechanics skilled in this type of work.
3.02
CORING:
A.
Coring shall be performed with an approved non-impact rotary tool with diamond core
drills. Size of holes shall be suitable for pipe, conduit, sleeves, equipment or
mechanical seals to be installed.
B.
If holes are cored through floor slabs they shall be drilled from below.
C.
All equipment shall conform to OSHA standards and specifications pertaining to plugs,
noise and fume pollution, wiring and maintenance.
09/13/2011
01735-2
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
D.
Provide protection for existing equipment, utilities and critical areas against water or
other damage caused by drilling operation.
E.
Slurry or tailings resulting from coring operations shall be vacuumed or otherwise
removed from the area following drilling.
3.03
CUTTING:
A.
Cutting shall be performed with a concrete saw and diamond saw blades of proper size
and application.
B.
Provide for control of slurry generated by sawing operation on both sides of wall or
slab.
C.
When cutting a reinforced concrete wall, the cutting shall be done so as not to damage
bond between the concrete and reinforcing steel left in the structure. Cut shall be made
so that steel neither protrudes nor is recessed from the face of the cut.
D.
Adequate bracing of area to be cut shall be installed prior to start of cutting. Check area
during sawing operations for partial cracking and provide additional bracing as required
to prevent a partial release of cut area during sawing operations.
E.
Provide equipment of adequate size to remove cut panel.
F.
For cutting a trench in a floor slab, a full-depth cut shall be made using a concrete saw
for the desired width of the trench. A partial-depth cut shall be made to expose the
reinforcing bars. The width of the partial cut shall be to the required lap length of the
reinforcing bars. Care shall be taken not to cut exposed reinforcing bars but if any are
cut, dowel holes shall be drilled and dowels epoxied in. Reinforcing of the same size,
as the existing shall be tied to the existing exposed reinforcing and/or dowels with the
proper lap length.
3.04
PATCHING:
Rough patching shall be such as to bring the cut or cored area flush with existing
construction unless otherwise shown. Finish patching shall match existing surfaces as
approved.
Trenches in floor slabs shall be repaired as described in 3.03F above and concrete
meeting the requirements of Section 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE shall be
poured and cured.
END OF SECTION
O:\Burlington MA\2140692 - Mt Hope HVAC\Specifications\Ready For Final Format\01735 Cutting, Coring, and Patching.docx
09/13/2011
01735-3
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
SECTION 02051
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT FOR BUILDINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
GENERAL PROVISIONS:
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all
sections within DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made part
of this Section of the Specifications.
B. Equality of material, article, assembly or system other than those named or described in
this Section shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Article 6 of the
GENERAL CONDITIONS.
C. Examine all conditions as they exist at the project before submitting a bid for the work of
this Section.
D. All provisions of this Section relating to the health and safety of workers and the public,
as well as protection of the environment are minimum standards. The Contractor and the
asbestos abatement contractor are responsible for determining whether any additional
and/or more stringent protective measures are required by any legal requirements or
prudent conservative work practices, and implementing such measures if deemed
necessary. Nothing in this Section shall be deemed to relieve the Contractor and the
asbestos abatement contractor from any liability with respect to any such legal
requirements or requirement of prudent conservative practice.
E.
Should renovation/demolition activities, as performed by the Contractor, uncover
materials not readily identified as non-asbestos-containing, the material should be
assumed to be asbestos-containing until classified otherwise. Removal should be
performed in compliance with all requirements outlined in the Department of Labor
and Work Force Development (DLWD) 453 CMR 6.00; NESHAP 40 CFR 61; and
OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1101, including all applicable local ordinances.
F.
All work under this Section shall be performed by a contractor holding a current
Massachusetts Department of Labor and Work Force Development (DLWD)
asbestos abatement contractor's license. The asbestos abatement contractor shall
furnish all labor, worker training, materials, equipment, and services for the complete and
proper removal and disposal of asbestos-containing materials, as Specified in Section
1.02 of this Specification.
H. For the purpose of this Section, the following definitions apply:
02051-1
09/01/2011
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
"Site" shall refer to the Mt Hope Christian School.
"Contractor" shall refer to the asbestos abatement contractor.
"Engineer" shall refer to the Weston and Sampson Engineers, Inc.
"Owner" shall refer to the Town of Burlington, MA.
1.02
A.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK - GENERAL:
Provide labor, materials, and equipment to complete the work of this Section, including
but not limited to:
1.
Removal and disposal of all specified asbestos-containing materials (ACM) and
specified non-ACM materials, as indicated in Section 1.03, in accordance with the
provisions set forth in this Section. This shall include the removal and disposal of
asbestos-containing asphalt-based tar pitch material, exterior window caulking, and
specified non-ACM material either contaminated with asbestos, or deemed necessary
to access asbestos-containing materials. All quantities of ACM will be verified by
the Engineer, and agreed upon by the Owner, before any work area preparations.
2.
Work area preparations, including pre-cleaning, installation of critical barriers and
polyethylene sheeting, construction of decontamination facilities, work area
enclosures, sealing, isolation, and other activities.
3.
Protection of non-ACM materials and equipment inside the limits of the work areas.
8.
Decontamination and clean up following removal activities in each designated work
area.
9.
Performance of any other work or activities required by this Specification, applicable
regulations, or as necessary to perform a complete job.
10. Compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local regulations, as well as all
requirements set forth in these Specifications and facility requirements.
1.03
DESCRIPTION OF WORK - DETAILED:
A. The following is the approximate location of asbestos-containing materials that may be
removed, in accordance with this Section, and the unit price schedule:
LOCATION
Insert Location
ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIAL
Insert Description of Material(s)
Boiler Room
3 Smith Cast Iron Sectional Boilers, Pipe Flange
Gaskets
02051-2
09/01/2011
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
B. If the above asbestos-containing materials are to be impacted by planned renovations, the
quantities will be verified by the Engineer and agreed upon by the Owner, before project
initiation.
1.04
RELATED WORK:
A. Related work specified elsewhere: Examine all Drawings and all other Sections of the
Specifications for requirements of related sections affecting the work of this Section,
including, but not limited to:
1.
Division 15 Mechanical Work
B. The work of this Section shall be performed as stated herein. In performing the work of
this Section, the Contractor shall refer to Division 1 for additional procedures. The
Contractor is responsible for the coordination of the work of this section with other
related work.
1.05
SEQUENCE OF WORK:
A. The following is a typical sequence of work that the Contractor shall adhere to during the
asbestos abatement project. Engineer may authorize deviations from this typical
sequence based upon the specific conditions encountered during the project.
1.
Post all required signage.
2.
Isolate work area from unauthorized access.
3.
Prepare the specified Work Area as described in Part 3 of this Section.
4.
Construct decontamination unit, and any other construction needed to complete the
work area, as described in this Section.
5.
Request Engineer to inspect work area preparation, and obtain Engineer approval
before beginning removal work.
6.
Remove and dispose all asbestos-containing materials as required by these
Specifications.
7.
Decontaminate the work area upon completion of removal.
8.
Request Engineer to perform a final visual inspection to assure that no visible debris
exists in the work area. Contractor shall re-clean the work areas as needed until
they pass a visual inspection by Engineer.
02051-3
09/01/2011
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
1.06
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
9.
Remove all work area barriers, equipment, polyethylene sheeting, etc. and clean any
areas as described in this Section.
10.
Submit all materials as required at the post abatement removal meeting not more
than thirty days after completion of asbestos removal work.
ESTIMATES:
A. Section 1.03 represents a brief description of the location of asbestos-containing
materials. This data is provided for informational purposes only, and is based on the best
information available at the time of specification preparation. Nothing in this section
may be interpreted as limiting the scope of work otherwise required by this contract and
related documents.
B. The quantities and location of ACM and the extent of work included in this section are
only best estimates that are limited by the physical constraints imposed by occupancy of
the buildings.
1.07
COORDINATION AND PHASING OF WORK:
A. Contractor shall coordinate all work in this Section with all other work of this Project.
Where additional regulatory requirements apply to the work in this Section, the
Contractor shall ensure compliance with all requirements.
B. Contractors work schedule must be coordinated with, and acceptable to the Owner.
Contractor shall work continuously and diligently in each work area on the days and
during the hours indicated on their work schedule
C. Contractor shall cooperate fully with other Contractors at the facility.
D. Contractor shall subdivide work areas and/or otherwise provide additional containments
and mobilization where and when necessary to accomplish asbestos abatement in
accordance with the project phasing, as determined and specified by the Owner.
1.08
SUBMITTALS:
A. PRE-ABATEMENT MEETING:
The Contractor shall meet with the Owner and the Engineer for a Pre-Abatement meeting
before commencing work on the project. At the meeting, the Contractor shall be
represented by authorized representatives and the field supervisor who shall run the
project on a daily basis, and who shall present evidence that all requirements for initiation
of the work have been met. The minimum agenda for the meeting shall be:
1.
Review of "Pre-Job Submittals".
02051-4
09/01/2011
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
2.
Channels of communication.
3.
Abatement schedule, including sequence of critical work.
4.
Designation of responsible personnel.
5.
Procedures for safety, security, quality controls, housekeeping, and related matters.
6.
Use of premises, facilities, and utilities.
B. PRE-JOB SUBMITTALS:
The Contractor shall provide two copies of the following Pre-Job Submittals at the Preabatement Conference:
1.
Copies of all notifications, permits, applications, personal licenses and like
documents required by Federal, State, or local regulations obtained or submitted in
proper fashion,
2.
List of employees to be used on this project.
3.
Copies of applicable OSHA Training certificates for proposed asbestos abatement
staff pursuant to Title II of the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA).
4.
Copies of OSHA 10-hour construction safety and health training documentation for
all proposed asbestos abatement staff that will work on the site.
5.
Copies of medical records as required by OSHA or a notarized statement by
examining medical doctor that such examinations took place and when for each
employee to be used on project,
6.
Record of successful respiratory fit test performed by a Competent person (as
defined by OSHA) within the previous 6 months, as required elsewhere in the
documents for each employee to be used on this project,
7.
Certificate of Insurance,
8.
Proposed respiratory program for employees throughout all phases of the job,
including make, model and NIOSH approval numbers of respirators to be used,
9.
Written description of all procedures, methods, or equipment to be utilized by the
Contractor that differs from the Contract Specifications, including manufacturers
specifications on any equipment not specified for use by the Contract
Specifications,
10.
Proposed electrical safeguards to be implemented, including but not limited to
location of transformers, GFCI outlets, lighting, etc., necessary to safely perform the
02051-5
09/01/2011
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
job, including a description of an electrical hazards safety plan for common
practices in the work area,
11.
A list of all equipment to be used on site, by make and model, including negative
pressure equipment, HEPA vacuums, Water Atomizing Devices, etc.,
12.
Chain of Command of responsibility at work site including supervisors, foreman,
and competent person, their names, resumes and certificates of training,
13.
Contractor's testing lab, AIHA PAT proficiency, and Certification in the State where
work site is located,
14.
Abatement schedule detailing phasing, including approximate days per phase, for
asbestos abatement of all materials included under the base bid.
C. POST-CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS:
1.09
1.
Submittals shall be prepared in accordance with Section 01300-‘SUBMITTALS’
2.
The Contractor shall submit the following to the Engineer within thirty (30) days
after completion of the project:
a.
Manifests and waste receipts acknowledging disposal of all waste material
from the project showing delivery date, quantity, and appropriate signature of
landfill's authorized representative,
b.
A copy of the entry-exit logbook required elsewhere in these specifications,
c.
All personnel monitoring results as required by OSHA and elsewhere in these
specifications,
d.
Copy of licenses, medical, and fit tests of all workers and supervisors who
performed work on the project,
e.
All notifications as required elsewhere in these specifications.
REFERENCE STANDARDS, REGULATIONS AND CODES:
A. All work shall be performed strictly according to the Specifications contained herein and
with the regulations cited in this Article. The Contractor and all sub-contractors
undertaking asbestos abatement work and persons in their employ shall comply with and
be bound to requirements of the following Federal, State, and Local standards, regulations
and codes. These standards and codes shall be by reference made part of this Section and
shall be complied with. Whenever regulations are conflicting, the more stringent
regulation will prevail.
02051-6
09/01/2011
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
1.
US Department of Labor; Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970. (Particular
attention is drawn to the Asbestos Regulations: CFR Title 29, Part 1910, Sec.
1910.1001 and Part 1926, Sec. 1926.1101, and the Respirator Regulations; CFR
Title 29, Part 1910, Sec. 1910.134 and the Hazard Communication Program, CFR
Title 29, Part 1910.1200).
2.
US Environmental Protection Agency, CFR, Title 40, Part 61, Subparts A and M,
National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants; Asbestos NESHAP
Revision; Final Rule, Dated Tuesday, November 20, 1990.
3.
US Environmental Protection Agency; TSCA Title II, Asbestos Hazard and
Emergency Response Act (AHERA), 40 CFR Part 763 Subpart E - "AsbestosContaining Materials in Schools" and also 40 CFR, Part 763, Subpart G - "Worker
Protection Rule".
4.
US Department of Transportation regulations, 49 CFR Parts 172 and 173.
5.
All Commonwealth of Massachusetts laws, regulations and standards, including the
regulations 453 CMR 6.00 "The Removal, Containment or Encapsulation of
Asbestos" and 310 CMR 7.15 "Asbestos", 18.00 and 19.00 and MGL Chapter 21E.
6.
Other Federal, State and local statutes, ordinances, regulations, or rules pertaining to
this Section and the work described herein, including the storage, transportation and
disposal of asbestos.
B. All regulations by these and other governing agencies in their most recent version are
applicable. These specifications refer to many requirements found in these references,
but in no way intend to cite or reiterate all provisions therein or elsewhere. It is the
contractor's responsibility to know, understand, and abide by all such regulations and
common practices. The Owner at his own discretion may from time to time during the
execution of this contract enforce other provisions contained in these references.
1.10
REGULATORY SUBMITTALS:
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for securing all necessary permits for asbestos related
work, including hauling, removal, and disposal, fire, and materials usage, or any other
permits required to perform the specified work.
B. The Contractor shall notify the following agencies in appropriate manner and place of
impending work, and shall provide evidence of notifications at the pre-construction
conference:
1.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
J. F. Kennedy Federal Building
Boston, Massachusetts 02203
02051-7
09/01/2011
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
(10 working days in advance)
1.11
2.
Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection
Division of Air and Hazardous Materials
(10 working days in advance)
Send Notification to:
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Asbestos Program
P.O. Box 120087
Boston, Massachusetts 02112-0087
3.
Massachusetts Department of Labor and Work Force Development
Asbestos Control Unit
(10 working days in advance)
4.
Town of Burlington, MA Fire Department, Inspectional Services Department,
Office of Health and Hospitals, and other state or city agencies as required by law or
ordinance.
PROJECT CONDITIONS:
A. Working space and space available for storing materials is restricted within the confines
of the project and as shown in the Drawings.
B. Provide access and personal protective equipment, to the Engineer and his SubConsultant.
C. Schedule the use of existing utilities with the Owner. No utility service, fire protection
system, or communication system may be interrupted without prior approval of the
Owner and Engineer.
D. Water, electric power, lighting and other utilities, toilets, and other facilities shall be
provided by the Contractor from existing sources where Contractor's use is not excessive
and does not interfere with buildings normal use. Where existing utilities of the
development are not adequate or cannot be used, the Contractor is responsible for
providing alternative sources. The use of the building's utilities shall be coordinated
through the Owner.
E.
Post and affix caution signs and labels as required by OSHA regulation,
29.CFR.1926.1101 (k) (1). Post safety signs outside the work project as may be required
by the Owner. Obtain two copies of 29.CFR.1910.1001, 29.CFR.1926.1101, 40.CFR.61,
Subpart M, and Commonwealth of Massachusetts Regulations 453 CMR 6.00 and 310
CMR 7.00, and post one copy at the job site and retain one copy on file.
02051-8
09/01/2011
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
F.
1.12
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Post at the job site, or at the entrance to each independent Work Area, one copy of all
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS's) of all chemicals and other substances to be used on
this contract. These sheets shall be made available to the Engineer for review.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A.
All work-site preparations and practices will be conducted in accordance with all Federal,
Massachusetts and appropriate City/town and other local regulations, standards and
codes pertaining to worker health protection, protection of the public health and the
environment, including current US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Department
of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), US Department of
Transportation (DOT), Massachusetts Department of Labor and Work Force
Development (DLWD), Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection
(DEP), local and all other Federal, Commonwealth of Massachusetts and local
regulations pertaining to asbestos removal, its transportation and disposal.
B.
All operations involving exposure to airborne asbestos fiber shall be carried out according
to the requirements of Part 3.
C.
The Sub-Consultant will render certain technical services to the Engineer during the
Work, including without limitation, the services described at 453 CMR. 6.07 (5) and
described within this Section. All services performed by such Representative shall be
considered advisory to, and for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Owner. The
Contractor acknowledges that the Sub-Consultant is an independent contractor of the
Engineer and agrees that no act or omission by such Engineer, and no communication by
said " Engineer", shall be deemed in any manner to alter or modify the terms of this
Contract, or to waive any provision hereof, or to bind Owner, unless specifically agreed
upon by Owner in a signed written instrument.
D.
Prior to use of any design, device, material, method of operation, or process covered by
letters patent or copyright, the right for such use shall be secured by suitable legal
agreement with the patentee or Owner of the letters patent or copyright. No arrangement
involving letters patent or copyright is acceptable, if subsequent payment for permanent
use following completion of the work is required or implied.
1.13
QUALITY CONTROL:
A. The Owner may retain the services of the Engineer and the Sub-Consultant to provide
project administration, monitoring of Contractor work practices and performance,
inspection of the work-sites, bulk fiber identification, and air sampling and analysis
throughout the asbestos removal project.
B. AIR MONITORING:
02051-9
09/01/2011
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
1.
Background (pre-testing) air and appropriate dust samples may be taken to represent
conditions before the Contractor starts masking and sealing operations.
2.
During removal, area samples may be collected by the Owner or his agent in the
building proximate to those areas where removal of asbestos-containing materials is
ongoing. Contractor shall be responsible for all OSHA personal sampling.
3.
A Final Visual Inspection of the work area may be conducted by the Owner or his
agent to insure no visible asbestos debris exists in the work area, prior to
demobilizing from the work area.
C. WORK REVIEW:
1.
Outside work area, airborne fiber concentrations must not exceed 0.010 fibers/cc or
pre-abatement levels, whichever is greater. If concentrations exceed this level, the
work must be stopped, conditions reviewed as to the probable cause, and then
corrected. A description of procedures regarding fiber concentrations greater than
0.010 fibers/cc outside the containment can be found above.
D. INSPECTIONS:
1.
1.14
The Engineer will conduct a pre-abatement inspection. The Engineer will also
conduct periodic inspections during abatement. The Engineer will conduct a final
visual inspection.
PERSONAL PROTECTION:
A. RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING:
1.
Personal protection, in the form of disposable Tyvek suits, and NIOSH approved
respirators, are required for mechanics, contractor supervision, Engineer and visitors
at the work site during the set-up, removal, and cleaning operations. Contractor
shall provide all this protective equipment for workers, Engineer, Sub-Consultant,
and authorized personnel to access this work site.
2.
Each worker shall be supplied with a minimum of two complete disposable
uniforms everyday. Removal workers shall not be limited to two uniforms. Supply
additional uniforms as is necessary. Under no circumstances will anyone entering
the work area be allowed to reuse a contaminated uniform.
3.
Work clothes shall consist of disposable full body suits, head covers, gloves,
footwear, and eye protection.
4.
Supply workers and supervisory personnel with NIOSH approved protective
respirators and HEPA/filters. Appropriate respirator selection shall be determined
02051-10
09/01/2011
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
by the daily personnel samples being taken and strictly follow the guidelines set
forth in the OSHA respiratory program 29 CFR 1910.134 and the Massachusetts
DLWD Regulations 453 CMR 6.00. The respirators shall be sanitized and
maintained according to the manufacturer's specifications. Appropriate respirators
shall be selected using the information provided in OSHA Title 29 CFR Part
1910.1926 Final Rules. Disposable respirators shall not be considered acceptable in
any circumstance. The Contractor will maintain on site a sufficient supply of
disposable HEPA/filters to allow workers and supervisory personnel to change
contaminated filters at least three (3) times daily. The Contractor is solely
responsible for means and methods used and for compliance with applicable
regulations.
5.
Respirators shall be individually assigned to removal workers for their exclusive
use. All respiratory protection shall be provided to workers in accordance with the
written submitted respiratory protection program, which includes all items in OSHA
29 CFR 1910.134 (b) (1-11) A copy of this program shall be kept at the worksite,
and shall be posted in the Clean Room of the Decontamination Unit.
6.
Workers must perform negative and positive pressure fit tests each time a respirator
is put on, whenever the respirator design so permits.
7.
Workers shall be given a qualitative fit test in accordance with procedures detailed
in the OSHA 29 CFR 1910.134, Qualitative Fit Test Protocols for all respirators to
be used on this abatement project. An appropriately administered quantitative fit
test may be substituted for the qualitative fit test.
8.
Upon leaving the active work area, pre-filters shall be discarded, cartridges
removed, and respirators cleaned in disinfectant solution and clean water rinse.
Clean respirators shall be stored in plastic bags when not in use. The contractor
shall inspect respirators daily for broken, missing, or damaged parts.
9.
Provide daily personal sampling to check personal exposure levels for the purpose
of establishing respiratory protection needs. Samples shall be taken for the duration
of the work shift or for eight hours, whichever is less. Personal samples need not be
taken every day after the first day if working conditions remain invariant, but must
be taken every time there is a change in the removal operation, either in terms of the
location or the type of work. Sampling will be to determine eight-hour TimeWeighted-Averages (TWA). The contractor is responsible for personal sampling as
outlined in OSHA Standard 1926.1001.
10.
Sampling personnel shall be proficient in the taking of air samples under NIOSH
7400, and must be supervised by an individual who has completed the training
course NIOSH 572 or equivalent.
11.
Air sampling results shall be available at the job site in written form no more than
twenty-four (24) hours after the completion of a sampling cycle. The document
02051-11
09/01/2011
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
shall list each sample's result, sampling time and date, person monitored, flow rate,
sample duration, microscope field area, number of fibers per fields counted, cassette
size and analysts name and company. Air sample analysis results will be reported in
fibers per cubic centimeter.
B. WORK PROCEDURES:
In order to avoid possible exposure to dangerous levels of asbestos, and to prevent
possible contamination of areas outside the demarcated work zone, work shall follow the
guidelines listed below.
1.15
1.
Before leaving the work area, the worker shall remove all gross contamination and
debris from the coveralls. In practice, this is carried out by one worker assisting
another.
2.
All equipment used by the workers inside the demarcated work zone shall be either
left in the Dirty Room of the Decontamination Unit or thoroughly decontaminated
before being removed from the area. Extra work clothing (that in addition to the
disposable garment) shall be left in the Dirty Room of the Decontamination Unit
until the completion of work in that area.
3.
As stated in Section 3.01(D) (Decontamination Unit and Procedures), all persons
leaving the removal area must decontaminate before leaving the demarcated work
area.
4.
Under no circumstance shall workers or supervisory personnel be allowed to eat,
drink, smoke, chew gum, or chew tobacco in the work area. Only in the case of life
threatening emergency shall workers or supervisory personnel be allowed to remove
their protective respirators while in the work area. In this situation, respirators are
to be removed for as short a duration as possible.
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS:
A. Storage - Limited storage space may be provided by the Owner for this project and inside
the building. Contractor will supply any additional temporary storage as needed. All
materials and equipment are to be kept in orderly fashion in designated areas, free and
clear of high traffic areas and doorways, and in conformance with all regulations, codes,
and in consideration of building usage. Contractor will be allowed to store waste in a
waste dumpster on-site, to be coordinated with the Owner.
B. Working Hours - Working hours are specified in Division 1 - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS.
C. Security - The Owner will provide specific access as required during the project to the
Contractor and personnel assigned to the project. The Contractor will be responsible for
the security of the section of the building involved in the abatement project. It will also
02051-12
09/01/2011
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
be the Contractor's responsibility to allow only authorized personnel into the work area,
and to secure all assigned entrances and exits at the end of the workday. Any person
entering or leaving the contained areas must sign the Contractor's bound logbook and
enter the date and time. The logbook must be located immediately outside the entrance to
the Decontamination Unit at all times, and be open for inspection by the Owner.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01
MATERIALS:
A. Wetting Agents: The wetting agent shall be approved by the Engineer.
B. Sealants: Sealing material shall be both penetrating and bridging and may be applied by a
one or two coat system and shall meet the following criteria:
1.
ASTM Standard E-84.
2.
Underwriter's Laboratory approval for Class 1A
3.
Fire Rating: Class A
a.
Flame Spread: 0-25
b.
Fuel contribution: 10
c.
Smoke Density: 5
C. Containment Bags: Upon approval of the Engineer, containment bags may be utilized for
the removal of pipe insulation. Removal shall be as manufacturers instructions and as
described in these specifications.
D. Framing Materials and Doors: As required to construct temporary decontamination
facilities and critical barriers.
E.
Fire Retardant Clear Polyethylene Sheeting, minimum thickness 8 mil.
F.
Fire Retardant Black Plastic Sheeting, minimum thickness 6 mil.
G. Drums: Asbestos-transporting drums, sealable and clearly marked with warning labels as
required by OSHA and EPA.
H. Plastic Bags: Sealable, asbestos disposal bags, mm. 6 mil. thick and labeled
I.
Signs: Asbestos warning signs for posting at perimeter of work area, as specified in 29
CFR 1926.1101(k)(1)CIIi).
J.
Tape: Tape shall be high quality polyethylene film as approved by the Engineer.
02051-13
09/01/2011
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
K. Contamination Control Flooring: As approved.
L.
Spray Adhesive: As approved.
M. Respirators: NIOSH approved with HEPA cartridges.
N. Disposable Coveralls: As approved.
2.02
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
A. Air Filtration Device (AFD): Air Filtration Devices shall be equipped with High
Efficiency Particulate Absolute (HEPA) filtration systems.
B. Scaffolding: Scaffolding, as required to accomplish the specified work, shall meet all
applicable safety regulations.
C. Transportation Equipment: Transportation Equipment, as required, shall be suitable for
loading, temporary storage, transit and unloading of contaminated waste without
exposure to persons or property. Waste material shall be stored in 30 cubic yard closed
dumpsters.
D. Vacuum Equipment: All vacuum equipment utilized in the work area shall utilize HEPA
filtration systems. Vacuum equipment shall be as manufactured by Nilfisk of America of
Malvern, Pennsylvania, Norclean Vacuum Systems distributed by Power Products and
Services Co., Inc., Forest, Virginia or approved equal.
E.
Vacuum attachments: Soft brush attachment, Asbestos Scraper Tool, Drill Dust Control
Kit.
F.
Electric Sprayer: An electric airless sprayer suitable for application of encapsulating
material.
G. Water Sprayer: The water sprayer shall be an airless or other low-pressure sprayer for
amended water application.
H. Portable Shower: For personnel decontamination.
I.
Water Atomizer: Powered air misting device equipped to operate continuously.
J.
Other Tools and Equipment: Provide other suitable tools for the stripping, removal,
encapsulation, and disposal activities including but not limited to hand-held scrapers,
wire brushes, sponge, rounded-edge shovels, brooms, and carts.
02051-14
09/01/2011
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS:
A. APPROVALS AND INSPECTION:
All temporary facilities, work procedures, equipment, materials, services, and agreements
must strictly adhere to and meet these contract specifications along with EPA, OSHA,
NIOSH, regulations and recommendations as well as any other federal, state, and local
regulations. Where there exists overlap of these regulations, the most stringent one
applies.
Modifications to these isolation and sealing methods, procedures, and design may be
considered if all elements of proper and safe procedures to prevent contamination and
exposure can be demonstrated. Written modifications to these specifications must be
made to the Engineer for review before they can be used for work on this project.
B. DAMAGE AND REPAIRS TO THE WORK SITE:
Asbestos removal and disposal shall be performed without damage to the building,
including, but not limited to, structural members, ceilings, walls, etc. Contractor shall
provide protection of these items and materials as part of the work area preparation.
Where asbestos abatement activity causes damage, the Contractor shall patch, repair,
replace or otherwise restore the area to its original condition at no additional cost to the
Owner.
C. BARRIERS AND ISOLATION AREAS:
Construct and maintain suitable critical barriers within the building to separate work areas
from spaces occupied by the Owner. Critical barriers shall be of sufficient size and
strength to prevent staff, residents, the public and others from entering the work areas.
Warning signs shall be posted on all critical barriers at the commencement of the work
area preparation, as required in 1926.1101 of the Occupational Safety and Health
Standards Federal Register, Volume 51, Number 119, June 20, 1986. The signs shall
display the proper legend in the lower panel, with letter sizes and styles of a visibility at
least equal to that specified in OSHA Standard 1926.1101.(k)(1)(ii). The signs will read
as follows:
DANGER
ASBESTOS
CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
RESPIRATOR AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
REQUIRED IN THIS AREA
02051-15
09/01/2011
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
The signs shall be posted at the perimeters of asbestos removal, demolition or
construction areas where the asbestos-containing material to be removed exists.
The Contractor shall maintain all temporary and critical barriers, facilities and controls as
long as needed for the safe and proper completion of the work. Work will not be allowed
to commence until all control systems are in place and operable.
No barriers shall be removed until the work areas are thoroughly cleaned and all debris
has been properly bagged and removed from work areas, and the area has passed final
visual inspection, in accordance with provisions detailed herein.
D. DECONTAMINATION UNIT AND PROCEDURES:
A remote two-stage decontamination unit shall be constructed in conformance with
requirements set forth in OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1101, and may be used at the approval of
the Engineer for the removal of asbestos-containing exterior roofing and/or window
materials to be removed in accordance with all applicable Sections of this specification.
A "two stage" unit resembles the "three-stage" unit in construction detail, but it is built
without a shower section.
3.02
DISPOSAL OF ASBESTOS WASTE:
A. Waste removal procedure shall be done in accordance with all regulations as set forth by
the agencies having authority to regulate.
B. Provide proof that disposal sites for the waste materials have current and valid permits to
dump asbestos waste at the time of the pre-construction meeting.
C. Obtain receipts from the dumping site(s), and submitted to the Engineer upon request for
final payment.
D. Warning labels having permanent, waterproof print and adhesive shall be affixed to all
bags, trucks, drums (lids and sides), and other containers used to store and/or transport
asbestos-containing material. Labels must be conspicuous and legible and contain the
following warning:
CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS
AVOID CREATING DUST
CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD
E.
Be responsible for all necessary precautions to prevent pollution by spilling during the
performance of services and shall assume full responsibility for all Contractor caused
spills, which shall be cleaned up at the Contractor's expense.
02051-16
09/01/2011
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.03
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
HOUSEKEEPING:
A. Throughout the work period, maintain the work areas in a standard of cleanliness as
specified throughout these specifications.
3.04
1.
Contaminated disposable clothing, respirator filters, and other debris shall be
bagged and sealed at the end of each workday.
2.
All asbestos generated by either removal or repair shall be bagged immediately and
not allowed to be left exposed at the end of each workday.
3.
Respirators shall be thoroughly cleaned at the end of each workday and stored for
the next day’s use.
4.
Retain all stored items in an orderly arrangement allowing maximum access, not
impeding traffic, and providing the required protection materials.
5.
Do not allow the accumulation of scrap, debris, waste material, and other items not
required for completion of the work.
6.
Provide adequate storage for all items awaiting removal from the job site, observing
all requirements for fire protection and protection of the ecology.
7.
Daily and more often if necessary, inspect the work areas and adjoining spaces, and
pick up all scrap, debris, and waste material. Remove all such items to the place
designated for their storage.
8.
Maintain the site in a neat and orderly condition at all times.
TEMPORARY UTILITIES:
Provide temporary connections to existing building utilities and provide temporary
facilities as required and necessary to carry out the work.
A. WATER SERVICE:
The Contractor shall provide temporary connections to building water service and provide
all lines necessary for distribution of water.
B. ELECTRICAL SERVICE:
1.
General: Comply with applicable NEMA, NECA and UL standards and governing
regulations for materials and layout of temporary electrical service. All power
connections and panel work is to be performed by a licensed electrician.
02051-17
09/01/2011
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
2.
Temporary Power: Provide temporary service connections from power sources as
required. Sub-panel and disconnect shall be sized and equipped to accommodate all
electrical equipment required for completion.
3.
Voltage Differences: Provide I.D. warning signs at power outlets that are other than
110-120 volt power. Provide polarized outlets for plug-in type outlets, to prevent
insertion of 110-120 volt plugs into higher voltage outlets.
4.
Ground Fault Protection: Provide all receptacle outlets equipped with ground fault
circuit interrupters (GFCI) and reset button for plug-in connection of equipment.
5.
Electrical Power Cords: Use only graded extension cords.
C. LIGHTING:
1.
The Contractor must supply temporary lighting for all lighting requirements within
contained areas. All existing lighting within the containment area shall be isolated
and shut down.
END OF SECTION
O:\Burlington MA\2140692 - Mt Hope HVAC\Specifications\Ready For Final Format\02051 - Asbestos Abatement for Buildings.dot.docx
02051-18
09/01/2011
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
WORK INCLUDED:
This Section covers all concrete and all related items necessary to place and finish the
concrete work.
1.02
RELATED WORK:
A.
Items furnished under other Sections and installed under this Section include, but
are not limited to:
1.
1.03
Items embedded in concrete, including anchors, sleeves, floor drains,
castings, frames for hatches, angles, nosings, and other miscellaneous
metals.
REFERENCES:
A.
The following standards form a part of these specifications:
American Concrete Institute (ACI)
11/01/2013
ACI
30l
Specifications for Structural Concrete
ACI
302
Recommended
Construction
ACI
304
Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting,
and Replacing Concrete
ACI
305
Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting
ACI
306
Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting
ACI
318
Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete
ACI
347
Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork
ACI
350
Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete
Structures
Practice
for
Concrete
Floor
and
Slab
03300 - 1
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1.04
ASTM
C33
Concrete Aggregates
ASTM
C39
Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens
ASTM
C42
Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of
Concrete
ASTM
C87
Effect of Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregate on Strength of
Mortar
ASTM
C94
Ready-Mixed Concrete
ASTM
C143
Standard Method for Slumps of Portland Cement Concrete
ASTM
C150
Portland Cement
ASTM
C171
Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete
ASTM
C231
Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure
Method
ASTM
C260
Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete
ASTM
C309
Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete
ASTM
C494
Chemical Admixtures for Concrete
ASTM
D1751
Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and
Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient
Bituminous Types)
ASTM
D1752
Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for
Concrete Paving and Structural Construction
SUBMITTALS:
IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF GENERAL
SPECIFICATIONS, SUBMIT THE FOLLOWING:
A.
Six sets of shop drawings of the materials specified herein shall be submitted to
the Engineer for review.
B.
Six copies of the statement of materials constituting the design of mixes which
satisfy the specified strength for each size aggregate as required by ASTM C94
shall be submitted to the Engineer within one week following award of the
contract.
11/01/2013
03300 - 2
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
C.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Provide one copy of the "Certificate of Delivery" for each load of concrete as it
arrives on the site, under the provisions of ASTM C94.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
CONCRETE:
A.
Concrete conforming to the requirements listed below shall be used where
indicated on the drawings. Unless otherwise indicated, concrete used as fill under
foundations, and elsewhere approved by the Engineer, shall be the 3,000 psi mix.
TABLE
Minimum
Comp. Maximum
Water/Cement Cement Factor: 94 lb.
Strength at 28 days (psi) ratio (gallons per bag of Bags per cubic yard
cement)*
minimum**
3000
0.59 (6.9)
5.5
4000
0.48 (5.6)
6.5
5000
0.40 (4.7)
7.4
*
Based on air-entrained concrete. If non-air-entrained concrete is called for, the listed
maximum water/cement ratios may be increased slightly, as approved by the Engineer. The
water is the total water in the mix, including free water on the aggregate.
** These are minimum amounts; increase as necessary to meet mix requirements.
B.
Concrete shall conform to ASTM C94. One copy of the Certificate of Delivery
required by ASTM C94 shall be delivered to the Engineer immediately upon
arrival of each load of concrete at the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for
the design of the concrete mixtures.
C.
Standard compression tests of all proposed mixes shall be made by the testing
laboratory or other satisfactory evidence shall be presented that the design mixes
will attain the minimum strengths listed on the design drawings or called for
herein, within the limitations of the ACI Code. No concrete shall be delivered to
the job site until the Engineer has approved the design mixes.
D.
All concrete (unless otherwise directed) shall contain an air-entraining agent. Air
entrained concrete shall have an air content by volume of 3 to 6 percent for
l-l/2-inch aggregate and 4 to 8 percent for 3/4-inch aggregate. The air content
shall be the responsibility of the testing laboratory and in accordance with ASTM
C23l.
11/01/2013
03300 - 3
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
2.02
2.03
2.04
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
E.
All concrete shall contain a mid-range water reducer to minimize cement and
water content of the mix, at the specified slump, in accordance with ASTM C494.
F.
Slump for all concrete shall be from 3-inch to 4-inch, except for concrete using a
superplasticizer, when the maximum slump shall be 8-inches. Any concrete
having a slump greater than 4-inches (8-inches with superplasticizer) shall be
promptly removed from the site.
G.
No calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride shall be added to
the concrete. No admixture other than those specified shall be used in concrete
without the specific written permission of the Engineer in each case.
H.
No additional water, except for the amount indicated by the design mix shall be
added to the concrete without the prior permission of the Engineer.
CEMENT:
A.
The cement shall be an approved brand of American manufactured Portland
Cement, Type IIA conforming to ASTM Cl50. The brand name and type of
cement proposed for use shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval
immediately following award of contract. Only one color of cement, all of the
same manufacture, shall be used for the work.
B.
When the use of high-early-strength Portland cement (Type IIIA) is permitted by
the Engineer the same strength requirements shall apply, but the indicated
strengths shall be attained in 7 days instead of 28 days.
ADMIXTURES:
A.
Air entraining agent shall be in accordance with ASTM C260.
B.
Water reducing agent shall be a mid-range water reducer meeting ASTM C494,
Type A.
C.
Water reducing agent-retarder shall be in accordance with ASTM C494, Type D.
D.
Superplasticizer agent shall be in accordance with ASTM C494, Type F or Type
G and contain no more than 0.1% chloride ions. Product may be plant added or
field added based on the best application considering distance, temperature and
time.
AGGREGATES:
A.
11/01/2013
Except as otherwise noted, aggregate shall conform to the requirements of ASTM
C33.
03300 - 4
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
2.05
B.
Fine aggregate shall consist of washed inert natural sand conforming to the
requirements of ASTM C33.
C.
Coarse aggregate shall consist of well-graded crushed stone or washed gravel
conforming to the requirements of ASTM C33.
D.
The following designated sizes of aggregate shall be the maximum employed in
concrete.
2.08
2-inch for mass concrete
2.
1½-inch for reinforced sections 18-inch and over in thickness
3.
3/4-inch for reinforced and unreinforced sections less than 18-inch
thickness.
Water for concrete shall be potable, free from injurious amounts of oil, acid,
alkali, organic matter and other deleterious substances.
GROUT:
A.
2.07
1.
WATER:
A.
2.06
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Grout shall be mixed in the proportions of one part Portland Cement to 2 parts
sand, by volume. Only sufficient water shall be used to enable grout to barely
hold its shape when squeezed into a ball in the hand. Aggregate for grout shall
conform to the requirements of the reference specification for concrete. Prior
approval of the Engineer shall be obtained for the use of proprietary grouts, and
the instructions of the Engineer shall be followed in their use.
CURING MATERIALS:
A.
Curing compound shall be a curing/hardener compound such as Acurion by
AntiHydro, Sikaguard Cure/Hard by Sika, Super Diamond Clear by Euclid or
approved equal.
B.
Curing paper shall be a fiber-reinforced laminated Kraft bituminous product
conforming to the requirements of ASTM Cl7l.
JOINT FILLER:
A.
Preformed joint filler strip shall conform to ASTM Dl75l or Dl752, having a
thickness as indicated on the drawings.
B.
Fillers shall be provided in pieces of the full thickness required. Use of multiple
layers of thin pieces to make-up the full thickness will not be permitted.
11/01/2013
03300 - 5
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
2.09
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
JOINT SEALANT:
A.
Joint sealant for construction and control joints shall be a two-part polysulfide
base sealant conforming to Thiokol's Building Trade Performance Specification,
Class A (self-leveling), Type II (hardness: 35-45 Shore A).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
GENERAL:
A.
3.02
Under no circumstances shall concrete that has set or partially set before placing
be used; and no re-tempering of concrete or grout will be permitted.
PREPARATION:
A.
Before placing concrete, forms and the space to be occupied by the concrete shall
be thoroughly cleaned, and reinforcing steel and embedded metal shall be free
from dirt, oil, mill scale, loose rust, paint or other material which would tend to
reduce the bond.
B.
Unless otherwise indicated, a moisture barrier shall be used under all slabs placed
on the ground in accordance with ACI 302.1R. The moisture barrier shall be
fungi-resistant and shall have a vapor permeance rating not exceeding 0.01 perms
(Perms [grains/ft2*hr*in. Hg]) per ASTM F1249 or ASTM E96) and 10 mils
thickness (49 lbs/MSF). The moisture barrier shall be a high-performance
underslab vapor retarder made from polyethylene resins that exceed ASTM
E1745, Class A. Sheets shall be lapped 6-inches at joints and sealed with 2-inch
wide tape or as recommended by the manufacturer. The vapor barrier should
have all laps, seams, penetrations and terminations sealed and should carry across
footings.
C.
When no moisture barrier is used, the earth, concrete, masonry, or other
water-permeable material against which concrete is to be placed shall be
thoroughly saturated with water immediately before concrete is placed. No
concrete shall be placed until the consolidation of the ground and the arrangement
and details of forms and reinforcing have been inspected and approved by the
Engineer.
D.
When joining fresh concrete to concrete which has attained full set, the latter shall
be cleaned by chipping and washing off all dirt and scum and laitance. It then
shall be moistened prior to placing new concrete.
11/01/2013
03300 - 6
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.03
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
E.
Concrete surfaces that act as a seat for structural members (other than those
resting on grout) shall be troweled to an extremely flat and level surface. If
necessary, such surfaces shall be ground off to achieve the required flatness and
level.
F.
Fill concrete on top of concrete shall be placed in the locations indicated on the
drawings or designated by the Engineer. Before fill concrete is placed, the
following procedures shall be used to prepare surfaces; all dirt, scum and laitance
shall be removed by chipping and washing. The clean, roughened base surface
shall be saturated with water, but shall have no free water on the surface. A coat
of 1:2 cement-sand grout, approximately 1/8-inch thick, shall be well scrubbed
into the thoroughly dampened concrete base. The concrete fill shall be placed
immediately, before grout has dried or set. Fill concrete shall be brought to the
lines and grades shown on the drawings or approved by the Engineer.
G.
Concrete for thrust and anchor blocks shall be placed against undisturbed earth
and wooden side forms shall be used to provide satisfactory lines and dimensions.
Felt roofing paper shall be placed to protect joints. No concrete shall be placed so
as to cover joints, bolts or nuts, or to interfere with the removal of the joints.
Minimum bearing areas and dimensions shall be as shown on the drawings.
MIXING:
A.
Concrete shall be ready-mixed, or transit-mixed, as produced by equipment
acceptable to the Engineer. No hand-mixing will be permitted. Adding water in
controlled amounts during the mixing cycle shall be done only with the express
approval of, and in the presence of the Engineer.
B.
Ready-mix or transit-mixed concrete shall be transported to the site in watertight
agitator or mixer trucks loaded not in excess of rated capacities for the respective
conditions as stated on the nameplate. Discharge at the site shall be within 1-1/2
hours after cement was first introduced into the mix. Central mixed concrete shall
be plant-mixed a minimum of 1-1/2 minutes per batch and then shall be
truck-mixed or agitated a minimum of 8 minutes. Agitation shall begin
immediately after the pre-mixed concrete is placed in the truck and shall continue
without interruption until discharge. Transit-mixed concrete shall be mixed at
mixing speed for at least 10 minutes immediately after charging the truck,
followed by agitation without interruption until discharged.
C.
All central plant and rolling stock equipment and methods shall conform to the
latest Truck Mixer and Agitator Standards of the Truck Mixer Manufacturers'
11/01/2013
03300 - 7
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Bureau of the National Ready-Mixed Concrete Association, as well as ACI 304
and ASTM C94.
D.
3.04
Attention is called to the importance of dispatching trucks from the batching plant
so that they shall arrive at the site of the work just before the concrete is required,
thus avoiding excessive mixing of concrete while waiting or delays in placing
successive layers of concrete in the forms.
INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION:
A.
11/01/2013
Placing:
1.
No concrete shall be placed by pumping methods without the prior written
approval of the Engineer. Should the Contractor be allowed to place
concrete by pumping methods, procedures, mix design of concrete, and all
other precautions shall be in accordance with ACI 304.2R and as approved
by the Engineer.
2.
Concrete shall be placed in alternate areas, as defined by the construction
and control joints indicated on the design drawings. A minimum of 3 days
shall elapse between placement of adjacent sections.
3.
Segregation of the concrete shall be prevented during handling; should any
segregation occur, the concrete shall be remixed before it is placed.
Concrete shall be placed in the forms in horizontal layers not over l to 2
feet thick. Concrete shall not be allowed to drop freely more than 4 feet. If
the free drop to the point of placement must exceed 4 feet, the Contractor
shall obtain the approval of the Engineer for the proposed method of
depositing the concrete. The concrete shall not be required to flow over
distances greater than 3 feet in any direction in the forms or on the ground,
unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer.
4.
Unless otherwise noted, the work begun on any day shall be completed in
daylight of the same day.
5.
"Cold Joints" are to be avoided, but if they occur, they are to be treated as
bonded construction joints.
6.
Chutes for conveying concrete shall be of U-shaped design and sized to
insure a continuous flow of concrete. Flat (coal) chutes shall not be
employed. Chutes shall be metal or metal-lined, and each section shall
have approximately the same slope. The slope shall not be less than 25 nor
more than 45 degrees and shall be such as to prevent segregation of the
ingredients. The discharge end of the chute shall be provided with a baffle
plate or spout to prevent segregation. If the discharge end of the chute is
more than 5 feet above the surface of the concrete in the forms, a spout
03300 - 8
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
shall be used and the lower end maintained as near the surface of deposit as
practicable. When the operation is intermittent, the chute shall discharge
into a hopper. Chutes shall be thoroughly cleaned before and after each
run, and the debris and any water shall be discharged outside the forms.
Concrete shall not be allowed to flow horizontally more than 5 feet.
B.
11/01/2013
7.
Concrete during and immediately after depositing shall be thoroughly
compacted by means of suitable tools. Internal type mechanical vibrators
shall be employed to produce the required quality of finish. Vibration shall
be done by experienced operators under close supervision and shall be
carried on long enough to produce homogeneity and optimum
consolidation without permitting segregation of the solid constituents or
"pumping" or migration of air. All vibrators shall be supplemented by
proper wooden spade puddling adjacent to forms to remove included
bubbles and honeycomb. This is essential for the top lifts of walls. All
vibrators shall travel at least 10,000 rpm and be of adequate capacity. At
least one vibrator shall be used for every 10 cubic yards of concrete per
hour. In addition, one spare vibrator in operating condition shall be on the
site.
8.
Concrete slabs on the ground shall be well-tamped into place and
foundation material shall be wet, tamped, and rolled until thoroughly
compacted prior to placing concrete.
9.
Concrete shall be deposited continuously in layers of such thickness that no
concrete will be deposited on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to
cause the formation of seams and planes of weakness within the section. If
a section cannot be placed continuously, construction joints may be located
at points as provided for in the drawings or approved by the Engineer.
10.
Chutes, hoppers, spouts, adjacent work, etc., shall be thoroughly cleaned
before and after each run, and the water and debris shall not be discharged
inside the form.
Concrete Placing During Cold Weather:
1.
Concrete shall not be placed on frozen ground, and no frozen material or
material containing ice shall be used. Materials for concrete shall be heated
when concrete is mixed, placed, or cured when the mean daily temperature
is below 40°F, or is expected to fall to below 40°F, within 72 hours, and
the concrete after placing shall be protected by covering, heat, or both. No
accelerant shall be used to prevent freezing.
2.
The temperature of concrete surfaces shall not be permitted to drop below
50ºF. for at least 7 days after placement of the concrete.
03300 - 9
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.
C.
D.
11/01/2013
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
All details of Contractor's handling and protecting of concrete during
freezing weather shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. All
procedures shall be in accordance with provisions of ACI 306.
Concrete Placing During Hot Weather:
1.
Concrete just placed shall be protected from the direct rays of the sun and
the forms and reinforcement just prior to placing shall be sprinkled with
cold water. The Contractor shall make every effort to minimize delays that
will result in excessive mixing of the concrete after arrival on the job.
2.
During periods of excessively hot weather (90°F, or above) ingredients in
the concrete shall be cooled insofar as possible and cold mixing water shall
be used to maintain the temperature of the concrete at permissible levels all
in accordance with the provisions of ACI 305. Any concrete with a
temperature above 90°F, when ready for placement will not be acceptable,
and will be rejected.
3.
Temperature records shall be maintained throughout the period of hot
weather giving air temperature, general weather conditions (calm, windy,
clear, cloudy, etc.) and relative humidity. The record shall include checks
on temperature of concrete as delivered and after placing in forms. Data
should be correlated with the progress of the work so that conditions
surrounding the construction of any part of the structure can be ascertained.
Pipes and Embedded Metals:
1.
Special care shall be taken to bring the concrete into solid contact with
pipes and iron work embedded in the walls and floors, particularly
underneath and around all pipes where a head of water exists, making
watertight joints.
2.
In general, such embedded items are not shown on the structural design
drawings. Design drawings of the other trades shall be consulted for their
location and details.
3.
Anchor bolt location, size and details shall be verified with the equipment
manufacturer's certified drawings before installation.
4.
Anchor bolts, reglets, sleeves, edge angles and similar embedded items will
be provided, delivered to the site under other Sections of the specification,
for installation under this Section.
5.
Where edge angles, etc., have nuts welded on to receive machine screws,
the threads of the nuts shall be protected from concrete, and the concrete
shall be excluded from the space to be occupied by the screw, by the use of
wood plugs or other effective means.
03300 - 10
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
E.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
6.
Inserts required for hanging mechanical and electrical items will be
provided and installed in the forms under the mechanical and electrical
Sections of the specification.
7.
Should the Contractor be allowed to leave openings in the concrete for
pipes or ironwork, to await the arrival of items that would delay the
prosecution of the work, the openings shall be subject to the approval of
the Engineer. Appropriate construction joints shall be provided. In filling
any such openings with concrete, a mixture of l: l-l/2 : 3 shall be used and a
watertight bond shall be secured between the old and new concrete.
8.
In bolting miscellaneous items to concrete after the concrete has set,
expansion bolts of an approved pattern and type shall be used. The
Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, for approval, the types of
expansion bolts. Expansion bolts shall not be used until they are approved.
Curing:
1.
Concrete curing shall be performed as specified in ACI 30l and as stated
herein. All curing procedures shall have prior approval of the Engineer.
2.
Concrete Floors
Concrete floors which are to receive paint, concrete fill, mortar setting
beds, grout fill, or any other subsequent finish shall be cured by one of the
following procedures immediately after completion of placement and
finishing:
a. Ponding or continuous sprinkling.
b. Application of absorptive mats or fabric kept continuously wet.
c. Application of sand kept continuously wet.
d. Application of waterproof sheet materials conforming to ASTM Cl7l.
e. Application of curing compounds conforming to ASTM C309, if it can
be demonstrated to the Engineer's satisfaction that the compound is
applicable and that it will not prevent bonding of the subsequent finish
to be received. Compound shall be placed at a rate of 200 square feet
per gallon, in two applications perpendicular to each other.
3.
Curing procedure shall be continued for at least 7 days.
a. Moisture loss from surface placed against metal or wood forms shall be
minimized by keeping forms wet until removal.
11/01/2013
03300 - 11
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
b. Curing shall be continued for at least 7 days. When forms are removed
during the curing period, surfaces shall be cured by spraying or by the
use of a curing compound as previously specified.
c. Surfaces shall be protected from traffic or damage until surfaces have
hardened sufficiently. If necessary, 1/2-inch thick plywood sheets shall
be used to protect the exposed surface.
F.
G.
Bracing and Supports:
1.
All concrete members shall be adequately and safely supported and braced
until the permanent supports and braces are installed.
2.
Backfilling against exterior walls shall not be done until supporting slabs
are in place and have attained 70 percent of design strength, otherwise
walls shall be braced against earth lateral pressure, using a system
approved by the Engineer.
3.
Backfilling against retaining walls shall not commence until the wall
concrete has reached its 28-day strength.
Removing Forms and Supports:
1.
Removal of forms shall take place in accordance with ACI 347, Section
3.6. Except as otherwise specifically authorized by the Engineer, forms
shall not be removed until the concrete has aged for the following number
of day-degrees or attained 50 percent strength. (Day-degrees equals the
total of number of days times the average daily air temperature at the
surface of concrete. For example, 5 days at a daily average temperature of
60°F. equals 300 day-degrees.)
Location
2.
H.
11/01/2013
Day-Degrees
Beams and Slabs
500
Walls and Vertical Surfaces
200
Shores under beams and slabs shall not be removed until the concrete has
attained at least 70 percent of the specified cylinder strength and also
sufficient strength to support safely its own weight and the construction
loads upon it.
Patching:
03300 - 12
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
1.
Defective concrete and honeycombed areas as determined by the Engineer
shall be chipped down reasonably square and at least one-inch deep to
sound concrete by means of hand chisels or pneumatic chipping hammers.
Irregular voids or surface stones need not be removed if they are sound,
free of laitance, and firmly imbedded in the parent concrete, subject to
Engineer's final inspection. If honeycomb exists around reinforcement,
chip to provide a clear space at least 1-inch wide all around the steel. For
areas less than 1-1/2 inches deep, the patch may be made following the
procedure for filling form tie holes, described in the subsection below,
using adequately dry (non-trowelable) mixtures to avoid sagging. Thicker
repairs will require build-up in 1-inch layers on successive days. Unless
otherwise indicated, thicker repairs shall be made with Vertipatch mortar
mixture blended with Acryl-Set, both by Master Builders, Inc., Cleveland,
Ohio, or approved equal.
2.
For concrete areas exposed to serious abrasion and/or impact forces, the
Engineer may order the use of grout with a non-shrink metallic aggregate
(Embeco by Master Builders, Inc.; Ironite by Fox Industries, Madison, IL;
or approved equal) as an additive in the proportions listed below:
Material
Cement
Metal Aggregate
Sand
Pea Gravel
I.
11/01/2013
Small Patches
Volumes
1.0
0.15
1.5
--
Weights
1.0
0.25
1.5
--
Large Formed Patches
Volumes
Weights
1.0
1.0
0.2
0.33
1.5
1.0
1.5
1.5
Finishing of Formed Surfaces:
1.
All concrete that is to be left exposed to view shall be scraped to remove
projecting imperfections left by voids in the forms.
2.
In addition to scraping, exterior exposed concrete shall be covered with a
cement-base plaster mix. The mix shall consist of Thoroseal Plastic Mix
and Acryl 60, as manufactured by Standard Drywall Products, Miami, FL,
or approved equal. It shall be mixed and applied in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
3.
In addition to scraping, interior concrete surfaces which will be exposed to
view and concrete surfaces which are to be prepared and painted as
03300 - 13
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
specified in Section 09900, PAINTING, shall receive a smooth rubbed
finish, in accordance with ACI 301 and as described below.
J.
4.
To permit satisfactory finishing, forms shall be removed from the vertical
faces of the concrete as early as is possible without damaging the surface.
Immediately after stripping forms, any fins or projections left by the forms
shall be chipped off, and the surfaces rubbed smooth.
5.
Form tie holes and other voids and faults shall be patched. Voids shall be
cleaned out, roughened, thoroughly wetted, coated with neat cement paste,
and filled with mortar of cement and sand in the same proportions,
materials, and color as used in the concrete. The surface of the patch shall
be flush with the surrounding surface after finishing operations are
complete. Surface shall be kept continuously damp until patches are firm
enough to be rubbed without damage.
6.
Rubbing shall be performed while the surface is wet using a carborundum
or cement sand brick, to achieve a smooth uniform, even textured finish.
Patched and chipped areas shall be blended to match as closely as possible
the appearance of the rest of the surface. No cement wash or plastering
will be permitted, and no mortar shall be used except as required above.
7.
Where finishing is performed before the end of the curing period, concrete
shall under no circumstances be permitted to dry out, and shall be kept
continuously moist from time of placing until end of curing period, or until
curing membrane is applied.
Concrete Floor Finishing Requirements:
Unless designated otherwise, concrete floors shall have a troweled finish as
specified in Section ll.7 of ACI 30l. Troweled finishes shall conform to the
requirements of "Class A Tolerances," Section ll.9 as specified in ACI 30l.
END OF SECTION
O:\Burlington MA\2140692 - Mt Hope HVAC\Specifications\Ready For Final Format\03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete.docx
11/01/2013
03300 - 14
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
SECTION 15050
BASIC MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY:
A.
The work of Divisions 15 and 16 is governed by the General and Supplementary
Conditions of the Contract, and Sections of Division 1 of the Project Manual.
B.
Perform work and provide materials and equipment as shown on Drawings and as
specified or referenced in this Section of the Specifications. Completely
coordinate work of this Section with work of other trades and provide complete
and fully functional systems installation.
C.
Give notices, file plans, obtain permits and licenses, pay fees and backcharges,
and obtain necessary approvals from authorities that have jurisdiction as required
to perform work in accordance with all legal requirements and with the Contract
Documents.
D.
Section Includes: The work of this Section includes the basic requirements
common to the Mechanical and Electrical Sections of Divisions 15 and 16,
including:
1.
Definitions,
2.
Organization of submittals,
3.
Proposed substitutions,
4.
Core drilling,
5.
Cutting and Patching,
6.
Sleeves and penetrations,
7.
Coordination drawings,
8.
Valve tags,
9.
Equipment and piping identification,
10.
Record documents,
11.
Systems start-ups,
15050 – 1
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
E.
1.2
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
12.
Access Panels,
13.
Fire Watch,
14.
Scaffolding, hoisting, rigging and staging,
Related Sections: Related work specified in other Sections includes, but is not
necessarily limited to:
1.
Section 01735 – Cutting, Coring, and Patching: Openings in masonry,
concrete, tile, and other parts of structure, except drilling for hangers,
providing holes and openings in metal decks, and core drilling.
2.
Section 01519 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary heat, light,
power, fire protection, and sanitary facilities for use during construction.
3.
Section 02072 - Selective Demolition: Removal and disposal of
demolished mechanical and electrical piping and conduit systems and
equipment.
4.
Section 03300 - Concrete: Housekeeping pads and inertia pads.
5.
Section 15070 - Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints.
6.
Section 15600 - Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning.
7.
Section 15900 - Automatic Temperature Controls.
8.
Section 15990 – Testing, Adjusting and Balancing.
9.
Division 16 - Electrical
REFERENCES:
A.
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
1.
B.
ANSI A13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of piping systems.
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1.
ASTM E119 - Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and
Materials.
15050 – 2
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
2.
C.
F.
1.
Fire Resistance Directory, Vol. I - Beams, Columns, Floors, Roofs, Walls,
and Partitions.
2.
Fire Resistance Directory, Vol. II, Through Penetration Firestop Systems.
3.
ANSI/UL1479 - Fire Tests of Through Penetration Firestops.
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc.
(SMACNA).
I.
Fire, Smoke, and Radiation Damper Installation Guide for HVAC
Systems.
National Fire Protection Association
1.
H.
Manual of Practice
Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
1.
G.
C-9 - Standard Color Marking of Compressed Gas Cylinders Intended for
Medical Use.
Construction Specifications Institute. (CSI)
1.
E.
ASTM E814 - Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire
Stops.
Compressed Gas Association (CGA)
1.
D.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
No. 241-Safeguarding
Operations.
Construction,
Alteration,
and
Demolition
Code of Massachusetts Regulations (CMR)
1.
248 CMR Massachusetts State Fuel Gas and Plumbing Code.
2.
527 CMR Massachusetts Board of Fire Protection Regulations.
3.
780 CMR Massachusetts State Building Code.
International Code Council (ICC):
1.
2.
3.
International Building Code – IBC.
International Plumbing Code – IPC.
International Mechanical Code – IMC.
15050 – 3
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
4.
5.
1.3
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
International Energy Conservation Code - IECC
International Fire Prevention Code – IFPC.
DEFINITIONS:
A.
General: Words and terminology used throughout the Mechanical and Electrical
Sections of Divisions 15 and 16 shall be understood in their common usage as
defined in a common dictionary, and as further defined in the CSI Manual of
Practice, the General and Supplemental Conditions of the Contract, Division 1 of
the Project Manual, and the Sections of Divisions 15 and 16.
B.
Specification Content: The Mechanical/Electrical Specification Sections in
Divisions 15 and 16 may use certain conventions regarding the style of language
and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in
particular situations or circumstances. These conventions are explained as
follows:
1.
Abbreviated Language: Language used in Specifications and other
Contract Documents maybe of the abbreviated style. Words and meanings
shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not stated shall be
interpolated as the sense requires. Singular words will be interpreted as
plural and plural words interpreted as singular where applicable as the
context of the Contract Documents indicates.
2.
Streamlined Language: The Specifications generally use the imperative
mood and streamlined language.
Requirements expressed in the
imperative mood shall be performed by the Contractor. At certain
locations in the Text, subjective language is used for clarity to describe
responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor or by
others when so noted.
a.
The words "shall be" are implied where a colon (:) is used within a
sentence or phrase.
C.
Indicated: The term "indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or
schedules on the Drawings, or other paragraphs or Schedules in the
Specifications, and similar requirements in the Contract Documents. Terms such
as "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" are used to help the reader
locate the reference. Location is not limited.
D.
Directed: Terms such as "directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected,"
"approved," "required," and "permitted" mean directed by the Architect, requested
by the Architect, and similar phrases.
E.
Approved: When used in conjunction with the Architect's action on the
Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, The term "approved," is
15050 – 4
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
limited to the Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of
the Contract.
F.
Furnish: Furnish means purchase, delivery and storage at the Project Site for
installation under other Sections or by the Owner.
G.
Install: Includes operations at the Project Site including the actual unpacking,
preparation, assembly, erecting, placing, anchoring, supporting, connecting,
applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and
similar operations required for a complete installation ready for the intended use.
H.
Provide: Provide means to furnish and install.
I.
Project Site: Project Site is the space available to the Contractor for performing
construction activities, either exclusively or in conjunction, with others
performing other work as part of the Project. The extent of the Project Site is
shown on the Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of
the land on which the Project is to be built.
J.
Testing Agencies: A testing agency is an independent entity engaged to perform
specific inspections or tests, either at the Project Site or elsewhere, and to report
on and, if required, to interpret results of those inspections or tests.
K.
Product Data: Product data sheets include the manufacturers standard catalog
information with illustrations, standard schedules, diagrams, performance charts,
instructions, and brochures that illustrate physical appearance, size, weight, and
other general characteristics of materials and equipment for some portion of the
work.
L.
Shop Drawings: Shop drawings are detailed drawings, diagrams, illustrations,
and schedules specifically prepared by the installing contractor or supplier to
illustrate some portion of the work.
M.
Fabrication Drawings: The installation shop drawings required by the work of the
various Sections of the Project Manual, such as sheet metal and sprinkler shop
drawings, and normally prepared by the installing sub-contractor.
N.
Coordination Drawings: The coordinated installation shop drawings normally
prepared by the installing sub-contractors indicating multiple building systems
and interdisciplinary work on a single set of coordinated documents.
O.
Piping: Includes all necessary piping system components, including pipe, fittings,
couplings, gaskets, flanges, unions, valves, strainers, hangers, supports,
attachments, insulation, and identification.
15050 – 5
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
1.4
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
P.
Substitutions: Substitutions include manufacturers not listed as acceptable within
the specifications, or materials, products, systems, or equipment, which differ
from the requirements of the Contract Documents.
Q.
Regulations: Regulations includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders
issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and
agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the
Work.
R.
NEC: National Electrical Code - NFPA 70.
S.
NRTL:
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory such as Underwriters
Laboratory, Inc. or Factory Mutual Research Corporation.
T.
Life Safety Systems: Life Safety Systems include all fire protection systems,
devices, and equipment used to detect fire, activate alarms, suppress or control
fire and smoke, or any combination thereof.
SUBMITTALS:
A.
General Requirements: Comply with pertinent Submittals, the Sections of
Division 15-Mechanical and Division 16 - Electrical, and the additional
requirements of this Section.
B.
Materials List: Within 30 calendar days after the Contractor has received the
Owner's Notice to proceed, submit a list of the proposed materials to be provided
under the work of the Mechanical Sections of Division 15 and Electrical Sections
of Division 16.
C.
The Contractor shall submit for approval by the Owner or the Owner’s
Representative a Schedule of Values and a Project Chronological Schedule. The
Schedule of Values and Project Chronological Schedule shall be fully coordinated
and submitted as a single package. The Schedules shall contain the same line
items as the requests for payment. All payments shall be made based on these
Schedules. No work shall start and no payments shall be made until the Project
Chronological Schedule and the Schedule of Values are fully coordinated and
approved by the Owner or the Owner’s Representative. The Owner or Owner’s
Representative reserves the right to add or subtract specific line items from the
Contractor’s Schedule of Values if required to identify all cost items. The
Contractor shall allow 10 working days for review of the Schedules irrespective
of transmittal time.
D.
Organization of Submittals: Bind submittals into comprehensible packages with
related product data sheets and shop drawings organized and identified by
Specification Section and Article numbers and titles. Bind submittals into
packages in order as specified in the Sections of Divisions 15 and 16. Identify
15050 – 6
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
submittal pages to indicate the specific equipment or fixture type the data sheet
applies to by Article number and title. Submittals, which are not properly bound
and identified, may be returned without review.
E.
1.
Indicate appropriate model numbers in manufacturers' brochures and cross
out non-applicable information.
2.
Copies of faxed pages are unacceptable.
3.
Submit shop drawings for particular systems complete, simultaneously,
and organized by system.
Submittal Cover Sheet: Provide a completed cover sheet with each submittal
package indicating the information on the following sample page:
15050 – 7
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
15050 – 8
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
F.
After approval of the proposed materials list, provide complete
submittals as soon as possible and with adequate time for processing in
order to not delay the project.
G.
Submit for review of all project specific reproducible drawings, one reproducible
and one print of each drawing. Submit for review eight sets of detailed Shop
Drawings and Product Data. Submittals for review shall include complete
Specifications, including type of materials, electrical characteristics, capacities,
performance and power requirements to determine compliance with Contract
Documents. All data submitted including wiring diagrams shall be complete for
all equipment and shall apply only to this specific project. All extraneous
material shall be deleted or marked out. Items to be supplied shall be specifically
indicated using a method that will be visible after photocopying.
H.
Contractor’s Review: Review, stamp and certify each submittal prior to
submission to the Architect. The certification shall state that the data and details
contained on each Shop Drawing, Product Data, layout drawing, catalog data and
brochure has been reviewed and that it complies with the Contract Documents in
all respects. Shop Drawings, layout drawings, catalog data and brochures will not
be reviewed and will be returned unchecked unless they are certified and all items
specifically identified.
I.
Multiple submissions: It is intended that Submittal data be complete and accurate
at the first submission. If the Submittal is returned marked “Resubmit” only one
additional submission will be permitted.
1.
If the second submission is not acceptable, or if the submittal is not made
within the specified time frame, the right of substitution and selection will
be lost. At that time the specified item shall be provided at no additional
cost.
J.
Required Review Time: A minimum period of ten working days, exclusive of
transmittal time, will be required in the Engineer’s office each time Shop
Drawings, Product Data, layout drawings, catalog data and brochures are
submitted or resubmitted for review. A minimum period of fifteen working days
exclusive of transmittal time will be required for reviewing substitute materials or
manufacturer. The required review time, including multiple submission, shall be
considered when scheduling the work.
K.
Submit Shop Drawings and Product Data sheets in a timely manner sufficiently in
advance to give ample time for reviewing, correcting, resubmitting and rereviewing if necessary. No claim for delay will be granted for failure to comply
with this requirement.
L.
Equipment shall be of proper size for its allotted space. Equipment may be
disassembled as required, where it does not invalidate the manufacturer’s
15050 – 9
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
warranty, so that it can be installed through available window door, or louver
openings.
M.
Schedule of Shutdowns: After the project construction schedule is developed,
submit the following information to the Owner for all required shutdowns of
existing systems.
1.
Date of proposed shutdown.
2.
List of systems to be affected.
3.
List of areas affected by the shutdown.
4.
Description of work to be performed.
5.
Estimated length of the shutdown.
N.
Piping Systems Schedule: Prepare and submit a schedule of mechanical piping
systems to indicate the piping material, joints, and fittings to be used with each
system.
O.
Insulation Schedule: Prepare and submit a schedule to indicate insulation types
and thicknesses to be used on each mechanical piping system.
P.
UL Through-Penetration Firestop System Schedule: Prepare and submit a
schedule to indicate the UL-System number for through-penetration assemblies to
be used with all mechanical and electrical systems.
Q.
Shop Drawings: Submit product data sheets and shop drawings as specified
within the Mechanical Sections of Division 15 and the Electrical Sections of
Division 16.
R.
Record Drawings: Prepare record drawings in accordance with the provisions of
Division 1 governing - Project Record Documents and the additional requirements
of this Section.
S.
Valve Tag Charts:
Section.
T.
Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Prepare and submit copies of the Operation
and Maintenance Manuals as specified in the appropriate Section of Division 1
governing - Contract Close-out the additional requirements of this Section.
U.
Training Seminar Confirmation: Prior to the final completion of the project,
submit copies of the training seminar sign in sheets and a letter to the Owner
containing the names of training seminar participants, including instructor’s
Prepare and submit valve tag charts as specified in this
15050 – 10
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
names, the name of the firms represented and the dates of the instruction
seminars.
1.5
V.
Engineer’s Action: Except for items submitted solely for record purposes or
information, the Engineer will review each submittal for general compliance with
the Contract Documents, as defined in the General Conditions, and return the
submittal with comments.
W.
Action Stamp: The Engineer will attach a Submittal Review sheet to each
submittal package to indicate the status of the submission and the action taken, as
follows:
1.
Approved: Submission is generally in compliance with the intent of the
contract documents and fabrication may be undertaken.
2.
Approved as Noted: Submission is generally in compliance with the
contract documents and fabrication may be undertaken with the
corrections noted.
3.
Revise and Resubmit: Submission is not in compliance with the contract
documents and requires substantial corrections. Fabrication work may not
be undertaken.
4.
Rejected: Submission is not in compliance with the contract documents.
Resubmit as specified.
5.
Submit Specified Item: Second submission is not in compliance with the
contract documents. Submit specified item without deviation.
6.
Reviewed For Comment Only:
approval of the submittal.
Engineer is not responsible for the
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Qualifications: Use adequate numbers of skilled, licensed workers who are
thoroughly trained and experienced and who are completely familiar with the
specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the
work of this Section.
B.
Standard of Quality: The manufacturers names specified first or scheduled on the
drawings are used for the design and to establish the standards of function,
dimension, space requirements, appearance, and quality upon which the Contract
is based. Acceptable manufacturers’ names are listed to provide competitive bids
with the specified or scheduled manufacturer.
15050 – 11
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
1.
C.
Acceptable Manufacturers: The inclusion of a manufacturer’s name
within the list of acceptable manufacturers does not necessarily mean that
the manufacturer’s standard product is equal to the specified or scheduled
product without some required modification. The submitted product shall
be equal in terms of quality, durability, appearance, space requirements,
weight, strength, and design to the product required by the Contract
Documents.
Contractor’s Review: It is solely the Contractor's responsibility to verify that the
products of acceptable manufacturers and proposed substitutes meet or exceed the
performance of the specified or scheduled product. To be considered acceptable,
products must comply with the following for the full possible performance range:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
D.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Horsepower: Equal or less.
Efficiency: Equal or greater.
Capacities: Equal or greater.
Space/Clearances: Equal or greater.
Storage and Recovery: Equal or greater.
Warranty: Equal or better.
Weight: Equal or less.
Noise: Equal or quieter.
Substitutions: Substitutions include manufacturers not listed as acceptable within
the specifications, or products, systems and methods, which differ from the
specified systems.
1.
Comply with the provisions of the Instructions to Bidders and pertinent
sections in Division 1. Submit list of proposed substitutes for review and
approval in compliance with the Instructions to Bidders, AIA Document
A701.
2.
By the submission of a proposed substitution, the Contractor represents
that he has reviewed the proposed substitution and certifies that:
a.
The proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on
drawings.
b.
Changes to the building design, including A/E design and review
time at a rate of 2.6 x DPE, detailing and construction costs caused
by the requested substitution will be included in the bid price with
no additional cost to the Owner.
c.
The proposed substitution will have no adverse affect on other
trades, the construction schedule, or specified warranty
requirements.
15050 – 12
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
E.
F.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
d.
Maintenance and service parts are available locally.
e.
All costs associated with or caused by the use of the proposed
substitute will be covered by the Contractor.
Codes and Regulations:
1.
In addition to complying with the specified requirements, comply with
pertinent regulations of governmental agencies and authorities that have
jurisdiction.
2.
In case of conflict between or among specified requirements and pertinent
regulations, the more stringent requirement will govern.
Qualifications for Welding and Brazing Work:
1.
Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with
AWS Standard Qualification Procedure."
2.
Provide certification that welders to be employed in work have
satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests.
a.
G.
Standards: Maintain copies of the most recent editions of the following standards
at the job site for reference during construction:
1.
1.6
1.7
If recertification of welders is required, retesting will be
Contractor's responsibility.
UL Through Penetration Fire Stop Systems.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A.
Protection: Use all means necessary to protect materials of the Mechanical and
Electrical Sections before, during and after installation and to protect installed
work and materials of all trades and Sections.
B.
Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and
replacement necessary to the approval of the Architect at no change in Contract
Sum.
PROJECT CONDITIONS:
A.
Comply with Article 2 of the Instructions to Bidders, AIA Document A701,
including the Appendix. Visit the site prior to submission of bids and examine
existing conditions to be familiar with the related implications to the Work of the
Mechanical and Electrical Sections.
15050 – 13
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
1.
B.
Questions regarding the Bidding Documents: Submit questions and
requests for clarifications in compliance with the Instructions to Bidders.
Contract Documents: The Contract Drawings are diagrammatic and do not show
every fitting and component and shall be used in conjunction with the specified
requirements to provide complete and fully functional systems for the intended
use. The drawings and specifications are complimentary, and the requirements
indicated on both establish the requirements of the Contract.
1.
1.8
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
The Contract Drawings indicate the general locations of equipment and
distribution systems throughout the project. The actual installation
locations shall be coordinated by the contractor on site based on actual
field measurements performed by the contractor.
C.
Document Review: Review the complete set of Contract Documents and be
familiar with the space requirements and work of other Sections. Thoroughly
review building sections, architectural details, space availability phasing
requirements and mechanical and electrical drawings for a complete
understanding of the scope and coordination requirements of the Mechanical and
Electrical Sections.
D.
Scheduled Equipment: Standard manufacturers model numbers scheduled on the
drawings shall be modified as specified in the descriptive specification for the
scheduled equipment. The drawings generally define quantities, and the
specifications further define equipment quality and system components, which
may not be included in the standard model number.
E.
Pipe sizing notations: Pipe sizing notations run along the pipe from the larger
sizes to the smaller size. Sections of pipe, which are not specifically identified
with a pipe size, are the continuation of the previous larger pipe size indication.
Pipe sizes change only where indicated by a notation change.
F.
Existing Conditions: The existing conditions indicated on the contract drawings
are taken primarily from existing record drawings provided by the Owner and do
not necessarily indicate actual as-built conditions. Preparation work of the
mechanical and electrical sections includes the verification of existing conditions
before the start of related installation work.
WARRANTY:
A.
Upon completion of the Work and as a condition of its acceptance and final
payment, deliver to the Architect two copies of a written Warranty agreeing to
replace the work of Divisions 15 and 16, which fails due to defective materials or
workmanship within one year after Date of Substantial Completion as that date is
determined in accordance with the General Conditions. All refrigeration
15050 – 14
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
compressors shall have the manufacturer’s extended warranty for a total of five
years.
B.
1.9
Failure due to defective materials or workmanship is deemed to include, but is not
to be limited to:
1.
Failures in operating component or components.
2.
Leakage from piping system.
3.
Code violations.
C.
Obtain written equipment and material warranties offered in manufacturer's
published data without exclusion or limitation, in Owner's name.
D.
Replace material and equipment that require excessive service during warranty
period as defined and as directed by Architect.
E.
Warranty shall include 24-hour service of complete system during warranty
period at no cost to Owner. Choice of service organization shall be subject to
Owner's approval.
F.
Include copy of warranty in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
G.
At end of warranty period, transfer manufacturer's equipment and material
warranties still in force to Owner.
H.
This Article shall not be interpreted to limit Owner's rights under applicable codes
and laws and under this Contract.
MANUALS AND INSTRUCTIONS:
A.
Comply with pertinent provisions of the appropriate Section in Division 1
regarding - Contract Closeout.
B.
Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Bind Manuals in hardcover, three-ring
binders, and provide identified dividers with tabs. Indicate appropriate model
numbers in manufacturers' brochures and cross out non-applicable information.
Review the Manuals with the Owner's maintenance personnel and add additional
maintenance data sheets and information as directed by the Owner's
Representatives. Copies of faxed pages are unacceptable.
1.
Obtain at time of purchase of equipment, three copies of operation,
lubrication and maintenance manuals for all items. Assemble literature in
coordinated manuals with additional information describing combined
operation of field-assembled units, including as-built wiring diagrams.
15050 – 15
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Manual shall contain names and addresses of manufacturers and local
representatives who stock or furnish repair parts for items or equipment.
2.
Provide directions for and sequences of operation for mechanical and
electrical system of Divisions 15 and 16. Sequence shall list valves,
switches, and other devices used to start, stop and control systems.
3.
Lubrication instructions detailing type of lubricant, amount, and intervals
recommended by manufacturer for each item of equipment. Include
additional instructions necessary for implementation of first-class
lubrication program.
Include approved summary of lubrication
instructions in chart form, where appropriate.
C.
Furnish three copies of manuals to Engineer for approval and distribution to
Owner. Deliver manuals no less than 30 days prior to acceptance of equipment to
permit Owner's personnel to become familiar with equipment and operation prior
to acceptance.
D.
Organization of Manuals: Divide manuals with identified tabs to match the
mechanical and electrical specification sections numbers and titles. Separate
product information within each section by the Article numbers and titles as listed
in Part 2 of each specification section. Provide a clear see-through plastic holder
on the edge of the binder with a typed card indicating the Project name, the
Engineer’s name, the Installer’s name and the Volume number (e.g., Vol. No. 1 of
2).
E.
Manuals shall include the following materials and information for all specified
materials and equipment:
1.
Table of contents.
2.
Emergency instructions with 24-hour phone number to contact a
responsible individual for each Section of Work.
3.
Subcontractor's warranties.
4.
Name and telephone number of local representative and supplier.
5.
Manufacturers' maintenance procedures.
6.
Exploded drawings and parts lists.
7.
Troubleshooting checklists with potential problems and possible causes.
8.
Schematic wiring diagrams.
15050 – 16
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
9.
Record drawings.
10.
Valve tag charts.
11.
Equipment warranties and guaranties.
12.
Sequence of Operations and Systems Descriptions.
13.
Additional requirements specified in other sections.
F.
Maintenance Information: Systems which require preventive maintenance to
maintain efficient operation shall be furnished with complete necessary
maintenance information. Required routine maintenance actions, as specified by
the manufacturer, shall be stated clearly and incorporated on a readily accessible
label on the equipment. Such label may be limited to identifying, by title or
publication number, the operation and maintenance manual for that particular
model and type of product.
G.
Instruction Seminars: Perform systems instruction seminars and walk-through
with the Owner's designated representatives after preparation, review and
approval of the Operation and Maintenance manuals by the Engineer and Owner.
H.
As a minimum training sessions shall consist of the following:
1.
General project information and review shall be by the General Foreman
or Superintendent of the Trade.
2.
Specific system and equipment training shall be by a Factory Trained
Representative.
3.
Provide a complete review of the project and systems including, but not
limited to, the following:
a.
In a classroom environment mount the drawings on an easel or
equivalent and review each Record Drawing (can use typicals).
b.
Note equipment layouts, locations and control points.
c.
Review each system.
d.
Review system design operation and philosophy.
e.
Review alarms and necessary responses.
f.
Review areas served by various equipment and systems.
15050 – 17
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
4.
1.10
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
g.
Identify color codes used.
h.
Review features and special functions.
i.
Review maintenance requirements.
j.
Review operation and maintenance manuals.
k.
Respond to questions (for video taping, record questions and
answers).
After classroom training, walk the entire project, review each equipment
room and typical locations. Explain equipment and proper operation.
RECORD DOCUMENTS:
A.
Prepare record documents for the work of Divisions 15 and 16 as specified in
Division 1 for Project Record Documents. The record drawings shall accurately
indicate all valve locations and shall clearly show the assigned valve tag number.
Record drawings shall include:
1.
Piping and equipment location changes from the Contract Documents.
2.
Updated schedules to indicate the scheduled characteristics of the actual
installed equipment.
3.
Valve locations and valve tag numbers.
4.
Equipment identification numbers coordinated with the Owner's Facility
Management Program.
5.
Locations of seismic restraints.
B.
Record drawings include all systems and coordination drawings prepared under
the work of this contract. Provide polyester mylar reproducible drawings and
electronic AutoCAD 2012 drawing files of both the contract drawings and
additional fabrication/coordination drawings that indicate mechanical and
electrical systems. All electronic files shall be fully bound and submitted on CD
format.
C.
Submission of the specified polyester mylars of the full mechanical/electrical
coordination drawings eliminates the requirement to modify the contract drawings
to incorporate the changes to piping and equipment locations made during
construction.
15050 – 18
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
1.11
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES:
A.
Electronic drawing files of floor plans and schedules on AutoCAD 2012 or DXF
format will be made available by the engineer for the contractor’s use to prepare
fabrication, coordination or record drawings. After the contractor requests the
electronic files, a waiver will be provided for the contractor to sign and return to
Weston & Sampson. A service charge of one hundred dollars ($100.00) will be
charged to cover the cost of the engineer’s time and materials. After receiving the
signed waiver the electronic drawing files will be forwarded to the contractor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
SLEEVES AND PENETRATIONS:
A.
B.
Piping penetrations through fire rated construction shall comply with a listed fire
rated assembly as detailed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. Pipe sleeves
through floors, exterior walls and fire-rated construction shall be galvanized
Schedule 40 steel pipe. Pipe sleeves through non-fire-rated partitions shall be 26gauge galvanized steel.
1.
Sleeves Through Foundation Walls: Provide galvanized schedule 40 steel
with continuous weld slip on welding flange water stop. Provide
waterproof resilient link caulking assembly by Link-Seal or Sure-Seal.
2.
In areas where pipe or duct is exposed, install sleeves flush with the finish
floor, except in mechanical rooms, and janitor's closets extend sleeves at
least 4 inches above finish floor.
3.
Annular Space Requirements: Sleeves shall be sized to provide a total
clearance of 1/2 inch around pipe or duct including insulation cover.
Annular space around fire rated through penetrations assemblies shall be
in compliance with the Listed Assembly.
4.
Packing between the pipe and sleeve in fire rated construction shall be a
combination of listed insulation and fire-proof caulk.
5.
Core drilled holes in lieu of sleeves are acceptable except in mechanical
rooms, janitor’s closets or floors that can be flooded with water, which
require sleeves installed above floors.
Duct sleeves through fire-rated construction shall be of the same gauge as the
related fire damper sleeve. See SMACNA Fire, Smoke and Radiation Installation
Guide for HVAC Systems. The sleeve shall be sized to provide the necessary
clearance required for expansion of the fire damper sleeve in conformance with
UL approval. Duct sleeves through non-fire-rated partitions shall be 26-gauge
15050 – 19
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
galvanized steel. Duct sleeves through non-fire-rated floors and exterior walls
shall be 16-gauge galvanized steel.
2.2
1.
Packing for sleeves that do not require maintenance of fire rating shall be
silicate foam, ceramic fiber, or mineral fiber with approved sealant. Pack
or foam to within 1 inch of both wall surfaces. Seal penetration packing
with approved caulking and paintable waterproof mastic surface finish or
silicone caulking.
2.
Openings in walls, partitions and other fire rated construction that do not
require smoke dampers shall meet NFPA 90A, Section 3-3.8.
C.
Through Penetration Assemblies: The combination of materials shall have the
same fire rating, in hours, as the wall or floor, as tested in accordance with the
code referenced editions of ANSI/UL 1479 (ASTM E-814). The combination of
materials shall be classified by UL for the fire rating required and shall be listed
as a numbered system in the UL Fire Resistance Directory.
D.
Provide adjustable escutcheons on exposed piping that passes through finished
floors, walls, and ceilings. Escutcheons shall be chromium-plated cast brass,
sized to cover sleeve opening and to accommodate pipe and insulation.
VALVE TAGS :
A.
Upon completion of piping installation work provide valve tags on all valves
installed under the work of the mechanical sections. Valve tags shall be at least 11/2 inch diameter brass or engraved plastic with 1/4 inch high lettering for service
designation over 1/2 inch high consecutively numbered valve identification.
Engraved valve tags shall be color coded as specified for piping identification.
Coordinate valve tag numbers with the Owner's facility management program.
Provide service designation prefix as scheduled:
1.
2.
Plumbing Systems:
Prefix:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
CW
HW
Domestic Cold Water
Domestic Hot Water
Domestic Hot Water Circulation
Fuel Gas
Normally Opened
Normally Closed
Unsafe Water
HWC
GAS
NO
NC
NP
HVAC Systems:
a.
b.
Prefix:
Heating Hot Water Supply
Heating Hot Water Return
15050 – 20
HWS
HWR
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
c.
d.
2.3
Cold Water
Boiler Blowdown
CWS
BD
B.
Valve tags on plumbing systems may be engraved laminated plastic tags colorcoded to match the pipe identification marks.
C.
Identify Non-Potable water outlets with permanently attached yellow color-coded
marker or 4-inch high triangle tag reading: Water Unsafe.
PIPING AND DUCTWORK IDENTIFICATION:
A.
Piping: Provide clip-on color-coded piping identification markers on mechanical
and electrical piping systems specified in Divisions 15 and 16. Provide matching
flow arrows to indicate direction of flow. Markers shall be equal to Seton
Setmark. Pipe marking for outside diameters of 6 inches or greater may be
springs or metal bands secured to the corners at each end of the semi-rigid plastic
marker to hold each end of the marker firmly against the pipe.
1.
Color coding and size of legend letters shall comply with the standards of
ANSI A13.1.
2.
Provide markers with legend letters sized in compliance with the
following schedule:
Outside
Diameter
Insulation)
1-1/4 inch and smaller
1-1/2 inch to 2 inch
2-1/2 inch to 6 inches
8 inch
10 inch and larger
(Over
Size of
Letters:
½ inch
¾ inch
1-1/4 inch
2-1/2 inch
3-1/2 inch
Length of Color Code:
8 inches
8 inches
12 inches
24 inches
32 inches
3.
Fire Protection Systems: Provide red color-coded identification markers
to identify horizontal fire line piping. Identify sprinkler piping with clipon markers as specified or provide a 12 inch long painted red indication on
the bottom half of concealed piping. Exposed sprinkler piping does not
require identification markers when sprinklers are visible in plain view.
4.
Plumbing Systems:
Provide color-coded identification markers in
compliance with the following schedule with contrasting legend letters.
Service
Cold Water
Hot Water
Hot Water Return
Identification
Dom. Cold Water
Dom. Hot Water
Dom.
Hot
Water
Return
15050 – 21
Color Code
Green
Green
Green
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Service
Soil or Waste
Vent
Rainwater
Unsafe Water
Fuel Gas
5.
Identification
Sanitary
Plumbing Vent
Storm
Non Potable
Fuel Gas
HVAC Systems:
Provide color-coded identification markers in
compliance with the following schedule with contrasting letters.
Service:
Identification:
Cold Water (Make-Up)
Hot Water Supply
Hot Water Return
Boiler Blowdown
6.
2.4
Non-Potable Water
Hot Water Supply
Hot Water Return
Boiler Blowdown
Color
Code:
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Protection Guards: Provide Armstrong Armaflex 2000 white elastomeric
insulation.
PRESSURE VESSELS:
A.
2.5
Color Code
Yellow
Yellow
Green
Yellow
Yellow
Pressure vessels including, but not limited to; domestic water heaters, boilers,
compressed air and vacuum receiver tanks provided under Division 15 shall be
ASME rated construction.
ACCESS PANELS:
A.
Furnish access panels for all concealed equipment installed under Divisions 15
and 16 that require accessibility for the proper operation and maintenance of the
system and as required by code. Access doors and panels shall be cold rolled steel
with continuous piano hinge and prime coat of rust inhibitive paint.
B.
Sizes shall be sufficient for the access and removal of filters, etc. Access panels
shall be no less than 12 inches by 12 inches except for valves installed within 12
inches of the door may be 8 inches by 8 inches.
C.
Acceptable Manufacturers: Larsen’s Manufacturing Co., Milcor, or Karp
Associates, Inc.
1.
Flush installation in drywall. Larsen L-DWR.
2.
Flush installation in drywall surfaces, utilizing a concealed type frame.
Larsen L-DWC
15050 – 22
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
3.
Large access openings in drywall ceilings and walls. Larsen L-LCP
4.
For use in plaster surfaces, concealed frame with optional plaster ground.
Larsen L-PSW.
5.
Recessed door pan with metal lath for plaster surfaces. Larsen L-APC
6.
Recessed 5/8" door pan for acoustical tile. Larsen L-CPA
7.
Multi-purpose access panel for use in plaster or drywall: Larsen L –
MPG/L-MPSS
8.
Wet Areas: Stainless Steel with No. 4 finish.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
3.3
EXAMINATION:
A.
Inspect site conditions before starting preparatory work and verify that actual
conditions are known and acceptable before starting work. Be familiar with the
work of other sections, separate contractors, and the Owner.
B.
Inspect areas where piping, conduit, ductwork, fixtures and equipment will be
installed and verify adequate space is available for access, service and removal of
equipment. Coordinate with the Work of other Sections.
C.
Notify the Engineer immediately when the removal of existing ceilings, walls, or
obstructions reveal conditions substantially different from the Contract
Documents.
PREPARATION:
A.
Perform coordination with the work of other Sections and prepare composite
coordination drawings as specified in this Section before starting installation work
of Divisions 15 and 16.
B.
Verify points of connection to existing systems and confirm that required system
shutdowns are acceptable with the Owner before proceeding with any related
installation work.
SYSTEM SHUTDOWNS:
A.
Coordinate shutdowns of existing systems with the Owner and submit a written
request at least ten working days in advance. Minimize system shut downs as
much as possible. Submit a list of all effected areas, the proposed work to be
performed, and the expected length of the shutdown including time for retesting.
15050 – 23
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.4
3.5
3.6
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS SHUTDOWNS:
A.
Maintain the existing Life Safety Systems in operation during construction and
obtain impairment permits from the local Authorities Having Jurisdiction for all
Life Safety Systems affected by the work of Divisions 15 and 16.
B.
Safeguarding Construction: Provide fire watch, portable extinguishers, and safety
procedures in compliance with 527 CMR 39.00, 780 CMR 3305 and NFPA 241.
REMOVAL WORK:
A.
Particular care shall be taken to avoid creating hazards on the site or causing
disruption of service in the adjoining buildings.
B.
All existing equipment and material indicated to be removed shall be done in a
neat and workmanlike manner. All existing equipment indicated to be turned
over to the Owner shall be presented to the Owner in good condition at a location
designated by the Owner. All other existing equipment and all material that is
removed shall be removed from the premises.
C.
Remove all abandoned piping, ductwork and equipment not built into building
construction. Where ceilings or walls are removed all abandoned duct, conduit
and piping shall be removed and the ends of live services capped. Abandoned
elements built into walls or located above existing ceilings that are not being
removed shall remain. All duct and pipe ends shall be capped and be marked
abandoned.
D.
All equipment and materials that are removed from the premises shall be legally
disposed of. Particular attention shall be taken regarding the disposal of any and
all hazardous materials. Provide written manifests and certifications of legal
disposal or recycling of all hazardous materials.
CORE DRILLING:
A.
Do not core new concrete structure without written approval from the Structural
Engineer.
B.
Perform all core drilling required for the proper installation of the work of
Divisions 15 and 16. Locate all required openings and prior to coring coordinate
the opening with the other Trades and obtain approval from the Engineer.
C.
Thoroughly investigate the existing conditions in the vicinity of the required
opening prior to cutting. Take care so as not to disturb the existing building
systems. Damage to existing conditions incurred during core drilling shall be
corrected to the Owners satisfaction with no additional expense to the Owner.
15050 – 24
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.7
3.8
CUTTING AND PATCHING:
A.
Cutting and patching shall be performed under other Sections. Locate all other
than cored openings required for the installation of the mechanical piping
systems. Coordinate the opening with the work of the other trades so as not to
interfere with the work of other Sections. Thoroughly investigate the existing
conditions in the vicinity of the required openings as much as possible.
B.
Patching of the existing walls around openings shall be performed by the
respective trade responsible for the finish material in which the opening is made.
SLEEVES AND PENETRATIONS:
A.
3.9
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Penetrations through fire rated construction shall consist of a complete rated
assembly.
1.
UL -Listed through Penetration Components: In addition to the fire stop
caulking provided under Section 07270, the components of a fire rated
through penetration assembly include the piping size and material, annular
space, and insulation type, density and thickness.
2.
Prepare a schedule of UL Through Penetration System numbers for
submission and approval.
B.
Set sleeves in position in advance of concrete work. Provide suitable reinforcing
around sleeves.
C.
Extend sleeves through Mechanical Room and other potentially wet floors at least
4 inches above finished floor level and provide pipe support sleeve.
D.
Install cast brass chrome plated escutcheons where piping passes through finished
surfaces.
E.
Provide vertical flush wall cleanouts on the base of stacks just above the wainscot.
GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS:
A.
General: Coordinate with the work of other trades before starting installation.
Install materials and equipment in accordance with the Manufacturers latest
printed installation instructions.
1.
Install piping straight, plumb and form right angles on parallel lines with
building walls. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other. Provide
sufficient spacing for insulation and valve access.
15050 – 25
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
2.
Install mechanical and electrical systems as high as possible to maximize
ceiling heights.
3.
Pipe shall be free from scale and dirt. Protect open ended pipe ends to
prevent debris from entering. All piping shall be reamed free of burrs.
4.
Locate valves for easy access and operation. Install valve stems above the
horizontal.
5.
Piping connections to coils and equipment shall be made with off-sets
provided with isolation valves, unions of flanges arranged so that
equipment can be serviced or removed without dismantling.
6.
Provide for expansion and contraction in all piping systems to prevent
undue strains on piping or equipments. Provide double off-sets at risers to
take up expansion.
7.
Install equipment with care to minimize damage to shop applied finishes.
Replace or repair damaged components or finishes incurred during
shipping and installation to the Owners satisfaction.
8.
Thoroughly clean items before installation. Cap pipe openings to exclude
dirt until fixtures are installed and final connections have been made.
9.
Cut pipe accurately and work into place without springing or forcing, and
properly clearing windows, doors, and other openings.
10.
Show no tool marks or threads on exposed plated, polished, or enameled
connections from fixtures. Tape all finished surfaces to prevent damage
during construction.
11.
Make changes in directions with fittings, make changes in main sizes with
eccentric reducing fittings. Install water supply and return piping with
straight side of eccentric fittings at top of the pipe.
12.
Install equipment and components to minimize noise and vibration
transmission to the structure. Provide vibration isolators and flexible
connectors for all vibrating equipment.
13.
Provide sufficient swing joints, ball joints, expansion loops, and devices
necessary for a flexible piping system.
14.
Support piping independently at pumps, coils, tanks and similar locations,
so that weight of piping will not be supported by the equipment.
15050 – 26
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
B.
3.10
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
15.
Pipe the drains from pump glands, drip pans, relief valves, air vents and
similar locations, to spill through an air gap into a floor drain.
16.
Securely bolt all equipment, isolators, hangers, and similar items in place.
17.
Provide complete dielectric isolation between ferrous and non-ferrous
metals.
18.
Do not install plastic piping systems when the ambient temperature is
below 60 degrees F.
19.
Provide Armstrong Armaflex 2000 white insulation on pipe hangers, duct
hangers, duct flanges, the edge of ductwork, and to the sharp edges of
mechanical systems when located below 6'-8" above the floor.
20.
Insulating Clamps: Provide IPS Corp. Strap-Tite insulating clamps on
uninsulated copper piping installed through metal stud perforations.
Equipment Access for Maintenance and Removal:
1.
Install piping, equipment and accessories to permit access for maintenance
as specified by the equipment manufacturer. Provide adequate clearance to
disconnect equipment for removal. Locate valves and unions so additional
piping removal is not necessary to remove equipment. Coordinate piping
and equipment locations with all trades to ensure adequate clearance is
maintained for equipment maintenance and removal.
2.
Relocate items as necessary to provide access for maintenance and
removal without additional cost to the Owner.
ACCESS PANEL:
A.
Provide access panels for installation under other sections to allow access to
mechanical equipment and devices installed under Divisions 15 and 16. Furnish
access panels for mechanical and electrical devices installed behind permanent
construction such as gypsum wallboard partitions and ceilings or concrete
masonry walls and partitions.
B.
Devices provided under the work of Divisions 15 and 16 that require access
include, but are not necessarily limited to; valves, cleanouts, air release valves;
water hammer arrestors, terminal boxes; fire and smoke dampers, smoke
detectors, steam traps, filters, coils, junction and pull boxes and volume and
control dampers.
15050 – 27
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.11
3.12
C.
Access panels shall be large enough to provide access for maintenance and
removal of mechanical and electrical equipment and devices.
D.
Access panels shall have same fire rating classification as the construction
penetrated.
E.
Panels shall be at least 12" x 12"; access panels at equipment shall be 18" x 18".
VALVE TAG CHARTS:
A.
Prepare valve tag charts to indicate the location of all valves by room name and
number as identified on the architectural floor plans. Indicate areas, floors, or
specific rooms controlled by each valve. Provide valve tag charts for each system
as specified in Part 2 of this Section.
B.
Coordinate valve tag numbers with the Owner's facility management programs.
IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING, CONDUIT, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT:
A.
Piping: Install pipe and conduit identification markers in compliance with ANSI
A13.1 on each side of wall penetrations, at each valve, at tee fittings, behind
access panels and base of risers. Spacing of markers shall not exceed 20 feet and
shall include at least one marker in each room. Ensure that markers are visible
from 4 foot 6 inches to 6 feet above the finish floor.
1.
3.13
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Install markers on painted piping only after painting is complete and has
been accepted by the Architect. Install marker adjacent to access panels
where piping is concealed.
B.
Equipment: Stencil equipment such as pumps, water heaters, and tanks with the
name of the equipment and equipment number. Coordinate equipment numbers
with the Owner's maintenance personnel. Stencils shall be at least 6 inches high
and of a color to provide a contrast with the equipment finish.
C.
Equipment markings shall be prominently displayed on each normally visible side
of equipment. Equipment intended for installation in finished area shall have
markings located behind normally used access panels mounted so as to be readily
found. Equipment identification designations shall be taken from equipment
schedules as indicated on the Drawings.
FIRE WATCH:
A.
Provide a fire watch as required when performing work, which may cause a fire,
such as welding or torch cutting work.
15050 – 28
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.14
SCAFFOLDING, HOISTING, RIGGING AND STAGING:
A.
3.15
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Provide scaffolding, hoisting, rigging, conveyance apparatus and staging as
required to perform the work specified in the other mechanical and electrical
sections of Divisions 15 and 16.
RECORD DOCUMENTS:
A.
Project Progress and Record Drawings: Comply with the appropriate Section of
Division 1 governing Project Record Documents and the additional requirements
of this Section.
1.
Maintain a daily record of the project construction progress by coloring
the work completed on the white prints furnished by the Owner at the
commencement of the work.
2.
Modify the equipment schedules to reflect data consistent with that of the
installed equipment. Clearly show all changes to the work as a result of
addenda, change orders, clarifications, instructions issued by the Architect
or conditions encountered in the field. Accurately indicate the location,
size, type and elevation of new work and their relationship to existing
work. Provide dimensions from permanent site improvements or column
centerlines.
3.
The marked up and colored in prints will be used as a guide for
determining the progress of the work installed. They shall be inspected
weekly and shall be corrected immediately if found inaccurate or
incomplete. Requisitions for Payment will not be approved until the
Drawings are accurate and up-to-date.
B.
At the completion of the work submit one set of the marked up prints for review
and acceptance. After acceptance, these marked up record prints shall be used to
prepare the Owner’s final Record Drawings.
C.
The mylar reproducibles shall be made from the originals of the Contract
Drawings. Arrange with the Architect to have these reproducibles made from the
originals.
D.
Maintain the established layering, color and pen thickness scheme on modified
electronic drawing files.
E.
Make all modifications on the AutoCAD Drawing files indicated on the approved
marked up set of Record Drawings. Remove all superseded data to show the
completed installation.
15050 – 29
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.16
F.
The final approved AutoCAD Record Drawing files shall become the property of
the Owner.
G.
Deliver the completed Record Documents properly titled and dated to the
Architect. These Record Documents shall become the property of the Owner.
SYSTEM START-UPS AND INSTRUCTIONS:
A.
3.17
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Start-Ups: Perform system and equipment start-ups in accordance with the
manufacturers' printed start-up instructions in the presence of the manufacturers'
representatives.
CONSTRUCTION CERTIFICATIONS AND AFFIDAVITS:
A.
B.
Engineer’s Responsibility: During construction the Engineer is responsible for the
following services as defined by the Massachusetts State Building Code, 780
CMR Section 116.2.2:
1.
Review, for conformance to the design concept, shop drawings, samples
and other submittals, which are submitted by the contractor in accordance
with the requirements of the construction documents.
2.
Review and approval of the quality control procedures for all coderequired controlled materials.
3.
Be present at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction to become,
generally familiar with the progress and quality of the work and to
determine, in general, if the work is being performed in a manner
consistent with the construction documents.
Contractor’s Responsibility: The Contractor is solely responsible for the
completion of the work on schedule and in compliance with the Contract
Documents and the applicable codes; and for scheduling sufficient time for all
required testing and submissions and approvals.
1.
Construction Affidavits: If upon the completion of the construction, the
Building Official requires Affidavits from a Professional Engineer stating
that the Contractor’s work is in accordance with the approved construction
documents and with applicable local, state and federal statues and
regulations as required by 780 CMR 116.3, the Contractor shall retain the
services of a qualified Registered Professional Engineer to be on site
during construction.
2.
Submission Schedule: Allow sufficient time for the initial submission;
Architect/Engineer review; resubmission; and final review and approval of
15050 – 30
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
all documents required for acceptance of the request for a Certificate of
Occupancy in accordance with 780 CMR 903.4.
C.
3.
In accordance with 780 CMR 903.4, submit copies of the approved fire
protection shop drawings, “As-Built” record drawings and completed
contractor’s test and material certificates to the building official and head
of the fire department before scheduling the final fire protection/life safety
systems operational acceptance tests.
4.
Testing Schedule: Allow sufficient time for the initial testing, adjustments,
and final functional operational testing of all fire protection systems as
outlined in the Fire Protection Narrative.
Construction Certifications: After the Contractor submits signed Certifications of
Compliance as required by the Massachusetts State Building Code, 780 CMR,
Section 116.3, and complies with the requirements of 780 CMR 903.4, the
responsible engineers will provide written certifications to confirm that to the best
of the engineer’s knowledge, information, and belief, the finished work is in
compliance with the approved drawings issued for permit.
1.
Prior to submission of the final signed Certifications of Compliance, the
Contractor shall submit written responses to all punch list items submitted
by the design team.
2.
The engineer will not submit certifications until all required certifications
of testing, compliance and completion of punch list items have been
submitted to the engineer.
END OF SECTION
O:\Burlington MA\2140692 - Mt Hope HVAC\Specifications\Ready For Final Format\15050 Basic M & E.doc
15050 – 31
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
SECTION 15070
VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
DESCRIPTION:
A.
B.
C.
General
1.
This section provides for vibration isolation and seismic control for
HVAC, Plumbing, and Electrical equipment and systems specified in
Divisions 15 and 16.
2.
The intent of the seismic restraint portion of this specification is to provide
restraint of non-structural building components. Restraint systems are
intended to withstand the stipulated seismic accelerations applied through
the component’s center of gravity per the state building code.
The work in this section includes the following:
1.
Vibration isolation elements for equipment.
2.
Equipment isolation bases.
3.
Piping flexible connectors.
4.
Seismic restraints for isolated equipment.
5.
Seismic restraints for non-isolated equipment.
6.
Certification of seismic restraint designs and installation supervision.
Related Sections: Related work specified in other Sections includes, but is not
necessarily limited to:
1.
Section 01519 – Cutting, Coring, and Patching: Openings in masonry,
concrete, tile, and other parts of structure, except drilling for hangers,
providing holes and openings in metal decks, and core drilling.
2.
Section 03300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete: Housekeeping pads and inertia
pads.
3.
Section 15600 - Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning.
15070 – 1
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
D.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
4.
Section 15900 – Automatic Temperature Controls.
5.
Division 16 - Electrical.
Definitions
1.
The term EQUIPMENT will be used throughout this specification and it
includes ALL non-structural components within the facility and/or serving
this facility, such as equipment located in outbuildings or outside of the
main structure on grade within five feet of the foundation wall.
Equipment buried underground are excluded but entry of services through
the foundation walls are included. Equipment referred to below is a
partial list of equipment for reference. (Equipment not listed are still
included in this specification)
Tanks (All Types)
Cabinet
Heaters
Air
Separators
A.T.S.
Conduit
Unit Heaters
Ductwork
Electrical
Panels
Fans
(All Types)
Piping
Pumps
(All Types)
Unit Ventilators
Var. Freq. Drives
Boilers
2.
Positive Attachment
a.
3.
Transverse Bracing
a.
4.
Restraint(s) applied to limit motion perpendicular or angular to the
centerline of the pipe, duct, or conduit.
Longitudinal Bracing
a.
1.02
Positive attachment is defined as a support location with a cast-in
or wedge type expansion anchor, a double-sided beam clamp, a
welded or through bolted connection to the structure.
Restraint(s) applied to limit motion along the centerline of the
pipe, duct, conduit etc.
EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER’S ISOLATION PACKAGES:
15070 – 2
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
A.
1.03
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Internal and/or External Systems
1.
Substitution of internally or externally isolated and restrained equipment
provided by the equipment manufacturer in lieu of the isolation and
restraints specified in this section is acceptable provided all conditions of
this section are met. The equipment manufacturer shall provide a letter of
guarantee from their Engineering Department stamped and certified per
the section on Seismic Restraints and Analysis stating that the seismic
restraints are in full compliance with these specifications and the state
building code.
2.
All costs for converting to the specified vibration isolation and/or
restraints shall be borne by the equipment manufacturer in the event of
non-compliance with this specification.
3.
In the event that the equipment is internally isolated and restrained, the
entire unit assembly must be seismically attached to the structure. This
attachment and certification thereof shall be by this section.
SUBMITTALS:
A.
Comply with the submittal requirements of Division 1, Section 15050 – Basic
Mechanical and Electrical Requirements and the additional requirements of this
Section.
B.
Submittals
C.
1.
Catalog cuts or data sheets on specific vibration isolators and restraints to
be utilized detailing compliance with the specification. Reference
"TYPE" as per "PRODUCTS" section of this specification.
2.
An itemized list of all isolated and non-isolated equipment. Detailed
schedules showing isolator and seismic restraints proposed for each piece
of equipment, referencing material and seismic calculation drawing
numbers.
Shop Drawings
1.
Show base construction for equipment; include dimensions, structural
member sizes and support point locations.
2.
When walls and slabs are used as seismic restraint locations, details of
acceptable methods for hanging ducts, conduit and pipe connections must
be included.
15070 – 3
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
D.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
3.
Indicate isolation devices selected with complete dimensional and
deflection data before condition is accepted for installation.
4.
Provide specific details of seismic restraints and anchors; include number,
size and locations for each piece of equipment.
5.
Coordinated or contract drawings shall be marked-up with the specific
locations and types of restraints shown for all pipe, duct, conduit, bus duct
and cable tray. Rod bracing and assigned load at each restraint location
shall be clearly delineated. Any and all tributary loads shall be considered
for proper restraint sizing.
6.
For ceiling suspended equipment provide minimum/maximum installation
angle allowed for restraint system as well as braced and unbraced rod
lengths at each allowable installation condition.
7.
Calculate thrust for fan heads, axial and centrifugal fans to determine
whether thrust restraints are required. (See EQUIPMENT
INSTALLATION)
Seismic Certification and Analysis
1.
Seismic restraint calculations must be provided for all connections of
equipment to the structure. All performance of products (such as; strut,
cable, anchors, clips, etc.) associated with restraints must be supported
with manufacturer's data sheets or certified calculations.
2.
Seismic restraint calculations must be based on the state building code and
acceleration criteria shown in Table A.
TABLE A
“G” FORCES FOR VARIOUS CONDITIONS
(SEISMIC ZONE 2 - AV > 0.1 < 0.2)
PIPE and
RIGIDLY
FLEXIBLY
ALL LIFE
DUCT
MOUNTED
MOUNTED
SAFETY
EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT
.25
.40
.40
.60
15070 – 4
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Certification of calculations to support seismic restraint designs must be
stamped by a registered professional engineer in the state in which the
project is being constructed.
a.
4.
1.04
Analysis must indicate calculated dead loads, derived loads and
materials utilized for connections to equipment and structure.
Analysis must detail anchoring methods, bolt diameter,
embedment and/or weld length.
A current $100,000.00 coverage limit Seismic Design Errors and
Omissions insurance certificate must accompany submittals.
Manufacturer’s product liability insurance certificates are not acceptable.
MANUFACTURER'S RESPONSIBILITY:
A.
1.05
Manufacturer of vibration and seismic control equipment shall have the following
responsibilities:
1.
Determine vibration isolation and seismic restraint sizes and locations.
2.
Provide equipment vibration isolation and seismic restraints as specified.
3.
Guarantee specified isolation system deflections.
4.
Provide installation instructions, drawings and field supervision to insure
proper installation and performance of systems.
5.
Certify correctness of installation upon completion.
COORDINATION WITH OTHER SECTIONS:
A.
Coordinate the following work specified under other sections to facilitate proper
scheduling and installation work.
B.
Housekeeping Pads: Coordinate the requirements of Division 3, Division 15 –
Mechanical and Division 16 – Electrical to provide a minimum edge distance of
10 bolt diameters of clearance all around the outermost anchor bolt to allow for
the use of full anchor ratings.
C.
Supplementary Support Steel: Coordinate the requirements for supplementary
support steel and connections for all equipment, piping, ductwork, and systems
provided under the work of Divisions 15 and 16.
15070 – 5
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
D.
1.06
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Attachments: Coordinate the requirements for the restraint attachment plates to
be cast into housekeeping pads, concrete inserts, double sided beam clamps, and
other attachments required for the work of Divisions 15 and 16.
CODE REQUIREMENTS:
A.
A. Seismic restraints as described herein shall be provided in accordance with the
Massachusetts State Building Code, 8th Edition Section, 780 CMR 1612.0
Earthquake Loads.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
DESCRIPTION:
A.
2.02
All vibration isolation and seismic devices described in this section shall be the
product of a single manufacturer. Mason Industries is the base manufacturer of
these specifications; products of other manufacturers may be acceptable provided
their systems strictly comply with intent, structural design, performance and
deflections of the Base Manufacturer. Acceptable manufacturers are Mason
Industries, Vibration Eliminator Company, Korfund, Vibration Mountings &
Controls Inc., or Kinetics.
SEISMIC RESTRAINTS AND VIBRATION ISOLATION TYPES:
A.
General
1.
All isolation and seismic restraint devices shall be capable of accepting,
without failure, the "G" forces as determined by the seismic certification
and calculations as described in the "SUBMITTAL DATA
REQUIREMENTS" section of these specifications.
2.
Corrosion protection for outdoor applications shall be as follows:
3.
a.
Springs cadmium plated, zinc electroplated or powder coat
b.
Hardware cadmium plated
c.
All other metal parts hot spray or hot dipped galvanized
All seismic restraint devices
a.
Shall maintain the equipment in a captive position and not short
circuit isolation devices during normal operating conditions.
b.
Shall have provisions for bolting and/or welding to the structure.
15070 – 6
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
4.
B.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Welding of springs to isolator housing, base plates, etc. is strictly
prohibited.
Seismic Restraint Types
1.
TYPE I: Same as Type B isolator. Cast or aluminum housings, (except
ductile iron) are not acceptable. Mounting shall have Anchorage
Preapproval “R” number from California OSHPD, certifying the
horizontal and vertical seismic load ratings.
Mason Ind. TYPE SLR, SSLFH
2.
TYPE II: Seismic restraint snubber having an all directional resilient pad
limit stop. Restraints shall be fabricated of plate, structural members or
square metal tubing. Angle bumpers are not acceptable. For each corner
or side of equipment base.
Mason Ind. Type Z-1225, Z-1011
3.
TYPE III: Restraints for suspended systems.
a.
Vibration isolated systems braced with multiple 7 x 19 galvanized
steel cable type with approved fastening devices to equipment and
structure.
Mason Ind. Type SCB
b.
Non-isolated systems braced with structural steel strut type with
approved fastening devices to equipment and structure.
Mason Ind. Type SSB
c.
Steel angles shall be provided to prevent rod bending of hung
equipment where indicated by the Seismic Restraint
manufacturer’s submittals. Steel angles shall be attached to the
rods with a minimum of three ductile iron clamps at each restraint
location. Welding of support rods to angles is not acceptable. Rod
clamp assemblies shall have Anchorage Preapproval “R” number
from California OSHPD.
Mason Ind. Model “SRC”.
d.
Pipe clevis cross braces. They shall be special purpose preformed
channels deep enough to be held in place by bolts passing over the
clevis cross bolt. Clevis cross braces shall have Anchorage
Preapproval “R” number from California OSHPD.
Mason Ind. Model “CCB”.
15070 – 7
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
4.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
TYPE IV: Double deflection neoprene isolator encased in ductile iron or
steel casing.
a.
5.
C.
Mountings shall have Anchorage Preapproval “R” number from
California OSHPD, certifying the horizontal and vertical seismic
load ratings.
Mason Industries Type RC or BR
TYPE V: Rigid attachment to structure utilizing wedge type expansion
anchors for bolting and steel plates, either cast-in or anchored with wedge
type expansion bolts, for welding. Powder shots are not acceptable.
Concrete anchor bolt spacing shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s
published standards.
Vibration Isolator Types
1.
2.
TYPE A: Spring Isolator - Free Standing
a.
Spring shall have a minimum outer diameter to overall height ratio
of 0.8:1 at rated deflection.
b.
Reserve deflection (from published load ratings to solid height) of
50% of the rated deflection.
c.
Ductile top cup with adjusting bolt tapped for equipment
attachment locking cap screw.
d.
Minimum 1/4" thick neoprene acoustical base pad or cup on
underside, unless designated otherwise.
Mason Industries Type SLF
TYPE B: Spring Isolator – Restrained
a.
Shall be the same as TYPE A with the following additional
features.
1)
Integral restraining bolts with elastomeric cushions
preventing metal-to-metal contact.
2)
Internal spring adjusting nut or bolt with leveling
capability.
3)
Built-in all-directional limit stops with minimum 1/4"
clearance under normal operation.
Mason Industries Type SLR, SSLFH
15070 – 8
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
TYPE C: Spring Hanger Isolator
a.
Spring element (same as TYPE A) with steel upper spring retainer
and a lower elastomer retainer cup with an integral bushing to
insulate lower support rod from the hanger box.
b.
Steel hanger box shall be capable of 30 degree misalignment
between the rod attachment to structure and the connection to the
supported equipment. Hanger boxes shall withstand three times
the rated load without failure.
Mason Industries Type 30
4.
TYPE D: Double deflection neoprene isolator encased in ductile iron or
steel casing.
Mason Industries Type RC or BR
5.
TYPE E: Elastomer Hanger Isolator
6.
a.
Molded neoprene element with an integral bushing to insulate
lower support rod from the hanger box.
b.
Steel hanger box shall withstand three times the rated load without
failure.
Mason Industries Type HD
TYPE F: Combination Spring/Elastomer Hanger Isolator
a.
7.
Spring and neoprene elements in a steel hanger box with the
features as described for TYPE C and E isolators.
Mason Industries Type 30N
TYPE G: Pad type elastomer isolator
a.
Neoprene pad shall have 0.75" minimum thickness, deflection
rating of 0.1 inch under rated load. Supports shall be connected in
the center by an 1/8" tear strip to facilitate trimming to desired size
in two inch increments.
b.
1/16" galvanized steel plate between multiple pad layers.
c.
Load distribution plate where attachment to equipment bearing
surface is less than 75% of the pad area.
15070 – 9
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
d.
8.
9.
10.
TYPE H: Pad type elastomer isolator
a.
Laminated canvas duck & neoprene, maximum loading 1000 psi,
minimum ½" thick.
b.
Load distribution plate where attachment to equipment bearing
surface is less than 75% of the pad area.
c.
When bolting is required for seismic compliance, neoprene and
duck washers and bushings shall be provided to prevent short
circuiting.
Mason Industries Type HL Pad.
TYPE I: Thrust Restraints
a.
A spring element same as TYPE A shall be combined with steel
angles, backup plates, threaded rod, washers and nuts to produce a
pair of devices capable of limiting thrust movement of air moving
equipment to 1/4".
b.
Restraints shall be easily converted in the field from a compression
type to tension type.
c.
Unit shall be factory precompressed.
Mason Industries Type WB.
TYPE J: Telescoping Riser Guide
a.
11.
When bolting is required for seismic compliance, neoprene
impregnated duck washers and bushings shall be provided to
prevent short circuiting of bolt.
Mason Industries Type Super Waffle (SW) pad
Telescoping arrangement of two sizes of steel tubing separated by
a minimum ½" thickness of TYPE H pad.
Mason Industries Type VSG
TYPE K: Resilient Pipe Anchors and Guides
a.
All directional acoustical pipe anchor, consisting of a telescopic
arrangement of two sizes of steel tubing separated by a minimum
½" thickness of TYPE H pad.
b.
Vertical restraints shall be provided by a similar material arranged
to prevent vertical travel in either direction.
15070 – 10
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
c.
12.
13.
2.03
Allowable loads on neoprene pad shall not exceed 500 PSI and the
design shall be balanced for equal resistance in any direction.
Mason Industries Type ADA.
TYPE M: Flashable restrained isolator
a.
Shall have all features of TYPE B isolator.
b.
Shall have waterproof spring covers for adjustment or removal of
springs.
c.
Unit shall have a structural top plate for welding or bolting of
supplementary support steel.
d.
Isolator shall accept 2" roofing insulation and be flashed directly
into the waterproofing membrane.
e.
To be complete with wood nailer and flashing.
Mason Industries Type FRS.
TYPE P: Elastomer Isolator
a.
Double deflection neoprene compression mountings shall have all
metal surfaces neoprene coated.
b.
Non-skid top and bottom surfaces.
c.
Threaded bolting sleeves shall be embedded in the isolator.
d.
Drilled tie-down bolt holes shall be provided in the base plate.
Mason Industries Type ND.
EQUIPMENT BASES:
A.
GENERAL
1.
B.
All curbs and roof rails are to be bolted or welded anchored to the
structure to attain specified acceleration criteria and shall also be capable
of resisting minimum wind loads per the State Building Code.
BASE TYPES
1.
TYPE B-1: Integral Structural Steel Base
15070 – 11
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
2.
3.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
a.
Constructed of structural members as required to prevent base
flexure at equipment startup and misalignment of driver and driven
units. Perimeter members shall be a minimum of 1/10th the longest
unsupported span. Centrifugal fan bases shall be complete with
motor slide rails and drilled for driver and driven units.
b.
Height saving brackets shall be used to maintain 1" operating
clearance under base.
TYPE B-2: Concrete Inertia Base
a.
Steel concrete forms for floating foundations. Bases for pumps
shall be large enough to support elbows and/or suction diffusers.
The base depth shall be a minimum of 1/12 the longest
unsupported span, but not less than 6" or greater than 12". Forms
shall include concrete reinforcement consisting of steel bars or
angles welded in place on 8" centers both ways in a layer 1-1/2"
above the bottom.
b.
Isolators may be set into pocket housings which are an integral part
of the base construction or utilize height saving brackets set at the
proper height to maintain 1" clearance below the base. Base shall
be furnished with steel templates to hold anchor bolt sleeves and
anchors while concrete is being poured. Mason Industries Type
KSL or BMK
TYPE B-3: Spring Roof Curb
a.
Spring isolation curbs that bear directly on the roof support
structure and are flashed and waterproofed into the roof's
membrane waterproofing system. Field fabricated curbs shall not
be used.
b.
All spring locations shall have removable waterproof covers to
allow for spring adjustment and/or removal.
c.
Springs shall have all of the features of TYPE B.
d.
Curbs shall have continuous sheet metal sides and have provision
for 2" insulation to be installed and furnished by the roofing
contractor.
e.
Waterproofing shall consist of a continuous galvanized flexible
counter flashing nailed over the lower curb’s waterproofing
membrane and joined at the corners by EPDM bellows.
15070 – 12
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
4.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
f.
Wood nailer and flashing shall be provided.
g.
Shall have a California OSHPD Seismic Anchorage Preapproval
“R” number if used for seismic restraint.
h.
Shall include a means of incorporating a sound barrier package,
supported from the top isolated rail consisting of two layers of
waterproof gypsum board furnished and installed by the
Contractor.
i.
Provide curb built to the roof pitch in accordance with all seismic
provisions of this section.
j.
Overhung condensing units (when applicable) shall be supported
by TYPE B isolators and spanning (width) steel support angle.
These isolators shall in turn be supported on a field built curb.
Vibration isolation equipment manufacturer shall provide detailed
drawings.
Mason Industries Type RSC
TYPE B-4: Flashable Roof Rail System – Isolated
a.
Continuous structural support rails that combine equipment
support and isolation mounting into one unitized assembly.
b.
Rails shall incorporate TYPE B springs which are adjustable,
removable and interchangeable after equipment has been installed.
c.
The system shall maintain the same installed and operating height
with or without the equipment load and shall be capable of being
utilized as a blocking device.
d.
The entire assembly shall be an integral part of the roof's
membrane waterproofing.
e.
Unit to be supplied with continuous upper and lower galvanized
flashing.
Mason Industries Type RIR
5.
TYPE B-5: NOT USED
6.
TYPE B-6: Non-isolated roof curb
a.
Same as B-3 without spring isolation.
15070 – 13
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Mason Industries Type RRC
7.
8.
TYPE B-7: Computer room Unit Base
a.
Computer room air conditioning units shall be welded or bolted to
seismically capable structural steel stands.
b.
Stand shall have + 1-1/2" of leveling adjustment.
Mason Industries Type CRUB
TYPE B-8: Non-isolated
a.
9.
2.04
Same as continuous support rails, Type B-4 without the spring
isolation.
Mason Industries Type RUR
TYPE B-9 : Steel Rails
a.
Steel members of sufficient strength to prevent equipment flexure
during operation.
b.
Height saving brackets as required to reduce operating height.
c.
Rails shall be cross-braced at support and equipment attachment
points when used in seismic zones.
Mason Industries Type R, ICS
FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS:
A.
All connectors shall be installed on the equipment side of shutoff valves;
horizontal and parallel to equipment shafts whenever possible. Piping shall be
supported and/or anchored to resist pipe movement beyond the allowable
movement of the flexible connector.
B.
TYPE FC-1: Spherical Elastomer connector
1.
Manufactured of peroxide cured EPDM in the covers, liners and Polyester
tire cord frictioning. Curing must take place in steel molds closed within
heated hydraulic presses.
2.
Solid steel rings shall be used within the raised faced rubber flanged ends
to prevent pullout.
3.
Sizes 2" and larger shall have two spheres reinforced with a molded-in
ductile iron external ring between spheres. Flanges shall be split ductile
15070 – 14
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
iron with hooked or similar interlocks. Sizes 16" to 24" may be single
sphere.
4.
Threaded one piece bolted flange assemblies with female threaded ends
for sizes 3/4" to 1-1/2".
5.
Rated at 250 psi up to 170 F, with a uniform drop in allowable pressure
to 170 psi at 250 F for sizes through 14". Sizes 16" thru 24" single sphere
minimum ratings are 180 psi at 170 F and 130 psi at 250 F.
6.
Factory tested at 150% of rated pressure for 12 minutes before shipment.
Safety factor to burst and flange pullout shall be a minimum of 3:1.
7.
Connectors shall be installed in piping gaps equal to the length of the
connector under pressure.
8.
Control rods are required in unanchored installations where the installation
exceeds the pressure requirement without control rods.
a.
9.
C.
Connectors bolted to Victaulic type coupling or gate, butterfly or check
valves to have a minimum 5/8" flange spacer installed between the
connector and the coupling flange. Connectors must mate to a flat faced
flange in all instances.
Mason Industries SAFEFLEX Type SFU, SFEJ, SFDEJ or SFDCR
TYPE FC-2: Flexible Stainless Steel Hose
1.
Stainless steel hose and braid rated with 3:1 safety factor.
2.
2" diameter and smaller with male nipples, 2-1/2" and larger with fixed
flat faced steel flanges.
a.
D.
Control rods shall have ½" thick Neoprene washer bushings large
enough in diameter to take the thrust at 1,000 psi maximum on the
washer area.
Lengths shall be: 9" for 2-1/2" through 4", 11" for 5" and 6", 12"
for 8", 13" for 10", 14" for 12" through 16".
Mason Industries Type BSS.
TYPE FC-3: Upbraided Exhaust Hose
1.
Low pressure Stainless steel annularly corrugated with flanged ends.
15070 – 15
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
2.
E.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Maximum temperature of 1500 degrees F.
Mason Ind. Type SSE.
TYPE FC-4: Wire Braid Reinforced Flexible Metal Hose
1.
Metal hose and braid rated with a minimum 3:1 safety factor. (Minimum
150 PSI)
2.
Copper tube ends.
Mason Ind. Type BBF
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
GENERA:L
A.
Isolation and seismic restraint systems must be installed in strict accordance with
the state building code, manufacturer's written instructions and all submittal data.
B.
Vibration isolators shall not cause any change of position of equipment resulting
in stress on equipment connections.
3.02
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION:
A.
Equipment shall be isolated as indicated in TABLES B, C, D & E at the end of
this section.
B.
Additional Requirements:
1.
The minimum operating clearance under all bases shall be 1"
2.
All bases shall be placed in position and supported temporarily by blocks
or shims prior to the installation of the equipment, isolators and restraints.
3.
Spring isolators shall be installed after all equipment is installed without
changing equipment elevations.
4.
After the entire installation is complete and under full operational load, the
spring isolators shall be adjusted so that the load is transferred from the
blocks to the isolators.
5.
Remove all debris from beneath the equipment and verify that there are no
short circuits of the isolation. The equipment shall be free in all
directions.
6.
Install equipment with flexibility in wiring.
15070 – 16
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.03
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
7.
Thrust restraints shall be installed on all cabinet fan heads, axial or
centrifugal fans whose thrust exceeds 10% of unit weight.
8.
Housekeeping pads for equipment in this section must be properly
doweled or bolted, using wedge type expansion bolts to meet the
acceleration criteria. Anchor equipment or isolators to housekeeping pads,
see Section 1.5: COORDINATION WITH OTHER SECTIONS.
PIPING AND DUCTWORK ISOLATION:
A.
Installation:
1.
2.
General
a.
Hanger isolators shall be installed with the hanger box hung as
close as possible to the structure. (without touching)
b.
Hanger rods shall not short circuit the hanger box.
Ceiling supported piping in mechanical equipment rooms and within 50
feet from rotating or reciprocating equipment and pressure reducing
stations whether the equipment is isolated or not shall be isolated as
follows:
a.
b.
Water and steam piping.
1)
Water piping 1-1/4" to 2" and all steam piping larger than
1" shall be hung with TYPE E isolators with 0.3"
deflection.
2)
Water pipe larger than 2" shall be hung with TYPE F
isolators with 0.75" deflection.
3)
Horizontal floor or roof mounted water piping 1-1/4" to 2"
and all steam piping larger than 1" shall be supported by
TYPE P isolators with a minimum 0.3" deflection.
4)
Water pipe larger than 2" shall be supported by TYPE B
isolators with a minimum of 0.75" deflection.
Control air piping and vacuum piping from compressor discharge
to receiver shall be suspended by TYPE E isolators with a
minimum 0.3" deflection or supported by TYPE P isolators with a
minimum 0.3" deflection.
15070 – 17
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.04
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
3.
All ductwork over four square feet face area located within 50' from air
moving equipment shall be hung with TYPE C hangers with a minimum
of 0.75" deflection.
4.
Emergency generator exhaust shall be isolated with TYPE C isolators with
a minimum of 0.75" deflection (all neoprene components shall be
omitted).
5.
Vertical riser supports for water & steam pipe 4" diameter and larger shall
be isolated from the structure using TYPE K guides and anchors.
6.
Install TYPE FC-1 flexible connectors at all connections of pipe to
rotating equipment.
7.
Install Type FC-2 or FC-2 flexible connectors at locations which exceed
temperature limitations of FC-1 or service requires stainless steel or
bronze construction flex. (Such as gas, fuel oil, steam or Freon)
SEISMIC RESTRAINTS:
B.
Installation
1.
All floor mounted equipment whether isolated or not shall be snubbed,
anchored, bolted or welded to the structure to comply with the required
acceleration. Calculations that determine that isolated equipment
movement may be less than the operating clearance of snubbers
(restraints) do not preclude the need for snubbers. All equipment must be
positively restrained to the structure.
2.
All suspended equipment including, but not limited to; air handling units,
pumps, fans, tanks, stacks, VAV boxes, unit heaters, fan powered boxes,
cabinet unit heaters shall be two or four point independently braced with
TYPE III restraints, installed taught for non-isolated equipment and slack
with ½" cable deflection for isolated equipment. VAV Boxes (without
fans) attached directly to ductwork on the main supply side shall be
considered as ductwork for seismic design purposes. Rod bracing shall be
installed as per approved submittals and shop drawings. Equipment less
than 50 lbs. Is excluded.
3.
All horizontally suspended pipe, duct, cable trays, bus duct and conduit
shall use RESTRAINT TYPE III. Spacing of seismic bracing shall be as
per TABLE E at the end of this section.
15070 – 18
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
4.
For all trapeze supported piping and conduit, the individual pipes and
conduits must be transversely and vertically restrained to the trapeze
support at the designated restraint locations.
5.
For overhead supported equipment, over stress of the building structure
must not occur. Bracing may occur from:
6.
7.
a.
Flanges of structural beams.
b.
Upper truss chords in bar joists.
c.
Cast in place inserts or drilled and shielded inserts in concrete
structures.
Pipe Risers
a.
Where pipe pass through cored holes, holes must be packed with
resilient material or fire stop as specified in other sections of this
specification and/or as required by state and local codes. No
additional horizontal seismic bracing is required at these locations.
b.
Non-isolated, constant temperature pipe risers through cored holes
require a riser clamp at each floor level on top of the slab attached
in a seismically approved manner for vertical restraint.
c.
Non-isolated, constant temperature pipe risers in pipe shafts
require structural steel attached in a seismically approved manner
at each floor level and a riser clamp at each floor level on top of,
and fastened to the structural steel. The riser clamp and structural
steel must be capable of withstanding all thermal, static and
seismic loads.
d.
Isolated and/or variable temperature risers through cored holes
require Type K riser resilient Guides and Anchors installed to meet
both thermal expansion and seismic acceleration criteria.
e.
Isolated and/or variable temperature risers in pipe shafts require
Type K resilient riser guides and anchors installed on structural
steel to meet both thermal expansion and seismic acceleration
criteria. Each floor level must have a riser clamp that does not
interfere with the thermal expansion/contraction of the pipe.
Chimneys, stacks and boiler breeching passing through floors are to be
bolted at each floor level or secured above and below each floor with riser
clamps.
15070 – 19
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
8.
Fixtures such as panel light and diffusers, shall be attached to lay-in
ceilings earthquake clips or other approved means of positive attachment
to secure to T- bar structure.
9.
All non-isolated floor or wall mounted equipment and tanks shall use
RESTRAINT TYPE III or V.
10.
Where base anchoring of equipment is insufficient to resist seismic forces,
restraint TYPE III shall be located above the unit’s center of gravity to
suitably resist "G" forces specified.
a.
11.
C.
Vertically mounted tanks and up-blast tubular centrifugal fans,
tanks, or similar equipment, may require this additional restraint,
as determined by manufacturer of restraint devices.
A rigid piping system shall not be braced to dissimilar parts of a building
or to dissimilar building systems that may respond in a different mode
during an earthquake. Examples: Wall and roof; solid concrete wall and a
metal deck with lightweight concrete fill, pipes, duct, conduit, etc.
crossing a building expansion joint.
EXCLUSIONS FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINTS ON NON-LIFE SAFETY
SYSTEMS:
1.
HVAC
a.
Curb mounted mushroom, exhaust and vent fans with curb area
less than nine square feet are excluded unless specifically detailed
in the schedules or drawings.
b.
Duct
1)
Rectangular, Square, and Oval air handling ducts less than
six square feet in cross sectional area.
2)
Round air handling duct less than 28 inches in diameter.
3)
Duct suspended by hangers positively attached to the
structure that are less than 12 inches in length as measured
to top of the duct to the point of attachment to the structure.
Hangers must be attached within 2 inches of the top of the
duct with a minimum of two #10 sheet metal screws. If the
12" limit is exceeded by any hanger in the run, seismic
bracing is required for the run.
15070 – 20
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
2.
3.
3.05
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Piping (HVAC and Plumbing systems)
a.
All piping less than 2-1/2" diameter, except in mechanical rooms
where piping less than 1-1/4" is exempted.
b.
All clevis or trapeze supported piping suspended by hangers with
positive attachment to the structure that are less than 12 inches in
length as measured from the top of the pipe to the point of
attachment to the structure. If the 12" limit is exceeded by any
hanger in the run, seismic bracing is required for the run.
Electrical
a.
All conduit less than 2-1/2" diameter.
b.
All clevis or trapeze supported conduit, cable tray or bus duct
suspended by hangers with positive attachment to the structure that
are less than 12 inches in length as measured from the top of the
conduit, cable tray or bus duct to the point of attachment to the
structure. If the 12" limit is exceeded by any hanger in the run,
seismic bracing is required for the run.
INSPECTION:
A.
Upon completion of installation of all vibration isolation and seismic restraint
devices, a representative of the vibration/seismic isolation equipment
manufacturer shall inspect the installation and certify the installed system is
installed per the manufacturer’s recommendations. Any deficiencies in the
installation will be corrected immediately at the contractor’s expense.
15070 – 21
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION ATTACHMENT POINT
TABLE B
VIBRATION ISOLATION & SEISMIC RESTRAINT
REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT
ON GRADE
EQUIPMENT
SIZE (5) (8)
AIR HANDLING/CONDITIONG
UNITS
&
CABINET TYPE FANS
TO 10 H.P.
ABOVE GRADE
ROOF
MOUNTING ISOL DEFL BASE ISOL DEFL BASE ISOL DEFL
BASE
FLOOR
D
0.30
(1)
B
0.75
(1)
--
--
--
CEILING
--
--
--
F
0.75
(1)
--
--
--
FLOOR
D
0.30
(1)
B
(2)
(1)
--
--
--
CEILING
--
--
(1)
F
(2)
(1)
--
--
--
D
0.30
--
B
0.75
--
--
--
--
OVER 10 H.P.
B
0.75
--
B
1.50
B-2
--
--
--
TO 10 H.P.
D
0.30
--
B
0.75
B-2 (3)
--
--
--
OVER 10 H.P.
B
0.75
--
B
1.50
B-2 (3)
--
--
--
ROOF
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
1.50
B-4
FLOOR/ROOF
D
0.30
B-1
B
B-1
--
OVER 10 H.P.
TO 10 H.P.
AIR OR
REFRIGERANT
COMPRESSORS
TANK
FLOOR
UNITARY
AIR COOLED CONDENSERS
ALL
B-3 OR 4
TO 15 H.P.
AXIAL FANS
(2)
(2)
CEILING
--
--
--
F
--
--
--
FLOOR/ROOF
B
0.75
B-1
B
B-1
--
B-3 OR 4
CEILING
--
--
--
F
--
--
--
--
--
--
B
0.75
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
G
0.10
--
--
--
--
B
0.75
B-1
B
B-1
(4)
B
OVER 15 H.P.
BOILERS &
STEAM GENERATORS
OIL OR GAS
FLOOR
ELECTRIC
ARRG’T
1&3
CENTRIFUGAL
FANS
FLOOR/ROOF
ARRG’T
4,9 & 10
ABSORB.
CHILLERS &
CONDENSING
UNITS
(2)
(6)
ALL
CEILING
--
--
--
F
FLOOR/ROOF
D
0.30
--
B
CEILING
--
--
--
F
FLOOR
G
0.10
--
B
0.75
B-1 (4)
(2)
(6)
--
--
--
B
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
ALL
15070 – 22
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION ATTACHMENT POINT
TABLE B
VIBRATION ISOLATION & SEISMIC RESTRAINT
REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT
ON GRADE
ABOVE GRADE
ROOF
CENTRIF.
FLOOR
G
0.10
--
B
0.75
--
--
--
--
RECIPR.
FLOOR/ROOF
B
0.75
--
B
1.50
--
--
1.50
B-4
ROTARY
FLOOR/ROOF
G
0.10
--
B
0.75
--
--
0.75
B-4
CEILING
--
--
--
F
0.75
--
--
--
--
FLOOR
--
--
B-7
D
0.30
B-7
--
--
--
FLOOR
OR
ROOF
1.50
--
1.50
B-1
G
0.10
2.50
(9)
COMPUTER ROOM UNITS
ALL
TO 200 TONS
COOLING TOWERS
--
OVER 200
CURB MOUNTED FANS
FAN COIL UNITS
FAN POWERED BOXES
CABINET UNIT HEATERS
UNIT VENTILATORS
B
--
B
2.50
--
ALL (7)
ROOF
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
B-6
ALL
CEILING
--
--
--
F
0.75
--
--
--
--
D
0.30
B-2
B
0.75
B-2
--
--
--
15-30 H.P.
B
0.75
B-2
B
0.75
B-2
--
--
--
OVER 30 H.P.
B
0.75
B-2
B
1.50
B-2
--
--
--
FLOOR
--
--
--
D
0.30
--
--
--
--
CEILING
--
--
--
F
0.75
--
--
--
--
D
0.30
B-9
D
0.30
B-9
--
--
--
D
0.30
--
D
0.30
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
0.75
B-3
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
2.50
B-3
--
--
--
--
--
--
0.75
--
2.50
--
--
--
TO 15 H.P.
BASE
MOUNTED
FLOOR
PUMPS
INLINE
ALL
CONDENSA
TE
BOILER
FEED
FLOOR
TO 15 TONS
CURB
MOUNTED
PACKAGED
ROOF TOP
AIR HANDLING UNITS
OVER 15 TONS
TO 15 TONS
POINT
SUPPORTED
OVER 15 TONS
UNIT HEATERS
ALL
CEILING
B
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
E
0.30
--
--
15070 – 23
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION ATTACHMENT POINT
TABLE B
VIBRATION ISOLATION & SEISMIC RESTRAINT
REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT
ON GRADE
EQUIPMENT
SIZE (5) (8)
AIR HANDLING/CONDITIONG
UNITS
&
CABINET TYPE FANS
TO 10 H.P.
ABOVE GRADE
ROOF
MOUNTING ISOL DEFL BASE ISOL DEFL BASE ISOL DEFL
BASE
FLOOR
D
0.30
(1)
B
0.75
(1)
--
--
--
CEILING
--
--
--
F
0.75
(1)
--
--
--
FLOOR
D
0.30
(1)
B
(2)
(1)
--
--
--
CEILING
--
--
(1)
F
(2)
(1)
--
--
--
D
0.30
--
B
0.75
--
--
--
--
OVER 10 H.P.
B
0.75
--
B
1.50
B-2
--
--
--
TO 10 H.P.
D
0.30
--
B
0.75
B-2 (3)
--
--
--
OVER 10 H.P.
B
0.75
--
B
1.50
B-2 (3)
--
--
--
ROOF
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
1.50
B-4
FLOOR/ROOF
D
0.30
B-1
B
B-1
--
OVER 10 H.P.
TO 10 H.P.
AIR OR
REFRIGERANT
COMPRESSORS
TANK
FLOOR
UNITARY
AIR COOLED CONDENSERS
ALL
B-3 OR 4
TO 15 H.P.
AXIAL FANS
(2)
(2)
CEILING
--
--
--
F
--
--
--
FLOOR/ROOF
B
0.75
B-1
B
B-1
--
B-3 OR 4
CEILING
--
--
--
F
--
--
--
--
--
--
B
0.75
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
G
0.10
--
--
--
--
B
0.75
B-1
B
B-1
(4)
B
OVER 15 H.P.
BOILERS &
STEAM GENERATORS
OIL OR GAS
FLOOR
ELECTRIC
ARRG’T
1&3
CENTRIFUGAL
FANS
FLOOR/ROOF
ARRG’T
4,9 & 10
ABSORB.
CHILLERS &
CONDENSING
UNITS
(2)
(6)
ALL
CEILING
--
--
--
F
FLOOR/ROOF
D
0.30
--
B
CEILING
--
--
--
F
FLOOR
G
0.10
--
B
0.75
B-1 (4)
(2)
(6)
--
--
--
B
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
ALL
15070 – 24
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION ATTACHMENT POINT
TABLE B
VIBRATION ISOLATION & SEISMIC RESTRAINT
REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT
ON GRADE
ABOVE GRADE
ROOF
CENTRIF.
FLOOR
G
0.10
--
B
0.75
--
--
--
--
RECIPR.
FLOOR/ROOF
B
0.75
--
B
1.50
--
--
1.50
B-4
ROTARY
FLOOR/ROOF
G
0.10
--
B
0.75
--
--
0.75
B-4
CEILING
--
--
--
F
0.75
--
--
--
--
FLOOR
--
--
B-7
D
0.30
B-7
--
--
--
FLOOR
OR
ROOF
1.50
--
1.50
B-1
G
0.10
2.50
(9)
COMPUTER ROOM UNITS
ALL
TO 200 TONS
COOLING TOWERS
--
OVER 200
CURB MOUNTED FANS
FAN COIL UNITS
FAN POWERED BOXES
CABINET UNIT HEATERS
UNIT VENTILATORS
B
--
B
2.50
--
ALL (7)
ROOF
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
B-6
ALL
CEILING
--
--
--
F
0.75
--
--
--
--
D
0.30
B-2
B
0.75
B-2
--
--
--
15-30 H.P.
B
0.75
B-2
B
0.75
B-2
--
--
--
OVER 30 H.P.
B
0.75
B-2
B
1.50
B-2
--
--
--
FLOOR
--
--
--
D
0.30
--
--
--
--
CEILING
--
--
--
F
0.75
--
--
--
--
D
0.30
B-9
D
0.30
B-9
--
--
--
D
0.30
--
D
0.30
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
0.75
B-3
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
2.50
B-3
--
--
--
--
--
--
0.75
--
2.50
--
--
--
TO 15 H.P.
BASE
MOUNTED
FLOOR
PUMPS
INLINE
ALL
CONDENSA
TE
BOILER
FEED
FLOOR
TO 15 TONS
CURB
MOUNTED
PACKAGED
ROOF TOP
AIR HANDLING UNITS
OVER 15 TONS
TO 15 TONS
POINT
SUPPORTED
OVER 15 TONS
UNIT HEATERS
ALL
CEILING
B
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
E
0.30
--
--
15070 – 25
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
TABLE C
Vibration Isolation & Seismic Restraint Requirements for Plumbing
Equipment
EQUIPMENT
Air Compressors
& Vacuum Pumps
Tanks
Unitary
Pumps
Base
Mounte
d
(9)
Inline
SIZE (5) (8)
To 10 hp
Over 10 hp
To 10 hp
Over 10 hp
To 15 hp
MOUNTING
Floor
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION ATTACHMENT
POINT
ON GRADE
ISOL DEFL BASE
D
0.30
- -
ABOVE GRADE
ISOL DEFL BASE
B
0.75
- -
Floor
B
D
B
D
0.75
0.30
0.75
0.30
- - - B-2
B
B
B
B
1.50
0.75
1.50
0.75
B-2
B-2 (3)
B-2 (3)
B-2
15 - 30 hp
Floor
B
0.75
B-2
B
0.75
B-2
Over 30 hp
All
Floor
B
- -
0.75
- -
B-2
- -
B
D
1.50
0.30
B-2
- -
- -
- -
- -
F
0.75
- -
Floor
TABLE D
Vibration Isolation & Seismic Restraint Requirements for
Electrical Equipment
EQUIPMENT
General Purpose
Transformers - Dry Type
SIZE
Generators
All
MOUNTING
Floor
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION ATTACHMENT POINT
ON GRADE
ISOL DEFL
- - -
BASE
- -
ISOL
D
- - -
E
B
ABOVE GRADE
DEFL
BASE
0.30
- -
All
Ceiling
Floor
- B
- 0.75
0.30
1.50
- - -
TABLES B, C & D NOTES:
GENERAL : ISOL = Isolator, DEFL. = Deflection, BASE = Base. Provide Seismic Restraint in accordance with paragraph 3.4 seismic
restraints. All deflections indicated are in inches.
(1)Units may not be capable of point support. Refer to separate Air Handling or Air Conditioning Unit pecification section, if base is not
provided by that section and external isolation is required, provide Type B-1 base by this section for entire unit.
(2)Static deflection shall be determined on the deflection guide. Deflections indicated are minimums at actual load and shall be selected from
manufacturer's nominal 4", 3", 2" and 1" deflection spring series. R.P.M. is defined as the slowest operating speed of the equipment.
(3)Single stroke compressors may require inertia bases with thickness greater than 12" max. As described for base B-2. Inertia base mass shall be
sufficient to maintain double amplitude of 1/8".
(4)For floor mounted fans substitute base TYPE B-2 for class 2 or 3 or any class fan with static pressure over 5".
(5)Equipment with less than 1/2 H.P. are excluded from vibration requirements. (Seismic requirements still apply)
(6)Utility sets with wheel diameters less than 24" need not have deflections greater than 0.75".
(7)Curb mounted fans with curb area less than nine (9) square feet are excluded.
(8)For equipment with multiple motors, H.P. Classification applies to largest single motor.
(9) Exclude B-2 base for skid mounted pumps sets.
DEFLECTION GUIDE
R.P.M.
DEFLECTION
LESS THAN 400
3.50"
401 TO 600
2.50"
601 TO 900
1.50"
OVER 900
0.75"
15070 – 26
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
TABLE E
SEISMIC BRACING TABLE
EQUIPMENT
ON CENTER SPACING
TRANSVERSE
LONGITUDINAL
DUCT
30 Feet
60 Feet
PIPE (Threaded, Welded, Soldered or Grooved)
ALL
40 Feet
80 Feet
PIPE (No-Hub, Bell & Spigot, Cast Iron)
ALL
10 Feet
20 Feet
30 Feet
60 Feet
CHIMNEYS &
STACKS
30 Feet
60 Feet
CONDUIT
40 Feet
80 Feet
BUS DUCT
30 Feet
60 Feet
CABLE TRAY
40 Feet
80 Feet
BOILER
BREECHING
NOTE:
(1) Projects that contains large pipe may require that the allowable spacing shown in this Table be reduced to minimize structural loading. All
associated costs shall be the responsibility of the contractor. Close coordination and approval by the structural engineer is mandatory for all
seismic point loads exceeding 4,000 lbs.
END OF SECTION
O:\Burlington MA\2140692 - Mt Hope HVAC\Specifications\Ready For Final Format\15070 seismic deb.doc
15070 – 27
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
SECTION 15600
HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY:
A.
The work of this Section is governed by the General Conditions, Supplementary
Conditions, Sections in Division 1 and Section 15050 of the Project Manual.
B.
Perform work and provide materials and equipment as shown on Drawings and as
specified or indicated in this Section of the Specifications. Completely coordinate
work of this Section with work of other trades and provide complete and fully
functional systems installation.
C.
Give notices, file plans, obtain permits and licenses, pay fees and backcharges,
and obtain necessary approvals from authorities that have jurisdiction as required
to perform work in accordance with all legal requirements and with the Contract
Documents.
D.
In general, the work of this section shall include, but not be limited to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Access panels.
Air and water system balancing.
Air distribution system including all pressure classes of ductwork,
diffusers, registers, grilles, splitters, dampers, etc.
Automatic temperature controls, variable air volume controls and other
controls.
Boiler flue pipe and breeching.
Cabinet unit heaters.
Centrifugal separators.
Chemical water treatment.
Cleaning.
Complete hot water system including pumps, expansion tanks, piping,
valves, fittings and other hardware.
Condensate piping.
Coordination drawings.
Ductwork, piping, tanks and equipment insulation.
Equipment bases and supports.
Expansion joints.
Expansion tanks.
Fans : exhaust.
15600 - 1
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
E.
F.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Flexible connections for pumps and other vibrating and rotating
equipment.
Flexible ductwork.
Hoisting and rigging required to complete the work of this Section.
Hot water boiler, trim and controls.
Hot water unit heaters.
Instruction manuals and startup instructions.
Insulation materials.
Motors.
Motor starters.
Piping materials.
Pressure gauges.
Record drawings.
Sheet metal work.
Sleeves, inserts and hangers.
Strainers.
Testing and balancing.
Thermometers.
Tie-ins to existing, pump discharge, and hot water piping.
Unfired steam generator.
Unit heaters.
Unit ventilators.
Valves.
Variable frequency drives.
Vibration isolators and inertia blocks.
Water system accessories.
Water treatment equipment and chemicals and testing.
Furnish the following items for installation under other Sections:
1.
Starters, except starters in Motor Control Centers (MCC).
2.
Variable Frequency Drives.
Related work specified in other Sections includes, but is not necessarily limited
to:
1.
Section 01735 – Cutting, Coring, and Patching: Openings in masonry,
concrete, tile, and other parts of structure.
2.
Section 01519 - Temporary Facilities: Utilities during construction
3.
Section 03300 – Cast-in-place Concrete: Housekeeping pads and inertia
pads for vibrating equipment.
15600 - 2
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
1.2
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
4.
Section 15050 - Basic Mechanical and Electrical Requirements.
5.
Section 15070 - Vibration Isolation and Seismic Control.
6.
Section 15900 – Building Controls System.
7.
Section 15990 – Testing, Adjusting and Balancing.
8.
Section 16010 - ELECTRICAL WORK - GENERAL PROVISIONS
9.
Section 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
10.
Section 16123 – Conductors and Cables
11.
Section 16442 – Panelboards
REFERENCES:
A.
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
C.
B9.1:
B3.15:
Z21.3:
N510:
Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration
American Refrigeration Institute (ARI)
1.
360:
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
410:
430:
550:
560:
575:
Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air Conditioning
Equipment
Forced-Circulation Air Cooling and Air Heating Coils
Central Station Air Handling Units
Centrifugal or Rotary Screw Water Chilling Packages
Absorption Water Chilling and Water Heating Packages
Method of Measuring Machinery Sound within Equipment
Space
Air Moving and Conditioning Association (AMCA)
1.
2.
3.
Standard 500: Test Methods for Louvers, Dampers and Shutters
Standard 500D: Laboratory Methods for Testing Dampers for
Ratings
Standard 511: Certified Ratings Program for Air Control Devices
15600 - 3
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
D.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
1.
2.
3.
E.
F.
G.
B31.1:
ASME-83:
CSD-1:
Power Piping
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
Controls and Safety Devices for Automatically
Fired Boilers
American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers
(ASHRAE)
1.
Standard 52: Gravimetric and Dust Spot Procedures for Testing and
Cleaning
Devices Used in General Ventilation for Remaining
Particulate Matter
2.
Standard 15: Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1.
E-84:
2.
3.
E-477:
E-814:
4.
E90:
5.
6.
E413:
C423-66:
Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building
Materials
Standard Method of Testing Duct Liner
Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire
Stops
Laboratory Measurements of Airborne Sound Transmission
of Building Partitions
Classification for Rating Sound Insulation
Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption
Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
1.
2.
3.
4.
H.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Standard 112: Standard Test Procedures for Polyphase Induction Motors
and Generators
RS 232:
Set of Standards Specifying Three Types of Interfaces –
Electrical, Functional and Mechanical
RS 485:
Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Batteries for
Stationary Applications.
RJ11:
A Six Conductor Modular Jack that is Typically Wired to
Four Conductors
National Electric Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
1.
Standard MG.1 Motors and Generators
15600 - 4
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
I.
Cooling Tower Institute (CTI)
1.
J.
3.
4.
1.3
No. 900:
No. 723:
Test Performance for Air Filter Units
Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building
Material
No. 1479:
Fire Tests for Through-Penetration Firestops
Fire Resistance Directory
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
M.
Standard ASC-A-7001A Adhesive Standard for Duct Liner
Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
1.
2.
L.
Standard 201 Certification Standard for Commercial Water Cooling
Towers
Adhesives and Sealant Council (ASC)
1.
K.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Fire, Smoke and Radiation Damper Guide for HVAC Systems
HVAC Duct Construction Standards
HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual
Guidelines for Welding Sheetmetal
Industrial Duct Construction
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
1.
2.
3.
No. 70:
No. 90A:
No. 90B:
4.
5.
No. 101:
No. 255:
National Electric Code (NEC)
Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems
Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning
Systems
Life Safety Code
Surface Building Characteristics of Building Materials
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Qualifications: Use adequate numbers of skilled, licensed workers who are
thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are
completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for
proper performance of the Work of this Section.
B.
Substitutions: Comply with pertinent Sections of Division 1 and Section 15050 Basic Mechanical and Electrical Requirements.
15600 - 5
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
C.
1.4
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
All materials and work provided shall be in accordance with most recent editions
of applicable standards and publications of the organizations referenced above.
SUBMITTALS:
A.
Comply with the pertinent provision of Sections in Division 1 and Section 15050
Basic Mechanical and Electrical Requirements.
B.
Organization of Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings and product data
submittals in bound packages organized and titled to match the Articles of Part 2
as specified in this Section.
C.
Submit shop drawings and/or product data submittals for all materials and
equipment specified in Part 2 of this Section.
D.
Submit sheet Metal Fabrication Drawings.
E.
Submit equipment start-up and commissioning reports.
F.
Submit record drawings in accordance with the pertinent provisions of Division 1
for Project Record Documents and Section 15050 - Basic Mechanical and
Electrical Requirements.
G.
Submit copies of the Operation and Maintenance Manuals in compliance with the
requirements of Division 1 as specified for Contract Close-Out requirements,
Section 15050 - Basic Mechanical and Electrical Requirements, and the additional
requirements of this Section.
H.
Prepare and submit shop drawings, O&M manuals and perform training as
indicated on the following matrix.
Products
Shop
Dwgs
O&M Spare
Man. Parts
List
ACCESS PANELS
√
AIR VENTS
√
AUTOMATIC FLOW REGULATORS
√
BREECHING AND STACK
√
CABINET UNIT HEATERS
√
√
√
CHEMICAL TREATMENT SYSTEM
√
√
√
Training
√
√
√
15600 - 6
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Products
Shop
Dwgs
CONTROL SYSTEM
√
O&M Spare
Man. Parts
List
√
√
CONVECTORS
√
√
DUCTWORK
√
EXPANSION JOINTS
√
√
√
EXPANSION TANK
√
√
√
FILTERS
√
FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS
√
FLEXIBLE PIPING CONNECTORS
√
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
√
HORIZONTAL PROPELLER UNIT
HEATERS
HOT WATER BOILERS
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
INSULATION
√
MOTORS, DRIVES AND STARTERS
√
√
√
√
PIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDES
√
PRESSURE GAGES
√
PUMPS
√
√
√
SAFETY VALVES
√
√
√
SELF-BALANCING FLEXIBLE HOSE
KITS
SHEET METAL ACCESS PANELS
√
√
√
STRAINERS
√
√
√
THERMOMETERS
√
UNIT VENTILATORS, UNIT
EXHAUSTERS AND SHELVING
UNITS
VALVES
√
√
√
√
√
√
VIBRATION ISOLATORS AND
SEISMIC RESTRAINTS
WALL PENETRATION CLOSURES
√
√
√
Training
√
√
√
√
√
15600 - 7
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
1.5
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Products
Shop
Dwgs
WATER PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES
√
O&M Spare
Man. Parts
List
√
√
Training
MANUALS AND INSTRUCTIONS:
A.
B.
Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Prepare manuals in compliance with the
pertinent requirements of Division 1 Section regarding Contract Close-Out Issues,
Section 15050 - Basic Mechanical and Electrical Requirements and the additional
requirements of this Section. In addition to the requirements of other Sections,
each manual shall include:
1.
Product data cut sheets and approved shop drawings for equipment and
materials as specified in this Section.
2.
Lubrication instructions.
3.
Equipment Start-Up and Commissioning Reports.
Instruction Seminar: Perform systems instruction seminar and walk-through with
the Owner’s Representatives after preparation and review of the Operations and
Maintenance Manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
DUCTWORK AND AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT:
A.
Reference Standards
1.
B.
Material, construction and installation shall meet requirements of most
recent editions of the following standards and references, except for more
stringent requirements specified or shown on Drawings:
Standard
As Applicable to
SMACNA HVAC Duct
Construction Standards (Metal
and Flexible)
SMACNA HVAC Air Duct
Leakage Test Manual
Sheet Metal Ductwork; Duct Liners;
Adhesives; Fasteners; Flexible
Ductwork.
Duct Leakage Testing
General
15600 - 8
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
1.
There shall be no tags or labels installed inside of ductwork.
2.
Provide supporting and hanging devices necessary to attach entire HVAC
system including ductwork and equipment, and to prevent vibration.
3.
Provide vertical and horizontal supports as required by codes to meet
minimum applicable earthquake resistance standards.
4.
Ductwork shall be free from vibration under all conditions of operation.
Dimensions shown on Drawings for lined ductwork are net inside
dimensions. Increase ductwork to accommodate lining requirements.
5.
Pipe or conduit crossing duct:
6.
a.
No pipe, conduit, hanger, Architectural element nor structural
member shall pass through duct without Architect's written
approval.
b.
Where it is impossible to re-route pipe or conduit and when written
approval has been obtained, increase duct size to maintain constant
cross-sectional area at point of interference. Provide streamlined
enclosure for pipe or conduit, as illustrated in SMACNA.
When making offsets and transitions necessary to accommodate structural
conditions, preserve full cross-sectional area of ductwork shown on
Drawings.
15600 - 9
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
7.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Ductwork shall have pressure-velocity classifications as follows:
Duct Construction Class
Duct
Static
Pressure
Construction Pressure
Class
Rating
10"
10"
Pos.
SMACNA SMACNA Velocity
Seal Class Leakage
Class
A
6
2000 fpm
or greater
6"
6"
Pos.
A
6
2000 fpm
or greater
4"
4"
Pos.
A
6
4000 fpm
or less
3"
3"
Pos. or
Neg.
A
6
4000 fpm
or less
2"
2"
Pos. or
Neg.
B
12
2500 fpm
or less
1"
1"
Pos. or
Neg.
B
12
2500 fpm
or less
1/2"
1/2"
Pos. or
Neg.
B
12
2000 fpm
or less
For negative pressures less than -3" w.g., refer to SMACNA Round and
Rectangular Industrial Duct Construction Standards for joint and
intermediate reinforcement requirements.
8.
Sealing Requirements for Class B, Leakage Class 12, Galvanized, NonWelded Aluminum or Non-Welded Stainless Steel, Ductwork
a.
b.
Transverse Joints
1)
During assembly seal all flanged transverse joints with
sealing tape Hardcast Inc. 1902-FR. Corners shall be
sealed as described by SMACNA and when applicable per
manufacturer's published procedures.
2)
Seal all non-flanged transverse joints with Ductmate
PROseal or or Hardcast Inc. Versa Grip 102.
Longitudinal Seams
1)
Seal all longitudinal seams during ductwork fabrication
with Ductmate 5511 M or Hardcast Inc. Cold Seal 1001.
15600 - 10
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
9.
10.
11.
12.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Support
a.
Hang and support ductwork as defined in Section 4 of the latest
SMACNA Manual, “HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal
& Flexible” Second Edition or as defined within.
b.
Supports, bar/angle reinforcements and other products that are not
part of the duct that are manufactured of uncoated mild steel shall
either be painted with two coats of primer or shall be manufactured
of a galvanized equivalent material.
c.
Hanger spacing not to exceed 8 feet.
Connections
a.
Connect inlets and outlets of air handling units and fans to
ductwork with flexible connections unless fan has vibration
isolator mounts inside unit with flexible connections and no
external vibration isolators.
b.
Indoors, flexible connections shall be neoprene-coated fibrous
glass fire retardant fabric, by Ductmate, Ventfabrics, or Durodyne.
Outdoors, flexible connections shall be Dupont hypalon-coated
fibrous glass fire-, weather-, and UV-resistant by Ductmate,
Ventfabrics or Durodyne.
c.
Secure flexible connections tightly to air handlers with metal
bands. Bands shall be same material as duct construction.
d.
Connections from trunk to branch ducts shall be as detailed on
Drawings.
Construction
a.
No sharp metal edges shall extend into air streams.
b.
Install drive slips on air-leaving side of duct with sheet metal
screws on 6" centers.
c.
Spin in collars shall NOT be used.
Joints
15600 - 11
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
13.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
a.
Longitudinal lock seams shall be double-locked and flattened to
make tight joints.
b.
Make transverse joints, field connections, collar attachments and
flexible connections to ducts and equipment with sheet metal
screws or bolts and nuts. Do not use rivets and staples.
Elbows and Bends
a.
Elbows and bends for rectangular ducts shall have radiused heels
and (where possible) throats and shall have centerline radius of 1.5
times duct width wherever possible. Square heeled elbows, turning
vanes, or mitered elbows are not allowed.
b.
Where centerline radius is less than 1.5 times duct width (on
supply, return and exhaust ductwork), elbows shall be radius throat
with radius heel and full length splitter vanes when required.
Minimum inside radius (not centerline) shall be 2". Install vanes
in accordance with SMACNA. When centerline radius (r) divided
by the duct width (w) is less than 1.5, provide the following
number of splitter vanes:
r/w
0.7 to 01.49
0.6 to 0.69
0.55 to 0.59
14.
No. of Vanes
1
2
3
Duct Mounted Access Panels/Doors
a.
Provide proper pressure and leakage rated, gasketed, duct mounted
access panels/doors. In insulated ducts, access doors shall be
insulated double wall. Gauges of door materials, no. of hinges, no.
and type of door locks shall be as required by the SMACNA Duct
Construction Standards. Unhinged doors shall be chained to frame
with a minimum length of 6" to prevent loss of door. For seal
Class A, hinged doors are not acceptable, screwed or bolted access
panels are not acceptable. Access doors shall be leakage rated,
neoprene gasketed UL 94 HF1 listed, DUCTMATE "Sandwich."
Door metal shall be the same as the attached duct material. For
grease and high temperature ducts, door assembly shall be rated for
2300 degrees F. The minimum sizes are:
1)
Automatic control dampers - 6" x 6" minimum.
2)
Manual volume dampers 2 sf and larger - 6" x 6" minimum.
15600 - 12
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
b.
Suction and discharge sides of inline fans - 24" x 24"
minimum.
4)
At additional locations indicated on drawings, or specified
elsewhere - 12" x 12" minimum.
5)
in which case largest size possible shall be used (min. 6" x
6").
Access doors are not shown on the drawings, but shall be provided
in accordance with the above.
15.
Extractors shall have adjusting rod and locknut on outside of duct.
16.
Connections to roof fans:
17.
a.
Shall be at least 22 ga. galvanized steel soldered watertight.
b.
Solder side seams at least 12" up from bottom.
c.
Provide suitable dielectric gaskets to join dissimilar materials.
Materials
a.
C.
3)
Sheet metal ducts shall be constructed of hot-dipped galvanized
sheet metal with G60 or G90 Commercial coating according to
ASTM A653/A653M and A924/A924M unless specified
otherwise. G60 shall not be used where exposed to industrial
pollutants, marine atmosphere or contact with moisture.
2" and Lower Pressure Class Metal Ductwork – Rectangular
1.
Ducts wider than 19" with more than 10 square feet of unbraced panel
shall be beaded or cross-broken.
2.
Internal stiffening struts shall only be used upon prior written approval of
the Architect.
3.
Make changes in duct size with tapered connections as required by
SMACNA. Changes shall NOT exceed 30 from line of air flow. Take-off
to the diffusers shall be 45 leading edge type or Bellmouth type.
4.
Transverse joints shall be TDF/TDC or slip joints; use flat or standing
seam according to SMACNA. Where duct size requires standing seam,
15600 - 13
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
but space restrictions dictate flat seam, notify Architect prior to
fabrication.
D.
2.2
Automatic Dampers: Install automatic dampers furnished under Automatic
Temperature Control Section, as shown on Drawings, and as specified. Provide
sealed penetrations for Seal Class A ductwork.
PIPING AND FITTINGS:
A.
B.
General
1.
Pipe materials and fitting materials shall be as indicated in Schedule of
Pipe and Fitting Materials. Provide dielectric fittings to connect different
piping materials.
2.
Steel piping 2-1/2" and larger shall be welded; 2" and smaller shall be
screwed. Steel piping shall be seamless or electric-resistance welded
ASTM A53, Grade B.
3.
Pipe takeoffs shall have no less than three elbow swings.
4.
Solder for copper pipe shall be 95/5 tin/antimony. Lead solder shall not be
used.
Special Requirements for Water
1.
Provide air vent at each high point and drain valve at each low point for
complete system drainage.
2.
Provide a shutoff/isolation valve in the following locations in the
distribution system:
a.
To each supply and return riser or branch serving two or more
devices.
b.
To each supply and return riser or branch from a main serving two
or more devices.
c.
To each supply and return main take-off serving two or more
devices.
d.
As shown on the details.
e.
Not all valves are not shown on the floor plans or flow diagrams
but are necessary as described.
15600 - 14
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
C.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
3.
Equipment condensate drains shall be trapped at equipment connection.
Drain lines shall run full size of drain tapping to nearest floor drain or as
shown on Drawings with a pitch of 1" in 20 feet.
4.
Pitch water piping upwards and condensate pump discharge downward in
direction of flow 1" in 40 feet, unless otherwise noted.
Schedule of Pipe and Fitting Materials
Service
Pipe Material
Weight
For Type of Fitting
Pressure Rating
Joints
Material psi swp. or
Weight
Screwed
Malleable 150
Iron
Copper
125
95/5 Solder
Welded
Steel
Schedule 40
Heating
hot water
2” and under
Heating
hot water
2 ½” to 10”
Condensate
drain
Steel
Schedule 40 or
Copper
Steel
Schedule 40
Copper Type L
or PVC
Soldered or Copper or 125
Glued
PVC
Cold water
Copper Type L
95/5
Soldered
Vents
Galvanized Steel Screwed
Schedule 40
Iron
Copper
125
Malleable 150
PVC shall not be substituted for copper for the drains of self-contained electronic
humidifiers under any circumstances.
D.
Connections
1.
Provide dielectric fittings at connections of dissimilar materials.
2.
Provide eccentric reducing couplings to bring pipes flush on top for water
service and flush on bottom for steam service.
3.
Branch lines in welded piping shall be made with welding tees except that
branch lines less than one-half diameter of main may be made with
Weld-O-Lets.
4.
Nipples shall be same material, make and thickness as pipe with which
they are used. Close nipples shall not be used.
15600 - 15
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
2.3
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
5.
Make piping connections 2-1/2" diameter and larger to valves and
equipment with flat face welding neck flanges for pressures 125 psig and
less raised face for pressures above 125 psig.
6.
Make piping connections 2" dia. and smaller to valves and equipment with
300 psi brass seat unions on steel piping and with heavy semi-flushed
brass unions on copper tubing.
7.
Fit flanged joints with Johns-Manville or approved equal ring gaskets.
Flanges shall be faced and drilled to ASA standards and fitted with
semi-finished hexagon machine bolts and nuts of proper number and size.
8.
Make screw joints tight with Teflon (polytetrafluoroethylene) tape for
water or litharge-glycerin mixture for steam applied to male threads. Use
tapered threads.
VALVES AND STRAINERS:
A.
Valves shall be as shown on tables.
B.
Valves shall have name of manufacturer and guaranteed working pressure cast or
stamped on bodies. Valves of similar type shall be by single manufacturer.
Provide chain operators for valves 3" and larger and that are 7 feet and higher
above floor. Gaskets and packings shall not contain asbestos.
C.
Ratings shall include ANSI Class Rating and hole pattern for flanges.
D.
Butterfly Valves: Provide lug style butterfly valves shown in tables. Provide
balancing stop on at least one valve per equipment connection and as necessary
for balancing services. When manufacturer requires, valves must be installed in
proper direction for shutoff and dead end service.
E.
1.
General Service valves shall be Ductile iron body, threaded-lug with
resilient EPDM seats, bronze disc and 416 stainless stem, by Centerline,
DeZurik, Keystone, or Grinnell.
2.
Valves 6" and larger shall have gear operator.
3.
Valves smaller than 6" shall have seven-position lever.
4.
If valves are used for fuel oil, provide reinforced Teflon seats and 316
stainless disks.
Ball Valves: Provide full port ball valves with reinforced Teflon seats, seals,
bearings and packing. Provide balancing stop on at least one valve per equipment
15600 - 16
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
connection and as necessary for balancing service. Valves on insulated piping
shall have 2" extended stems. All ball valves shall have locking handles to allow
servicing and removal of equipment. Valves shall be by Apollo, Cannon, Kitz,
Milwaukee, Rockwell, Stockham, Grinnell or Watts.
F.
Globe Valves: Provide globe valves as shown in table by Crane, Jenkins,
Milwaukee, Stockham, Grinnell or Walworth. All packing shall be non-asbestos
type.
G.
Plug Valves: Provide plug valves with 70% port opening shown in tables for
balancing. Valves shall be by DeZurik, Mueller, Rockwell, Stockham or
Walworth. Provide gear operator with memory indicator.
H.
Check Valves: Provide check valves shown in tables by APCO, Milwaukee,
Mueller, Stockham, Grinnell or Metraflex.
I.
Spring Loaded Relief Valves: Reliefs shall be brass with external lever,
ASME-approved. For water reliefs pipe discharge to indirect drain. Pipe chiller
refrigerant and steam relief devices through building envelope.
J.
Gate Valves: Provide gate valves shown in tables by Crane, Milwaukee or
Stockham. All packing shall be non-asbestos type.
1.
K.
L.
In general, valves shall having OS&Y rising stems to indicate position.
For restricted clearances valves shall have non-rising stems. Contractor
shall submit where each type is used.
Strainers
1.
For water service, strainers shall be full size of entering pipe size and have
a maximum clean pressure drop of one psi (for steam condensate 1/4 psi).
Strainers shall be by Sarco, Mueller, Watts or Armstrong.
2.
Pump start up strainer screens shall be used for cleaning and removed
afterwards.
3.
Provide blow-off valve on each strainer.
Vacuum Breaker: Provide vacuum breakers as required. Vacuum breaker shall
be installed in the horizontal position, flow arrow pointed towards the coil and of
same size as connected pipe. Mount vacuum breaker above connected pipe and
enter pipe tee via 90 ell-drop after vacuum breaker. Inlet to vacuum breaker shall
be piped so that it does not allow discharge from a faulty vacuum breaker to spray
on someone or electrical or wet-sensitive equipment. Piping shall turn towards
pieces of equipment it's serving. Breaker shall be Stockham Figure B-320T.
15600 - 17
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
M.
Provide unions for threaded end valves to facilitate removal from pipe.
N.
Suction Diffusers
O.
1.
Suction diffuser/strainers shall have 200 psi cast iron body and stainless
steel sleeve with 5/32" perforations. Units shall include flanged
connections, removable gasketed cover and straightening vanes units shall
be Mueller type 1011, Taco or B&G.
2.
Provide 16 mesh start-up strainer.
3.
Provide blow-off tapping on bottom of unit.
4.
Provide full size inlet and outlet.
Combination Balancing Shut-off Valves
1.
Provide combination calibrated balancing valves.
Acceptable
manufacturers shall be: Armstrong, Bell and Gossett, Flowset, HCI
Terminator B, Illinois, Taco, or Tour Anderson.
2.
Valves shall be rated for operating pressures.
3.
Valves shall be bronze body/brass ball construction with glass and carbon
filled TFE seat rings. Valves shall have dual temperature and differential
pressure readout ports across valve seat area. Valves shall be equipped
with readout ports fitted with internal EPT inserts and check valves.
Valves shall have memory stop to allow valve to be closed for service,
then reopened to setpoint without disturbing balancing position.
4.
Each valve shall be equipped with a Venturi flow measuring section and
ball valve.
5.
Provide preformed insulation, which permits access for balance and
readout.
6.
Provide one direct reading flow meter complete with calibration charts for
the project. The meter shall be used for balancing and turned over to the
Owner at the close of the job.
7.
Valves shall provide bubble-tight shut off at 150 psi differential.
15600 - 18
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
GLYCOL AND HOT WATER SERVICE
Maximum 250 F and 175 psig (½"-12")/125 psig (14"-24")
Specialty Application Type
Size
Body/Seat,
Body/Trim
Full Port
½"-2" Bronze/Teflon
Ball
Isolation
3-pc.
Valve
(with locking
handle) and
Modulation
Full Port
½"-2" Bronze/Teflon
2 pc.
Gate
Not Used
Valve
Globe
ATC
Control
1/2"-2" Bronze/Metal
Valve
Modulation Valve
Isolation and General
2½"Ductile
Butterfly Modulation Service
12"
Iron/EPDM
Valve
Plug
Value
Check
Valve
Throttling
Pumps
Piping
Strainer
Control
Valves
and
Flow Meters
Nonlubricated
Silent
Connection Minimum
Rating1,2
Threaded or 400 psig WOG
Sweat
Threaded
400 psig WOG
Threaded
400 psig WOG
Threaded
Lug
200 psig CWP
200 psig bidirectional
shutoff
200 psig dead
end service
150 psig CWP
150 psig bidirectional
shutoff
150 psig dead
end service
Class 125
14"-24" Ductile
Iron/EPDM
Threaded
Lug
3"-12"
Steel/Iron
Flanged
½"-2"
Bronze/Bronze Threaded
200 psig WOG
Iron/Bronze
Class 125
Silent Globe 2½"24"
Y-Pattern
½"-2"
Swing
2½"24"
Y-Type
½"-2"
Flanged
Bronze/Bronze Threaded
200 psig WOG
Iron/Bronze
Class 125
Flanged
Bronze/Stainle Threaded
ss
(1/16" dia.)
2½"-4" Iron/Stainless Flanged
(1/16" dia.)
5"-24" Iron/Stainless Flanged
(1/8" dia.)
200 psig WOG
Class 125
Class 125
15600 - 19
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Pump Suction In-Line
Y-Type
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
½"-2"
Bronze/Stainle Threaded
200 psig WOG
ss
(1/16" dia.)
2½"-4" Iron/Stainless Flanged
Class 125
3
(3/16" dia.)
5"-24" Iron/Stainless Flanged
Class 125
3
(¼" dia.)
Angle
2"-12" Iron/Stainless Flanged
Class 125
Suction
3
(3/16" dia.)
Diffuser End
Start
Up
Suction
Strainer = 16
Pumps
Mesh Bronze
1.These are minimum ratings for ASTM A126, Class B and ASTM B-61 and 62. For higher
pressures and temperatures, adjust these values to include static head plus 1.1 times pressure
relief valve setting plus pump shutoff head pressure. For actual maximum allowable valve and
strainer ratings, refer to "Pressure-Temperature Ratings - Non Shock" tables and "Adjusted
Pressure Ratings" for copper tube, soldered end valves [and strainers].
2.SWP=Steam Working Pressure CWP=Cold Water Working Pressure
WSP=Working Steam Pressure WOG=Water, Oil or Gas
Class=ANSI Standard
3.Use 1/8" dia for plate heat exchanger application.
2.4
INSULATION, PIPING:
A.
Provide pipe insulation manufactured by Owens Corning, Certain-Teed, JohnsManville or Knauf.
B.
Insulation shall be fibrous glass insulation with factory-applied fire retardant
vapor barrier jacket with K factor of at least 0.23 at 75 deg. F mean temperature.
C.
ASTM E-84 fire hazard ratings shall be 25 flame spread, 50 smoke developed and
50 fuel contributed.
D.
Apply insulation after systems have been tested, proved tight and approved by
Architect. Remove dirt, scale, oil, rust and foreign matter prior to installation of
insulation.
E.
No leaks in vapor barrier or voids in insulation will be accepted.
F.
Insulation and vapor barrier on piping which passes through walls or partitions
shall pass continuously through sleeve, except that piping between floors and
through fire walls or smoke partitions shall have space allowed for application of
15600 - 20
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
approved packing between sleeves and piping, to provide firestop as required by
NFPA. Seal ends to provide continuous vapor barrier where insulation is
interrupted.
G.
Insulate flexible connections to same thickness and with same material as
adjoining pipe insulation.
H.
Provide fibrous dual temperature insulation with factory applied vapor barrier
jacket on steam, outdoor condenser water, outdoor cooling tower drain and make
up, condensate, chilled water, drain, hot and cold water piping, unless noted
otherwise.
TABLE A
Insulation Thickness
Piping
System Fluid Runouts 1" main 1-1/4" 2-1/2" 5" to 6" 8" main
Insulation
Types
Temperat Up to 2", and
main main main
and
Conductivity
12' Long Less to 2" to 4"
ure
Larger Btuh-in/Hr- FRange, F or Less
SF at Mean
Temperature F
HEATING SYSTEMS
Steam & Hot Water
High
351-450 1.5
2.5
3.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
0.32 @ 250
press./temp.
Med.
251-350 1.5
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.5
3.5
0.29 @ 200
press./temp.
Low
201-250 1.0
1.5
2.0
2.0
2.0
3.5
0.27 @ 150
press./temp.
Low temp.
141-200 0.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.25 @ 125
Low temp.
105-140 0.5
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
1.5
0.24 @ 100
I.
Provide longitudinal lap and 6" wide vapor barrier joint seal strips secured with
approved adhesive.
J.
Seal ends of pipe insulation and seal insulation to pipe with approved fire
retardant vapor barrier, at flanges, valves and fittings and at intervals of no more
than 21 feet on continuous runs of piping.
K.
Secure covers on concealed pipe with metal bands at least 3/4" wide and no more
than 18" apart, spaced to hold ends and centers of each section.
15600 - 21
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
L.
Insulation on Fittings, Valves and Flanges.
1.
2.5
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Insulation for fittings, valves and flanges shall be mitered pipe insulation
or molded fittings as follows:
a.
Thickness same as Piping Requirements
b.
Concealed Molded fittings made smooth with insulating cement. 8
oz. canvas jacket saturated with approved lagging adhesive.
c.
Exposed with 1/4" coat of insulating cement over insulation,
troweled smooth. 8 oz. canvas jacket saturated with approved
lagging adhesive.
PIPING, HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:
A.
Provide pipe stands, supports, hangers and other supporting appliances as
necessary to support work required by Contract Documents.
B.
Secure vertical piping to building construction to prevent sagging or swinging.
C.
Space hangers for horizontal piping as follows:
Nom. Pipe Size
(inches)
1-1/4 and Smaller
Max. Span
(feet)
7
Min. Rod Size
(inches)
3/8
Hanger Type
1-1/2
9
3/8
Clevis Hanger
2
10
3/8
Clevis Hanger
2-1/2
10
1/2
Clevis Hanger
3
12
1/2
Clevis Hanger
4
14
5/8
5
14
5/8
6
14
3/4
8 - 12
15
7/8 (two)
14 - 18
15
1 (two)
20"
15
1-1/4 (two)
1
Rod
Hanger
1
Rod
Hanger
1
Rod
Hanger
2
Rod
Hangers
2
Rod
Hangers
2
Rod
Hangers
Clevis Hanger
Roll
Roll
Roll
Roll
Roll
Roll
15600 - 22
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Nom. Pipe Size
(inches)
24"
2.6
Max. Span
(feet)
15
Min. Rod Size
(inches)
1-1/2 (two)
Hanger Type
2
Rod
Hangers
Roll
D.
Horizontal copper tubing shall have maximum hanger spacing of 5 ft. for tubing
1-1/4" dia. and smaller and 10' for tubing 1-1/2" and larger. Maximum spacing
for PVC pipe hangers shall be 4'.
E.
Reduce spacing, regardless of pipe size, as necessary for fittings, valves and other
concentrated loads.
F.
Support piping 4" dia. and larger from structure with pipe roll hangers with
adjustable steel rod hangers, sized to accommodate insulation.
G.
Support piping 3" dia. and under from structure with Carpenter and Patterson Fig.
100 clevis hangers or approved equal.
H.
Hangers shall be by Carpenter and Patterson, F & S, or Grinnell Co. Figure
numbers of Carpenter and Patterson are specified to establish standards of quality
for performance and materials.
I.
Provide spring hangers with travel stops as specified in Vibration Isolation
Paragraph of Section 15070 and where shown on Drawings.
J.
Pipe supports for 4" and larger pipe and insulated high-temperature piping shall
have welded inserts of equal thickness to insulation to prevent compression of
insulation. Other insulated pipe shall have 12", 14 GA shields at hangers,
composed of 180 coverage of galvanized sheet metal and high density, preformed,
rigid insulation. Where rollers are required, shield shall be steel pipe.
K.
Hangers for horizontal lines shall be vertically adjustable to obtain pitch
requirements of Piping Paragraph.
WATER SPECIALTIES:
A.
Provide water specialties by Bell & Gossett, Taco or Amtrol as follows.
1.
ASME constructed, approved and stamped bladder expansion tank with
replaceable diaphragm of capacity shown on Drawings designed and
tested for maximum allowable working pressure of 125 psi in accordance
with ASME code for unfired pressure vessels. Expansion tank shall be
factory-charged as required for system.
2.
One drain valve for each expansion tank.
15600 - 23
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
2.7
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
3.
Automatic air vent valves with manual shut-off for each high point on
supply and return mains with 1/4" copper overflow run to nearest
plumbing fixture for drainage.
4.
Air vent valve installed on each piece of equipment.
5.
Drain valve at each low point with 3/4" brass heads with hose connections.
B.
Provide a Spirotherm (Spirovent Air / Dirt Eliminator), Bell & Gossett, Amtrol or
Taco air eliminator on hot water heating, chilled water and other closed water
system. All units shall be fabricated steel, rated for 150 psig design pressure and
be selected for specified flow rate with pressure drop not to exceed one foot of
head and velocity not to exceed 4 feet per second. Units to include copper
coalescing medium to facilitate maximum air and dirt elimination. Alternate units
shall be furnished with galvanized steel strainer and stainless steel collector tube
for a similar purpose. Provide integral high capacity float actuated air vent at top
fitting of tank. Alternates must include cast iron float vent rated at 150 psig
located at top of vessel. All units will include bottom blow down connection.
C.
Provide at high points Spirotherm (Spirotop), Bell & Gossett, Spirax Sarco or
approved equal air release valves on hot and/or chilled water systems and other
closed water loops. All valves shall be cast brass, rated for 150 psig design
pressure and 270 degree F operating temperature. Units to include non-ferrous
floats, stainless steel linkage and Viton seal, which closes against a brass spring
operated seat. Alternate units shall be high capacity cast iron type with brass or
Viton shut-off valve. Alternates must be rated for 150 psig working pressure and
250 degrees F operating temperature.
INSULATION, EQUIPMENT:
A.
General
1.
Apply insulation after systems have been tested, proved tight and
approved by Architect. Remove dirt, scale, oil, rust and foreign matter
prior to installation of insulation.
2.
No leaks in vapor barrier or voids in insulation will be accepted.
3.
Insulation shall be Certain-Teed, Knauf, Manville or Owens Corning and
shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
15600 - 24
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
4.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Insulate the following equipment:
a.
b.
c.
d.
5.
2.8
Expansion tanks
Air separators
Pumps
Valve heads
Insulation shall be 1" thick fibrous glass rigid block or semi rigid board
rated for temperature intended. Insulation shall be formed or fabricated to
fit equipment. Ensure tight fit. Bevel edges and butt and stagger joints.
B.
Secure with bands or wires at intervals recommended by manufacturer, no more
than 12" centers. Provide corner angles.
C.
Set cellular glass insulation and seal joints with bedding compound. Fill mineral
fiber joints with insulating cement.
D.
Apply two coats of adhesive with fibrous glass cloth embedded in first coat before
application of second. Dry film thickness of finish shall be 1/8". Apply
insulating cement over coated insulation; do not coat removable sections.
E.
Equipment, which needs servicing, such as pumps and plate heat exchangers shall
be provided with removable insulation sections. Coordinate method of insulating
plate heat exchanger with exchanger manufacturer.
MOTORS, STARTERS AND WIRING:
A.
Provide motors and controls. Furnish starters for HVAC equipment. Provide
control and other related wiring including interlocks. Power wiring (to
panelboards, disconnect switches, starters and motors) will be provided under
Division 16, ELECTRICAL. Starters that are not integral to equipment will be
furnished under this Section and installed and wired under Division 16
ELECTRICAL.
B.
Unless otherwise specified, motors shall be NEMA Design B, constant speed,
self-ventilated squirrel cage induction. Motors shall have 1.15 service factor
unless totally enclosed. Motors shall have Class B insulation.
C.
1.
Motors under 1/2 HP, shall be designed for 120 V, 60 Hz, single phase,
unless otherwise specified.
2.
Motors 1/2 HP and over shall be as required in schedules.
Motors shall be "inverter-duty" or "drive duty" motors. Use of the motor with a
VFD shall not adversely affect the operation, useful life, or warranty of the motor.
15600 - 25
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Motors listed in the schedules to be powered by VFD shall conform to the
following:
D.
1.
Motors shall have Class F or H insulation.
2.
Motor windings shall be spike resistant to withstand 1,600 peak volts.
3.
Motors used with VFD shall have a minimum three (3) year warranty.
4.
If the motor is located more than 50 feet away from the VFD it serves, the
contractor shall provide an output filter on the VFD.
All motors shall be premium efficiency type. They shall conform to NEMA
Standard MG-1-12.53a and shall have their efficiencies determined in accordance
with IEEE Standard 112 Method B. The NEMA nominal efficiency shall be
listed on the motor nameplate. Minimum nominal efficiencies shall be according
to the tables below:
TABLE I
PERFORMANCE DATA for ENERGY EFFICIENT MOTORS
DRIP-PROOF TYPE
Minimum Efficiency at Full Load
(percent)
HP
1200 RPM
1800 RPM
3600 RPM
Eff.
Eff.
Eff.
1
82.5
85.5
80.0
1.5
86.5
86.5
85.5
2
87.5
86.5
86.5
3
89.5
89.5
86.5
5
89.5
89.5
89.5
7.5
91.7
91.0
89.5
10
91.7
91.7
90.2
15
92.4
93.0
91.0
20
92.4
93.0
92.4
15600 - 26
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
TABLE II
PERFORMANCE DATA for ENERGY EFFICIENT MOTORS
TOTALLY ENCLOSED FAN COOLED TYPE
Minimum Efficiency at Full Load
(percent)
HP
1200 RPM
1800 RPM
3600 RPM
Eff.
Eff.
Eff.
1
82.5
85.5
78.5
E.
1.5
87.5
86.5
85.5
2
88.5
86.5
86.5
3
89.5
89.5
88.5
5
89.5
89.5
89.5
7.5
91.7
91.7
91.0
10
91.7
91.7
91.7
15
92.4
92.4
91.7
20
92.4
93.0
92.4
Starters that require interlocks or remote control shall be magnetic with
HAND-OFF- AUTOMATIC switch (fast-slow-off-auto for two speed motors) in
cover. Provide magnetic starters as necessary, with auxiliary contacts, buttons
and switches in required configurations.
Refer to specification section
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS and to Control Drawings for
interlock requirements. Starters shall be by single manufacturer: Cutler-Hammer,
Clark, Arrow Hart or Square D.
1.
Each 3-phase, 60 Hz motor shall be provided with magnetic starter with
either ON-OFF push button or hand-off-automatic switch.
2.
Other motors shall be provided with a manual starter with ON-OFF
switch.
3.
Control relay for each starter shall be for operation on 120 V, single phase,
and transformer of sufficient capacity within starter case shall be furnished
for this purpose.
4.
Provide inverse time limit overload and under voltage protection in each
leg and with pilot lights. Provide red and green On-Off pilot lights.
15600 - 27
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
2.9
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
5.
Provide nameplates with engraved white lettering to designate area and
equipment served.
6.
Starters for refrigeration machines shall be furnished by unit manufacturer.
7.
Provide starters for two-speed motors with deceleration relay.
8.
Furnish for all single speed motors, 10 HP and above, 95% power factor
correction capacitors. Capacitors shall be in NEMA enclosure of the same
rating as the motor's starter.
9.
Furnish reduce voltage starters for all 208 voltage motors, 20hp and
above.
10.
Starters shall be furnished as magnetic type, non-reversing (unless
otherwise noted). Each combination starter shall be rated 100,000
symmetrical amperes at 480V. Fuses shall be current limiting, UL Class
R, Type RK1 with a short circuit rating of 100,000 symmetrical amperes.
PUMPS, CENTRIFUGAL:
A.
General Requirements
1.
Provide, where shown on drawings, centrifugal pumps, of capacities types
and configurations shown on schedules. Acceptable manufacturers shall
be:
*Allis Chalmers
*Armstrong
*Aurora
*Bell and Gossett
*Gould
*Paco
*Taco
*Weinman
2.
Pumps that operate in an inappropriate portion of their performance
curves, including, but not limited to, operating in the rightmost third of the
curve will be rejected. Provide in submittals, the factory performance
curve specific for the pump submitted with the operating point clearly
indicated.
3.
Pumps shall be designed specifically for intended classes of service, with
non-overloading characteristics throughout the design curve (motors shall
not operate in their service factor). Impeller shall be statically and
15600 - 28
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
dynamically balanced. Impeller size shall be no more than 90% of casing
size. Pump shall be factory tested at operating conditions, thoroughly
cleaned, and painted with one coat of machinery enamel prior to shipment.
Installation instructions shall be included with pump at time of shipment.
B.
4.
Coordinate with manufacturer of water treatment to ensure that normal life
of pumps and components shall not be shortened by water treatment.
5.
Provide, under the work of the mechanical section, flexible connections (if
shown on details) and vibration isolation components for all pumps. See
the vibration isolation section.
6.
Provide steel channel base for each pump with drip rim and drain
connection.
7.
Refer to motor and starter paragraph of these specifications for
requirements.
8.
Provide an allowance for all necessary work in the field and shop to trim
each pump impeller, if needed, for water balancing purposes.
Pump Types and Materials of Construction
1.
General:
a.
For all types of pumps listed below, bearing frame and pump
internals shall be serviceable without disturbing motor or
connected piping.
b.
For all types of pumps listed below, provide mechanical seals with
carbon rings and ceramic faces, stainless or brass metal parts,
stainless springs and synthetic rubber bellows. Seals shall operate
satisfactorily to 225 .
c.
Unless otherwise stated in the schedules, all pumps shall be single
stage.
d.
Provide tappings for pressure gauges at inlet and discharge of all
pumps.
e.
All couplings for variable speed pumps shall be capable of
operating under all conditions without fatigue.
15600 - 29
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
2.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
End Suction Pumps
a.
3.
In Line Pumps
a.
2.10
End suction pumps shall be based mounted, horizontally coupled
with vertically split cases. Materials of construction shall be for a
bronze fitted pump including cast iron casings, bronze shaft
sleeves, alloy steel shafts and bronze enclosed impellers. Provide
regreasable or permanently lubricated ball bearings, casing wear
rings, drains and vents, coupling guards and steel baseplate.
In Line pumps shall have bronze fitted construction, including cast
iron casings, bronze or copper shaft sleeves, alloy steel shafts and
bronze impellers. Bearings shall be either be sleeve type or
regreasable ball bearings. Provide casing wear rings, drain and
vent connections and flexible coupling or direct drive connection
between pump and motor. If the scheduled pump includes ball
bearings and a direct drive motor to impeller connection, the
submitted pump shall not have sleeve bearings or a flexible
coupling between pump and motor.
BOILER - FIRE-TUBE CONDENSING BOILERS:
A.
WORK INCLUDED
1.
Provide Firetube gas fired hot water boilers of the size, capacity and quantity as
shown on the contract drawings. Include individual hot water circulating pumps
as shown on the Plans and as Scheduled.
2.
Each boiler shall have all self-contained controls and safety devices and shall be
capable of independent operation.
3.
Each boiler comply with the energy efficiency requirements of the latest edition
of the ASHRAE 90.1 Standard and the minimum efficiency requirements of the
latest edition of the AHRI BTS-2000 Standard as defined by the Department of
Energy in 10 CFR Part §431.86.
The boiler shall be certified for indoor
installation. All boilers shall be installed in accordance with all local, State and
Federal codes.
4.
Contractor shall obtain Certificate of boiler inspection after boiler installation has
been completed and shall pay all fees associated with such inspection. After
receipt of certificate of Inspection, Installing Contractor shall furnish a suitable
glass front frame in which to place said certificate. Frame, with Inspection
certificate inserted therein, shall then be placed on or posted in a suitable location
within the Boiler room in which the new Boilers have been installed.
15600 - 30
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
5.
Contractor shall obtain from Boiler Manufacturer Form H-2 Manufacturers Data
Report for Firetube Boilers as required by the Provisions of the ASME Code
Rules, Section IV and shall transmit to the Owner after Boiler installation for
Record Purposes.
B.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.
C.
Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the
type of products specified in this section, with minimum ten (10) years of
documented experience.
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
1.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as
defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
2.
Boilers shall be Listed by the Massachusetts Gas Regulatory Board and
shall have been Certified in accordance with ANSI Z21.13 test standard;
ASHRAE 90.1 Standard and ASHRAE 103 Standard; American National
Standard/CSA Standard for Gas-Fired Low Pressure Steam and Hot Water
Boilers; ANSI Z223.1 (NFPA 54-2012) for Gas-Fired Boilers; minimum
efficiency requirements of the latest edition of the AHRI BTS-2000
Standard; ANSI/ASME CSD-1 and National Electrical Code (NFPA 70).
3.
Code of Massachusetts Regulations 522 CMR 4.00 Steam and Hot Water
Boilers and Heat Storage Sources; 522 CMR 5.00 Heating Boilers; 522
CMR 16.00 Controls and Safety Devices for Automatically Fired Boilers;
248 CMR 7.00 Fuel Gas Code for Large Gas Utilization Equipment.
4.
Commercial Boiler Efficiency Certification Program AHRI Directory of
Certified AHRI Certified™ Ratings list of Boilers that have earned the
AHRI Certified mark. Boiler manufacturer shall be required to provide
the Certified Reference Number and Approved Status under the previously
specified performance criteria at Submittal stage. This Certification
number shall be utilized in the Rebate application to National Grid
confirming the installation of an “Approved” appliance.
5.
Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building Code, 780 CMR
1305.2.5 Heating System Controls; and Table 1305.3.3(5) Standard Rating
Conditions and Minimum Performance Gas and Oil fired Steam and Hot
Water Boilers.
15600 - 31
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
D.
E.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
6.
Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in
effect at the time of bid opening shall apply.
7.
Emissions shall conform to South Coast Air Quality Management District
specifications. Boiler shall have an independent laboratory rating for
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) to meet the requirements of South Coast Air
Quality Management District in Southern California and the requirements
of Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. The manufacturer shall
verify proper operation of the burner, all controls and the heat exchanger
by connection to water and venting for a factory fire test prior to shipping.
8.
Burner and Hydrostatic Test: Factory adjust burner to eliminate excess
oxygen, carbon dioxide, oxides of nitrogen emissions, and carbon
monoxide in flue gas and to achieve combustion efficiency; perform
hydrostatic test.
9.
Test and inspect factory-assembled boilers, before shipping, according to
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
10.
Boiler shall be AHRI Certified to 97% Thermal Efficiency, with Oxides of
Nitrogen (NOx) less than 20 ppm corrected to 3% O2.
Boiler shall
produce less than 60 Db sound reading at 100% rate of fire. Control
system shall comply with UL/CSD-1/GE-GAP criteria.
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
1.
Install factory assembled packaged boiler carefully to prevent damage,
breaking, and scoring. Do not install damaged components; replace with
new.
2.
Comply with manufacturer's rigging and moving instructions for
unloading boilers, and moving them to final location.
WARRANTY
1.
2.
Leakage and Materials: Heat Exchangers on stainless fire-tube boilers
have a ten (10) year limited warranty effective 60 days from the date of
manufacture as determined by the serial number.
All equipment shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and
workmanship for a period of 12 months from the date of start-up, or 18
months from the date of shipment, whichever comes first. The warranty
shall include parts only to repair or replace all defective parts and material
at no charge to the owner.
15600 - 32
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.
F.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Installation shall be guaranteed free from defective materials and
workmanship for a period of (1) year from date of acceptance by the
Owner. Any repairs required during guarantee period shall be done by the
Contractor at his own expense.
STAINLESS STEEL BOILER
1.
Basis-of-Design: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the
product indicated on Drawings, Lochinvar FTX, or approved as equivalent
by one of the following manufacturers:
a.
Lochinvar
b.
Viessmann
c.
Buderus-Bosch Thermotechnology
2.
Furnish and install in accordance with plans and specifications including
manufacturer’s recommendations, state and local codes with capacity as
scheduled on the contract drawings and specifications.
3.
Direct-Vent sealed combustion, Boiler shall be factory assembled and firetested fire-tube condensing boiler with counter-flow heat exchanger sealed
pressure-tight, built on a steel base, including insulated metal jacket, flue
gas vent, combustion air intake connections, water supply and return
connections, condensate drain connections and controls. Multiple pressure
vessels in a single enclosure are not acceptable.
4.
Boiler shall require only connection to the water circulating system,
fuel/electric utilities, condensate drain and flue gas vent. Heat exchanger
shall be constructed of 316L stainless steel. Water tube, Aluminum or
Copper tube boilers, or Boilers with secondary heat exchangers are not
equivalent and shall not be considered acceptable.
5.
Boiler shall be able to operate in a full-flow system, or a variable flow
system using variable frequency drives on the system pumps, without
requiring the use of a three‐way valves or primary/secondary piping loops.
Boiler heat exchanger shall be designed for a single-pass water flow to
limit the water side pressure drop. Pressure drop shall be no greater than
2.2 PSI at 75 GPM.
6.
Boiler shall bear the ASME "H" stamp for 160 PSI working pressure and
shall be National Board listed where applicable. There shall be no
banding material, bolts, gaskets or "O" rings in the header configuration.
Each 316L stainless steel combustion chamber shall be designed to drain
condensation to the bottom of the heat exchanger assembly. The
condensate collection basin shall be constructed of welded 316L stainless
15600 - 33
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
steel. A built-in trap shall allow condensation to drain from the collection
basin.
7.
Boiler shall be equipped with a variable frequency drive blower motor.
Burner shall be a premix design, constructed of high temperature stainless
steel with a woven metal fiber outer covering to provide fully modulating
firing rate with a turndown ratio of 7:1 and discharge into a positive
pressure vent. Boiler efficiency shall increase with decreasing load
(output), while maintaining setpoint. Boiler shall have been BTS-2000
tested to an AHRI Certified thermal efficiency of 97%.
8.
Burner shall be metal-fiber mesh covering a stainless steel body with
spark ignition and flame rectification. All burner material exposed to the
combustion zone shall be of stainless steel construction. There shall be no
moving parts within the burner itself. Burner shall produce not more than
60-dBA sound reading at full firing rate
9.
Boiler shall be supplied with a combination gas control valve that includes
dual safety shutoff valves and a pressure regulator in a single body gas
valve designed using negative pressure regulation and equipped with a
pulse width modulation blower system, to precisely control the fuel/air
mixture to provide modulating boiler firing rates for maximum efficiency.
The Boiler shall operate in a safe condition at derated output with gas
supply pressures as low as 4.00” Ins. and shall automatically compensate
for fluctuations of gas supply pressure between 4.00” Ins. w.c. and 14”
Ins. w.c. inlet gas pressure. If inlet gas pressure exceeds 13” W.C., a
100% lock-up type gas pressure regulator of adequate size shall be
installed in gas supply piping and adjusted to prevent pressure in excess of
13” W.C.
10.
Boiler shall be constructed with a heavy gauge steel jacket assembly,
primed and pre-painted on both sides. The combustion chamber shall be
sealed and completely enclosed, independent of the outer jacket assembly,
so that integrity of the outer jacket does not affect a proper seal. A flame
observation port shall be provided.
11.
Each Boiler shall be equipped with: temperature/pressure gauge; a system
supply water temperature sensor; tank sensor; high limit temperature
control with manual reset; outlet water temperature sensor with a dual
thermistor to verify accuracy; return water temperature sensor; outdoor air
temperature sensor, flue temperature sensor; probe type low water cut off
with manual reset and a condensate trap for the heat exchanger condensate
drain; ASME certified pressure relief valve set for 80 PSI.
15600 - 34
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
G.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
12.
Probe LWCO shall incorporate a Burner circuit test switch that, when
depressed, will test out the control circuit by dropping out the Burner if the
circuit is properly wired. Boiler shall be installed with the probe type
LWCO located above the lowest safe permissible water level established
by the Boiler manufacturer. LWCO shall be UL listed and FM approved,
suitable for commercial hydronic heating service at 80 PSI.
13.
A coil type boiler or a water-tube boiler with heat input greater than
200,000 BTU’s/hr requiring forced circulation to prevent overheating of
the coils or tubes shall have a flow sensing device installed in the outlet
piping in lieu of the low water fuel cutoff required in 522 CMR
5.07(15)(a) to automatically cut off the fuel supply when the circulating
flow is interrupted.
14.
This Contractor shall furnish and install a condensate neutralizing box
complete with limestone granules shipped loose for field installation.
Furnish and install a condensate trap assembly if a condensate collection
tray is not provided by the Boiler manufacturer. The trap allows
condensate to drain from sump while retaining flue gases in the boiler.
The trap has factory installed overflow switch, which shuts down the
boiler in the event the drain line becomes obstructed, preventing proper
condensate removal.
Extend drain piping from boiler to acid
neutralization kit and to suitable floor drain in mechanical rooms.
15.
If the point of condensate disposal is above the trap, a condensate pump
shall be required to move the condensate to the drain. If overflow from the
pump would result in property damage, select a pump with an overflow
switch. Wire this switch in series with installer provided external high
limit, to shut off the boiler, and, if desired, in series with installer supplied
alarm, to trigger an alarm in the event of overflow.
COMPUTERIZED BOILER CONTROL
1.
Factory installed Boiler Management Control System (BMCS) shall be
provided with high resolution LED display, password security, outdoor air
reset, pump delay with freeze protection, pump exercise, ramp delay
featuring six steps, domestic hot water prioritization with limiting
capabilities, USB drive for simple uploading of parameters and a PC port
connection for connection to a local computer for programming and
trending. A secondary operating control that is field mounted outside or
inside the appliance is not acceptable. The boiler shall have alarm
contacts for any failure, runtime contacts and data logging of runtime at
given modulation rates, ignition attempts and ignition failures. The boiler
shall have a built-in “Cascade” with leader redundancy to sequence and
rotate while maintaining modulation of up to eight boilers of different Btu
15600 - 35
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
inputs without utilization of an external controller. The internal
“Cascade” function shall be capable of either lead-lag, or efficiency
optimization, front-end loading, and rotation of lead boiler every 24 hours.
The boiler shall be capable of controlling an isolation valve (offered by
manufacturer) during heating operation and rotation of open valves in
standby operation for full flow applications. The control must have
optional capability to communicate via Modbus protocol with a minimum
of 46 readable points. Each boiler shall have an optional gateway device
which will allow integration with BacNET protocols. All components
shall be easily accessed and serviceable from the front of the jacket.
H.
2.
The control system shall monitor both boiler lockout and limit circuits to
automatically skip over those boilers that are powered down for
maintenance, tripped or otherwise will not start. The control system shall
be fully integrated into the Boiler Cabinet and incorporate single and
multiple boiler control logic, inputs, outputs and communication
interfaces. Using parameter menu selections, the control system shall
allow the boiler to respond to remote system water temperature and
outside air temperatures and warm weather shut down or building
automation system remote start/stop commands.
3.
A 0-10 VDC output signal shall control a variable speed boiler pump
(pump to be offered by manufacturer) to keep a fixed delta T across the
boiler regardless of the modulation rate. The boiler shall have the
capability to receive a 0– 10 VDC input signal from a variable speed
system pump to anticipate changes in system heat load in order to prevent
flow related issues such as erratic temperature cycling.
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
1.
All Boiler room wiring from the main disconnect switch panel to all Boiler
controls, Boiler Circulators, system circulators, Limit circuit, Operating
controls, gas valves and actuators, switches and additional control devices
shall be furnished and installed under this section of the work by the
HVAC Subcontractor and shall conform to the job standards as established
by Division 16 Sections.
2.
Single-Point Field Power Connection: Factory installed and wired
switches, motor controller, transformers and other electrical devices
necessary shall provide a single-point field power connection to the boiler.
3.
Boiler Control circuit shall be taken from a two-wire branch circuit, one
side grounded, not exceeding 150 Volts, line to line. All safety control
switching shall be accomplished in the hot ungrounded conductor and
through the 24V low voltage wiring provided by the Boiler manufacturer
15600 - 36
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
and in accordance
recommendations.
I.
with
the
manufacturer’s
instructions
and
4.
Control system wiring shall comply with ASME CSD-1 requirements and
522 CMR 5.07. (19). Fuse protection for the control circuit shall be
provided. A manually operated remote heating plant shutdown switch
shall be furnished and installed just outside the Boiler room door and shall
be marked for easy identification. If there is more than one (1) Boiler
room door, there shall be a switch located at each door. Shutdown
switches must be wired to disconnect all power to the Boiler controls.
5.
Each Boiler shall be equipped with two terminal strips for electrical
connections as follows:
a.
A low voltage connection board with 46 connection points for
safety and operating controls, i.e., Alarm Contacts, Runtime
Contacts, Louver Proving Switch, Tank Thermostat, Domestic Hot
Water Building Recirculation Pump Contacts, Domestic Hot Water
Building Recirculation Temperature Sensor Contacts, Remote
Enable/Disable, System Supply Temperature Sensor, Outdoor
Temperature Sensor, Tank Temperature Sensor, Modbus Building
Management System Signal and Cascade Control Circuit.
b.
A high voltage terminal strip shall be provided for Supply voltage.
Supply voltage shall be 120 volt / 60 hertz / single phase on all
models. The high voltage terminal strip plus integral relays are
provided for independent pump control of the System pump, the
Boiler pump and the Domestic Hot Water pump.
VENTING KITS
1.
Listed Special Gas Vents: All products furnished under this Section shall
conform to the requirements of The National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI
Z223.1 / NFPA-54 where applicable and shall comply with and be listed
to UL 1738, the U.S. Standard for Venting Systems for Gas –Burning
Appliances, Category II, III and IV and ULC-S636-95, the Canadian
Standard for Type BH gas vent systems. Components coming in direct
contact with products of combustion shall carry the appropriate UL or
ULC.
2.
Combustion-Air Intake: The air inlet pipe shall be CPVC sealed pipe.
3.
Approved Vent: AL29-4C vent materials as provided by Z-Flex Z-Vent;
Heat Fab Saf-T Vent; Dura Vent FasNSeal Vent; or Polypropylene vent as
provided by Centrotherm Innoflue SW; Dura Vent Polypro.
15600 - 37
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
2.11
2.12
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
BOILER BREECHING STACK AND FLUE – PREFABRICATED:
A.
Provide round air or fill insulated to limit skin temperature to 140 deg. F,
prefabricated double-wall duct breeching for boilers and other mechanical
equipment that burn gas or oil, by Ampco, Van Packer, Metal Fab, Schebler or
Metalbestos.
B.
This contractor shall coordinate with the plumbing subcontractor, to ensure that if
a water heater using forced draft venting is submitted, a stack designed for
positive pressure will also be submitted. Do not submit Type B gas vents for
water heaters.
C.
Breeching shall be 304 stainless steel outer jacket where exposed to the weather,
galvanized where not exposed. Internal pipe shall be 304 stainless steel. Provide
stack with integral spacers or insulation. For condensing boilers, use 294C
stainless steel internal pipe or material recommended by the boiler manufacturer.
D.
Provide fire stop fittings at wall and ceiling penetrations.
E.
Joints shall be vapor-tight with locking groove slip joints with locking tabs and
bands.
F.
Provide high temperature expansion fittings between flue and structural
penetrations.
G.
Provide aluminized water-tight insulated thimble, exit cone, rain collar and
supporting hardware, including guys and bands.
CHEMICAL TREATMENT - WATER SYSTEMS:
A.
Provide treatment systems and service for primary water systems. Do not operate
systems without water treatment. Water treatment chemicals shall be by Barclay,
Dearborn, Olin or Mogul. Pump and chemical drums shall be by the
manufacturers of the chemicals or Liquid Metronics. Dearborn and Liquid
Metronics model numbers are used to establish standards of quality.
B.
Provide piping necessary for complete systems.
C.
Water treatment shall include feeding devices necessary to feed chemical solution
into piping system and bring chemical properties of water to within
manufacturer's recommended operating limits, in order to minimize corrosion and
reduce build-up of slime or other contaminants.
D.
Closed loop systems shall have water treatment consisting of Dearborn Model
Type AV By-Pass Shot Feeder, to feed chemical solution into each piping system.
15600 - 38
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Provide five gallon bypass feeder for systems equal to or less than 1,000 gpm of
system flow. Provide ten gallon bypass feeder for systems over 1,000 gpm of
system flow. Chemicals shall be Dearborn B-524 (Nitride Corrosion Inhibitor) to
maintain control limits at 800-1000 parts per million of sodium nitrite.
2.13
E.
Flush and clean all systems with Dearborn BC-45 cleaner after completion of
installation. After cleaning, add Dearborn B-524 nitrite inhibitor to closed loop
systems, to control nitrite strength to 800-1,000 ppm maximum. Submit written
report indicating that systems have been thoroughly cleaned and charged with
corrosion inhibitor.
F.
Effluent from HVAC system discharged to sewer shall meet requirements of
applicable local, state and national water quality standards.
G.
One year service shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
1.
Delivery and maintenance of water treatment chemicals for one year.
2.
Collection and analysis of samples of circulating water every thirty days
for one year, and adjustments to the rate of chemical feed to suit each
system.
3.
Inspection and maintenance chemical feeding devices for one year.
Inspection and maintenance should be performed at minimum intervals of
every thirty days.
4.
Water tests according to project requirements.
PRESSURE GAUGES, THERMOMETERS AND TEST PLUGS:
A.
B.
Provide bronze Bourdon tube pressure gauges where shown on Drawings and
where specified, by U.S. Gauge, Trerice, or Weksler, accurate to +1%.
1.
Gauges shall have white faces with black-filled engraved lettering. Gauge
bodies shall be set in phenolic cases. Provide syphons and shut-off cocks.
2.
Gauges shall be easily accessible and easily read. Gauges readable from
floor at less than five feet shall have 4-1/2" dials. Other gauges shall have
6" dials. Gauges graduations shall meet limit requirements of normal
operation. Gauge shall indicate at mid-scale.
Provide separable well V-case thermometers by U.S. Gauge, Trerice, or Weksler
where shown on Drawings and where specified. Thermometers shall have 9"
scale and white face with black-filled engraved letters. Thermometers shall be
angular or straight stemmed, as conditions necessitate. Thermometer wells shall
15600 - 39
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
be bronze and shall be installed so as to ensure minimum restriction of water flow
in pipe.
C.
1.
Provide thermometer ahead of and beyond cooling coils, chillers and
where shown on Drawings. Thermometers shall have scale range of 0
-120 deg. F with 2 scale division.
2.
Provide thermometer in condenser water system at each chiller, cooling
tower and where shown on the drawings. Scale range shall be 20 –180
deg. F with 2 scale division.
3.
Provide thermometer in hot water system ahead of and beyond each boiler,
coil and where shown on the drawings. Scale range shall be 30 –300 deg.
F with 2 scale division.
4.
Provide additional thermometers where shown on Drawings.
Combination Temperature Pressure Test Plugs
1.
Provide, where shown on details, combination pressure temperature test
plugs by Peterson Equipment Company "Petes Plug" or Sisco, Inc. "P/T
Plugs".
2.
Plug shall be 1/4" or 1/2" NPT, constructed of solid brass with a Nordel
valve core suitable for temperatures up to 350 F. Plug shall be rated zero
leakage from vacuum to 1000 psig.
3.
Provide extension fitting for each plug suitable for use with 2" maximum
pipe insulation.
4.
Provide gauge test kit consisting of the following items:
a.
(2) 3-1/2" dial face gauges 0-100 psi and 0-231 feet.
b.
(2) Gauge adapters with 1/8" O.D. probe.
c.
(2) 5" stem pocket testing thermometers ranges 25-125 F; 0-220 F.
d.
(1) Carrying case.
e.
(2) 4' length of flexible hose with adapters.
15600 - 40
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
2.14
2.15
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
FILTER, MEDIUM EFFICIENCY, THROW AWAY TYPE:
A.
Do not operate systems without design filters. Provide a new set of filters before
the balancing is performed.
B.
Filters shall be Farr or AAF, as scheduled on Drawings. Filters shall be listed by
Underwriters Laboratories, Class 2, and rated at an average efficiency of 25-30%
per ASHRAE 52-76.
C.
Filter media shall be bonded to an enclosed beverage board frame. The media
shall be of non-woven cotton, which is laminated to a welded wire grid, and have
an average efficiency of 25-30% by ASHRAE test standard 52-76. Filter area
shall be not less than 11 pleats per lineal foot for 4" thick or 15 pleats per lineal
foot for 2" thick filter.
D.
Filters shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories as Class 2.
UNIT VENTILATORS (HOT WATER - HEATING ONLY):
A.
B.
General
1.
The Vertical Unit Ventilator is a floor mounted exposed unit. Units are
tested and certified with AHRI-840. The unit complies with NFPA 90A
and is ETL listed in the U.S. and Canada. Provide unit ventilators of size
and capacity indicated on Schedule.
2.
Unit shall be capable of delivering room air or outdoor air up to rated
capacity. Unit shall be capable of being set to deliver adjustable outdoor
air.
Unit shall be capable of automatically providing room air,
predetermined quantity of outdoor air or up to rated capacity of outdoor
air, as required by thermal needs of room.
Cabinet and Chassis
1.
Unit chassis shall be 3/16" to 18 gauge, die-formed steel all-welded. All
welded assemblies and fabricated parts shall receive 5-stage phosphatizing
treatment and internal components shall be dipped full depth in prime coat
enamel prior to baking. All exposed edges will be rounded to safeguard
against injury Unit shall have inner casing so that removal of front
panel(s) shall not affect unit operation. The control compartment shall be
accessible without removing the entire front panel.
2.
Provide leveling adjustment screws.
15600 - 41
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
C.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
3.
Piping and control end pockets will be a minimum of 12" wide to
facilitate piping, auxiliary drain pan, and service access. If standard end
pocket is less than 12" wide, an extended cabinet will be provided.
4.
Unit discharge grille shall be continuous fabricated steel constructed of
round edged steel bars to provide vertical and horizontal deflection and
finished to match top surface.
5.
Unit top shall have alignment pins to ensure correct alignment with
matching cabinets. Finish color of unit front and end panels shall be beige.
6.
Provide dynamic air barrier back.
7.
Provide filler where gaps greater than 3/16” exist between the new unit
ventilators and the existing cabinetry.
Fans and Motor
1.
Unit shall be of blow-through modular fan construction. Fan housings
shall be constructed for reduced sound level. Fans and housings shall be
steel.
2.
Fans shall be on suction air side of coil, mounted on a steel shaft with full
size sleeve-type end bearing. Shaft shall be connected to multi-speed,
motor in unit end compartment out of unit air stream. Motor and fan
rotating element shall be isolated from unit with neoprene rubber mounts.
Motors on ceiling models shall be permanently lubricated, ball-bearing.
3.
Fan and motor hall be a continuous single assembly. Motor shall be
Electronically Commutate motors (ECM). Motors shall be brushless DC
(BLDC)/electronically commutated motors (ECM) factory programmed
and run tested in assembled units. The motor controller is mounted in a
touch safe control box with a built in integrated user interface and LED
tachometer. If adjustments are needed, motor parameters can be adjusted
through momentary contact switches accessible without factory service
personnel on the motor control board. Motors will soft ramp between
speeds to lessen the acoustics due to sudden speed changes. Motors can be
operated at three speeds or with a field supplied variable speed controller.
The motor will choose the highest speed if there are
simultaneous/conflicting speed requests. All motors have integral thermal
overload protection with a maximum ambient operating temperature of
104.0 F and are permanently lubricated. Motors are capable of starting at
50 percent of rated voltage and operating at 90 percent of rated voltage on
all speed settings. Motors can operate up to 10 percent over voltage.
15600 - 42
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
4.
D.
Provide spare fan and motor board assembly for each size and type.
Dampers
1.
E.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Provide each unit ventilator will come equipped with a single blade,
linkage free damper construction. The linkage free design will result in a
fixed air seal of the damper assembly. Dampers shall pivot on
self-lubricating nylon bearings and shall be interconnected to permit use of
ASHRAE cycles of operation: I, II or III.
Coils
1.
Coils shall be designed for blow-through air flow. All hydronic heating
coils will be plate-fin type mechanically bonded to tubes. The coils will be
hydrostatically tested to 350.00 psi and burst tested to 450.00 psi. The
coils are rated in accordance with AHRI-840. A threaded drain plug will
be provided at the header's lowest point and a manual air vent provided at
its highest point.
F.
Filters: Filter shall be one-piece throw away total air, handling total volume of
unit on complete recirculation, complete outdoor air or mixture of both. Provide
1 complete set of replaceable filters for each unit ventilator at completion of the
project.
G.
Controls
1.
Units shall operate as a single zone VAV in ECM Acoustical Mode.
2.
Controls shall be factory mounted 100% native BACnet with a terminal
strip for connection to the BAS.
3.
Provide factory piping package shall include 3-wire, modulating 2-way
hot water control valve, actuator, strainer, and circuit setter.
4.
The united mounted fan speed switch will employ a low voltage fan
switch. The low voltage fan speed option will provide an interface to
factory wiring including variable speed/high-medium-low (HML) control.
The control box contains a line voltage to 24 volt transformer, EC motor
controller and an optional disconnect switch.
5.
Unit shall have electric damper actuator which positions the outside
air/room air damper.
15600 - 43
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
H.
2.16
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
6.
Actuator shall respond to demands of solid state thermostat which sense
room air. Solid state sensor shall be located within sampling chamber in
unit.
7.
Unit-mounted discharge sensor shall be included to prevent discharge air
temperature from becoming too low.
8.
Minimum outside air percentage shall be adjustable based on occupancy,
mode of operation and the relationship between outdoor air temperature,
discharge air temperature (DAT) and DAT setpoint.
9.
Night (unoccupied) setback shall be accomplished manually by thermostat
installed in remote location.
10.
Remote thermostat's function shall be to energize or de-energize 120 volt
control circuit which operates unit mounted relay provided by
manufacturer in each unit control box. 120 V control circuit shall be
de-energized by time clock during unoccupied periods and energized
during occupied periods.
11.
Units shall provide convective heat during unoccupied period. When
convective heat is insufficient, night thermostat shall turn on fan motor.
12.
No outside air shall be admitted during unoccupied cycle.
13.
Control box shall have lockable or tamper-proof cover.
Unit shall be by AAF, MSI or Trane.
CABINET HEATERS - HOT WATER:
A.
Provide hot water cabinet heaters where shown on Drawings and on schedules.
Cabinet heaters shall be factory assembled for field installation. Cabinets shall be
18 gauge steel with corrosion resistant finish. Color selection shall be by
Engineer from standard color pallet.
B.
Coils shall have seamless copper serpentine tubes and aluminum or copper fins
bonded to tubes. Coils shall be tested at 200 psig air pressure without leaks.
C.
Provide cabinet heaters with tamper-proof front panel screws and key latches.
D.
Filters shall be disposable.
E.
Provide factory-mounted disconnect switch.
15600 - 44
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
F.
2.17
Cabinet heaters shall be by Sterling, Trane, McQuay, AAF, Airtherm, or Beacon
Morris.
UNIT HEATERS - HOT WATER:
A.
2.18
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Provide hot water unit heaters of horizontal discharge as shown on Drawings and
on schedules.
1.
Casings shall be heavy gauge steel with welded seams and shall have
threaded connections for vertical hanger rods.
2.
Horizontal heaters shall have adjustable steel discharge louvers.
3.
Electric motor shall have integral overload protection and shall be
mounted away from coil and heated air stream.
4.
Fan blades shall be aluminum or steel, statically and dynamically balanced
at factory.
5.
Coil shall have seamless copper serpentine tubes and aluminum or
soldered copper fins bonded to tubes. Coils shall be tested at 300 psig air
pressure without leaks.
B.
Hangers and supports shall incorporate vibration and noise isolators. Motor and
fan shall be separated from heater by resilient vibration isolators.
OSHA-approved fan guards shall be provided on heaters.
C.
Unit heaters shall be factory assembled for field installation, by Sterling, Trane,
Air-therm, Beacon Morris, Buffalo or AAF.
CONVECTORS - FIN TUBE:
A.
Provide free standing hot water convectors with sloping top of type as scheduled
on Drawings, by American Air Filter, Trane, Standard, Sterling, TRT, or Dunham
Bush.
B.
Heating element shall consist of 1/2" O.D. round seamless copper tubes expanded
into aluminum fins with 1-1/4" seamless steel headers. Provide flanged collars to
space equally. Tubes shall be brazed to header with silver solder. Fin and tube
assembly shall be encased in steel frame with stiffeners.
C.
Cabinets shall be suitably braced and reinforced 18 gauge steel with heating
element supports that provide for adjustment up to 1" in either direction as
15600 - 45
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
required by piping arrangement. Cabinet shall be phosphatized with factory
baked finish; color and type shall be selected by Architect. Grilles shall be die
formed with pencil proof louvers.
D.
2.19
Provide tamper proof key knob on damper and two flush-mounted access doors
on each unit.
FANS - ROOF EXHAUST:
A.
Provide dome direct-drive fans that are certified to bear the AMCA seal, with:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
2.20
B.
Motors shall be ECM and have speed controller in junction boxes for balancing.
C.
Fans shall be by Greenheck, Penn, Cook, ACME, ILG, or Peerless.
VIBRATION ISOLATION (NON-SEISMIC AND SEISMIC):
A.
2.21
Motorized isolation dampers.
Bird screen.
Spun aluminum housing.
Disconnect switch.
Inlet venturi orifice.
Vibration isolation.
Permanently-lubricated ball bearings.
Enclosed, fan-cooled motor.
Junction box.
Provide Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints as specified under Section
15000.
ACCESS PANELS – (WALL AND CEILING MOUNTED):
A.
Furnish access panels as specified in Section 15050 for access to mechanical
equipment as required. Access panels shall be installed under other sections.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
REFERENCE:
A.
Refer to Section 15050.
15600 - 46
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.2
SPECIAL RESPONSIBILITIES:
A.
Cooperate and coordinate with work of other Sections in executing work of this
Section.
B.
Gypsum Drywall Enclosures:
1.
Coordinate and supervise construction of drywall and related work
affecting work of this Section.
2.
Work shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
3.
3.3
3.4
a.
Supply and return air duct enclosures on air handling equipment.
b.
Supply air plenums located above rooms.
c.
Return air shafts.
Ensure tightness of plenums and chases used as part of air distribution
system. System will not be accepted until proved tight, without leakage.
Notify Architect in writing after system test for leakage, if construction
and finish of plenums and ducts are not satisfactory.
TAGS AND VALVE TAG CHARTS:
A.
Provide valve tags as required under Section 15050.
B.
Provide valve tag charts as required under section 15050.
PIPE AND DUCT IDENTIFICATION:
A.
3.5
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Pipe and duct identification shall be provided as specified in section 15050.
BOILER ERECTION AND CLEANING - HOT WATER:
A.
Boiler Pumps shall be installed with manufacturer's recommendations, Contract
Drawings, and reviewed submittals.
B.
Pumps shall be installed so as to ensure easy accessibility for service or removal
and replacement of all components such as, but not limited to, impellers, motors,
drive couplings, bearings, strainers, other pump appurtenances, isolators, and flex
connections
15600 - 47
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.6
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
C.
Install circulator, including all valves, strainer and accessories on each boiler as
may be required.
D.
The Contractor shall properly protect all equipment to prevent damage from
water, dirt, etc. Protection shall include temporary plastic wrap to keep equipment
in original factory condition.
E.
Install in accordance with NFPA 54 and NFPA 58.
F.
Provide connections to the natural gas service connection in accordance with
NFPA 54, AGA Z223.1 and NFPA 58. Pipe all gas train vents to the outdoors in
accordance with all local and State codes. Connect gas piping to boiler gas-train
inlet with union. Piping shall be at least full size of gas train connection. Provide a
reducer if required.
G.
Provide hydronic piping connections, valves, fittings and accessories as indicated.
H.
CAT IV boilers require special gas venting. Use only the vent materials, listed
manufacturers, and methods specified within the Boiler manufacturer’s
Installation and Operation Manual.
I.
Connect each Cat-IV direct-vent appliance’s flue outlet with a continuous boiler
manufacturer approved vent system to the vent termination outside the building,
full size of boiler outlet. The vertical vent shall be routed through the designated
chase. All system components shall be listed to UL or ULC standard and
supplied from the same manufacturer. Maximum exposure of CAT IV vent pipe
shall be limited to not more than 60” Ins. exposure to outdoor environment.
J.
Pipe water relief valves to nearest floor drain.
K.
Provide complete electrical connections to all boilers.
L.
Install electrical devices furnished with boiler but not specified to be factory
mounted.
M.
Install control wiring to field-mounted electrical devices.
N.
Pipe condensing boiler condensate connections to condensate neutralization tank.
Neutralization tank shall be piped to the nearest floor drain.
BURNER LIGHTOFF, ADJUSTMENT AND PRESSURE TEST:
A.
Provide services of factory-trained burner service technician to perform lightoff,
adjustment and control checkout in presence of Gas Inspector and gas company
representative. Instruct Owner's personnel in boiler/burner operation.
15600 - 48
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
B.
Burner lightoff and adjustment shall include combustion efficiency tests using
batch or electronic analyzing apparatus, in presence of the Owner’s
Representative.
C.
Test data shall include:
D.
E.
1.
Burner input and proper rate.
2.
Control operating tests including adjustment and check out of limits,
switches, operating controls, interlocks, low water cutoff devices and
alarms, gas valves, pressure regulators, scanners and combustion controls.
3.
Purging boiler and pilot operation tests; tests for venting.
4.
Percent CO2 in flue gas.
5.
Gross and net stack temperatures. Presence of CO (if any) and adjustment
to reduce as necessary.
6.
Steady-state combustion efficiency; burner adjustments to provide
optimum efficiency. Setting and adjustment of pressure overfire at slide
damper, to manufacturer's specifications.
Pressure Tests
1.
Subject pressure parts to hydrostatic test of 125 psi at factory. Field tests
shall be limited to no more than maximum intended working pressure.
2.
Furnish equipment, piping, labor, staging, fittings, valves, hoses and other
material required to perform hydrostatic tests as directed.
3.
Perform hydrostatic test of at least 40 psig for 5 hours. Tests shall be of
duration necessary to satisfy Architect and Boiler Inspector that boiler has
been erected correctly with no leaks.
4.
Provide glass front frame in boiler room for Certificate of Inspection.
Installing Contractor shall supervise all phases of Boiler installation, pressure
testing, startup, and training of operating personnel. Installing Contractor shall
also provide all installation verification inspections, system functional and safety
operational tests, and heating system capacity verification tests. Hydrostatic test.
Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist.
15600 - 49
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
F.
Installing Contractor shall include, as part of his Contract, all charges and costs
for Boiler testing, start-up, checkout, adjusting, field and State inspections,
including service contracts for systems and equipment as here-in-after specified.
Provide signed documentation to the Awarding Authority for completion of
specified procedures.
G.
The Boiler manufacturer’s Representative shall provide the initial start-up, final
adjusting and testing of the Boiler and controls in the presence of the Consulting
Engineer, ATC/DDC start up representative and the Owners operating personnel.
State Gas inspector, and gas company representative shall also be in attendance as
may be required by 248 CMR 7.00. Boiler manufacturer’s representative shall
also provide training on the Boilers and Controls and in boiler care and
maintenance to Owners Operating Personnel.
H.
Initial start-up, testing and adjustment shall comply with all applicable Local and
State Regulations and requirements. Start up and final adjustment shall be in
accordance with the Boiler manufacturer’s start-up instructions. Test and adjust
Boiler for maximum efficiency. Test and adjust combustion controls, and boiler
controls for proper operation and maximum system efficiency. Check and adjust
initial operating set points and high and low limit safety set points of fuel supply,
water level and water temperature. Set field-adjustable switches and circuitbreaker trip ranges as indicated. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and
equipment in accordance with the manufacturer’s warranty requirements.
I.
Purging of the Boilers, and all required tests for proper venting. Startup
technician shall determine the presence and proper function of draft interlock
switches or spill switches as may be required by Code and in accordance with the
Plumbing Engineers design.
J.
At time and date of original start up, provide instruction to the Owners operating
personnel in the procedures to resolve a “Lockout” condition. At this time,
operating personnel shall also be instructed in the operation and routine
management of the Burner and safety controls. The Owner shall arrange to have
personnel who require training to be present during the original lightoff. In
addition, manufacturer’s representative shall provide a training session for the
Owners operating personnel at a later date prior to Owners Final Acceptance.
Installing Contractor to coordinate time and date of additional training.
K.
Boiler combustion shall be tested and adjusted utilizing electronic combustion
instruments to verify that the boiler is operating within acceptable tolerances of
the factory fire test report, with a print-out copy submitted to the Engineer. A
written report of the start-up, including the factors of the factory fire test, and the
factors of the start-up, shall also be furnished to the Engineer.
15600 - 50
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.7
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
L.
Final acceptance of the Heating system installed within this scope of work shall
be contingent on passing a satisfactory system pressure test, mechanical
performance test and heating function test to determine that the system will
perform according to the contract requirements. The above tests shall be
witnessed by the Engineer and the Owner at his option and acceptance will only
be granted in writing by the Owner after receipt of certification from the Engineer
that the design criteria have been met.
M.
Installing Contractor shall guarantee the entire installation for a period of One (1)
Year from the date of Owner Acceptance and beneficial usage by the Owner and
Date of Final Payment. Installing contractor shall, upon completion of the
installation, make available to the Owner an annual service agreement covering
all labor and material required to efficiently maintain the boilers for first year of
operation.
EQUIPMENT TESTING:
A.
B.
No tests shall be started until systems have been cleaned. Provide temporary
piping and connections for testing, flushing or draining systems to be tested. If
leaks develop, repairs shall be made and tests repeated. Tests shall be continued
until systems operate without adjustments and repair to equipment or piping.
Tests are further specified under other paragraphs of this Section. Test
requirement specifically includes, but is not limited to, the following:
1.
Pumps
2.
Boilers
Circulating Water Pumps and Fans
1.
Take field measurements on vibration and alignment of pumps, chillers
and fans driven by motors over 10 hp. Readings shall include:
a.
Shaft alignment
b.
Equipment vibration
c.
Bearing housing vibration
d.
Foundation vibration
e.
Building structure vibration
f.
Readings directed by Architect
15600 - 51
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
g.
C.
Maximum vibration at any point listed shall not exceed 2 mils.
When testing is complete fill in the following checklist certifying satisfactory
completion of testing. Make multiple copies of checklist as required, edit out
items which are not appropriate.
Equipment and Piping Testing Checklist
Test Item
Date Confirmed
Manufacturer’s
General
Contractor’s
Representative Name and Representative Name and
Signature
Signature
Burner/Lightoff
Adjustment
Vibration and
Alignment
Pumps
Chillers
Fans
Refrigeration
System
Leak Tests
Hydrostatic Tests of
Piping
3.8
PIPING SYSTEM TESTING:
A.
No test shall be started until systems have been cleaned. Provide temporary
piping and connections for cleaning, testing, flushing or draining systems. If
leaks develop, repairs shall be made and tests repeated. Tests shall be continued
until systems operate without adjustments and repair to piping.
B.
Cleaning
1.
Prior to assembly of pipe and piping components, all loose dirt, scale, oil
and other foreign matter on internal or external surfaces shall be removed
by means consistent with good piping practice. Chips and burrs from
machinery or thread cutting operations shall be blown out of pipe before
assembly. Cutting oil shall be wiped from internal and external surfaces.
2.
During fabrication and assembly, slag and weld spatter shall be removed
from both internal and external pipe joints.
3.
Legally dispose of cleaning and flushing fluids.
15600 - 52
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
C.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
4.
Notify the Architect prior to starting any post-erection cleaning operation
in sufficient time to allow witnessing the operation.
5.
Prior to blowing or flushing erected piping systems, disconnect all
instruments and equipment, open wide all valves and be certain all
disposable fine mesh screens are in place in strainers and pump suction
diffusers.
6.
Clean all systems with Dearborn BC-45 cleaner or equal.
manufacturer’s instructions.
7.
Flush pipe and components with clean water after cleaning until all
discharge from system is clean. Maintain minimum velocities of 5 feet
per second at all points. Flow shall be in same direction as when system is
in normal operation. Discharge shall be from low points of lines, ends of
headers and as otherwise required to flush entire system. Bypass coils
during flushing operation.
8.
After cleaning and flushing piping system, but before balancing, remove
disposable fine mesh screens in strainers and pump suction diffusers.
9.
Chemical Treatment: Provide a water analysis prepared by the chemical
treatment supplier to determine the type and level of chemicals required
for prevention of scale and corrosion. Perform initial treatment after
completion of system cleaning and testing.
Follow
Hydrostatic Testing of Piping
1.
Preparation for testing: Prepare hydronic piping in accordance with
ASME B 31.9 and as follows:
a.
Leave joints including welds uninsulated and exposed for
examination during the test.
b.
Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints which cannot
sustain the reactions due to test pressure. If temporary restraints
are not practical, isolate expansion joints from testing.
c.
Isolate equipment that is not to be subjected to the test pressure
from the piping. If a valve is used to isolate the equipment, its
closure shall be capable of sealing against the test pressure without
damage to the valve. Flanged joints at which blinds are inserted to
isolate equipment need not be tested.
15600 - 53
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
d.
2.
3.
Install relief valve set at a pressure no more than 1/3 higher than
the test pressure, to protect against damage by expansion of liquid
or other source of overpressure during the test.
Testing: Test hydronic piping as follows:
a.
Use ambient temperature water as the testing medium except
where there is a risk of damage due to freezing. Another liquid
may be used if it safe for workmen and compatible with the piping
system components.
b.
Use vents installed at high points in the system to release trapped
air while filling the system. Use drains installed at low points for
complete removal of that liquid.
c.
Examine system to see that equipment and parts that cannot
withstand test pressure are properly isolated. Examine test
equipment to ensure that it is tight and that low pressure filling
lines are disconnected.
d.
Subject piping system to a hydrostatic test pressure which at every
point in the system is not less than 1.5 times the design pressure.
The test pressure shall not exceed the maximum pressure for any
vessel, pump, valve or other component in the system under test.
Make a check to verify that the stress due to pressure at the bottom
of vertical runs does not exceed either 90 percent of specified
minimum yield strength or 1.7 times the “SE” value in Appendix A
of ASME B31.9, Code for Pressure Piping, Building Services
Piping.
e.
After the hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10
minutes, examine piping, joints and connections for leakage.
Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing components
as appropriate, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks.
Fill and Startup
a.
Fill system and perform initial chemical treatment. Initial fill of
system shall be with chemically treated water. For system using
glycol, fill system with specified glycol mixture.
b.
Check expansion tanks to determine that they are not air bound and
that the system is completely full.
c.
Before operating the system, perform the following steps:
15600 - 54
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
4.
Maintain records of each system or section of system tested. Test reports
shall include, but are not necessarily limited to the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
3.9
Open valves to full open position. Close coil bypass valve.
Remove and clean strainers.
Check pump for proper rotation, correct improper wiring if
required.
Set automatic fill valves for required system pressure.
Check air vents at high points of systems and determine if
all are installed and operating freely (automatic type) or to
bleed air completely (manual type).
Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full
flow.
Check operation of automatic bypass valves.
Check and set operating temperatures of boilers, chillers
and cooling towers to design requirements.
Lubricate motors and bearings.
Identification of piping system or section tested.
Data of test and date.
Testing medium, test equipment description (sketch if necessary)
and method of description of test procedure.
Test pressure, duration of test, and recorded pressure drop.
OEM CONTROLS INTEGRATION:
A.
The contractor shall ensure that original equipment manufacturer’s (OEM),
providing equipment with integral controllers (DDC, electric, electronic or
pneumatic), shall coordinate with the Building Controls System (BCS) contractor
to ensure complete integration of the OEM controls with the BCS. Provision of
any gateways, wiring, etc., shall be by the BCS contractor.
B.
The mechanical contractor shall refer to the Building Controls Systems drawings
(BC1.XX through BC3.XX) to ensure the sequences required by OEM equipment
are followed.
C.
The OEM controllers shall coordinate with the BCS contractor to provide for the
following, as applicable to the device, for connection by the BCS contractor.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remote start/stop.
Remote set-point adjust.
Remote alarming.
Remote status.
15600 - 55
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
5.
3.10
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Remote monitoring of all process variables measured by the OEM
controller. In short, all information that is available on the local OEM
control panel shall be communicated to the BCS.
EQUIPMENT START UP:
A.
Start up the following pieces of equipment in strict accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions and with manufacturer’s representative present:
1.
2.
3.
B.
Boilers
Unit Ventilators
Fans
Complete the following checklist to certify to the Architect that startup of the
above pieces of equipment has successfully been accomplished. Copy multiple
checklists as required. Edit inappropriate items as required.
EQUIPMENT START UP CHECKLIST
Equipment List
Date Confirmed
Manufacturer’s
General Contractor’s
Representative Name Representative Name
and Signature
and Signature
Boilers
(List Nos. Below)
Chillers
(List Nos. Below)
Cooling Towers
(List Nos. Below)
Pumps
(List Nos. Below)
Air Handlers
(List Nos. Below)
15600 - 56
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
EQUIPMENT START UP CHECKLIST
Fans
(List Nos. Below)
3.11
HVAC SYSTEMS DEMOLITION:
A.
Shut-off, disconnect, make inactive and dismantle existing HVAC systems to be
demolished and leave HVAC equipment, duct work, piping and debris on floor
for removal under Section 02070 - Selective Demolition. Disconnect existing
HVAC equipment to be demolished and identify items to be removed with orange
spray paint for removal and disposal under Section 02070 - Selective Demolition.
B.
Remove ductwork and piping back to active main and provide dampers, valves,
cap or plug to suit system. Obtain existing record drawings from Owner.
Maintain existing HVAC risers and ductwork serving outlets to remain.
C.
After walls and ceilings are removed and duct work and piping are exposed,
verify duct work and piping serves only HVAC systems in areas indicated for
demolition before shut-down for disconnection. Identify existing ductwork and
piping that serves systems to remain. Promptly notify Architect of active
ductwork and piping to be maintained when located in partitions to be
demolished.
D.
Dispose of environmentally sensitive materials (refrigerants, glycol etc.) as
required by the authority having jurisdiction.
END OF SECTION
O:\Burlington MA\2140692 - Mt Hope HVAC\Specifications\Ready For Final Format\15600 HVAC.doc
15600 - 57
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
SECTION 15900
BUILDING CONTROLS SYSTEM (BCS)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY:
A.
The work of this section is governed by the General Conditions, Supplementary
Conditions, Sections in Division 1 and section 15050 of the Project Manual.
B.
Perform work and provide materials and equipment as shown on the drawings and
as specified or indicated in this section of the specifications. Completely
coordinate work of this section with work of other trades and provide complete and
fully functional systems installation.
C.
Related work specified in other sections includes, but is not necessarily limited to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.2
QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDER:
A.
All bidders must be qualified control system contractors and must have been in the
business of installing the specified system type for at least five (5) years.
B.
All bidders must have installed and completed at least ten (10) Control System
projects of similar design using the same equipment as specified.
C.
All bidders must have a service office within 50 miles of the site.
D.
E.
All bidders must be an authorized distributor of the host system manufacturer.
All bidders must have capabilities of performing component level repairs on DDC
systems.
All bidders must have a minimum of two persons dedicated to program code
generation for this project. These personnel must be located in the local service
office.
F.
1.3
Section 15050 – Basic Mechanical and Electrical Requirements.
Section 15600 – Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning.
Section 15990 – Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing
Division 16 – Electrical.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. Furnish a totally native BACnet-based system, including a Microsoft Vista compatible
operator’s workstation. The operator’s workstation, all building controllers, application
15900 - 1
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
controllers, and all input/output devices shall communicate using the protocols and
network standards as defined by ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135–2008, BACnet. In other
words, all workstations and controllers, including unitary controllers, shall be native
BACnet devices. No gateways shall be used for communication to controllers installed
under this section. Gateways may be used for communication to existing systems or to
systems installed under other sections.
B. Provide all necessary BACnet-compliant hardware and software to meet the system’s
functional specifications. Provide Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement
(PICS) for Windows-based control software and every controller in system, including
unitary controllers.
C. Prepare individual hardware layouts,
configuration from project design data.
interconnection
drawings,
and
software
D. Implement the detailed design for all analog and binary objects, system databases, graphic
displays, logs, and management reports based on control descriptions, logic drawings,
configuration data, and bid documents.
E. Design, provide, and install all equipment cabinets, panels, data communication network
cables needed, and all associated hardware.
F. Provide and install all interconnecting cables between supplied cabinets, application
controllers, and input/output devices.
G. Provide and install all interconnecting cables between all operator’s terminals and
peripheral devices (such as printers, etc.) supplied under this section.
H. Provide complete manufacturer’s specifications for all items that are supplied. Include
vendor name of every item supplied.
I. Provide supervisory specialists and technicians at the job site to assist in all phases of
system installation, startup, and commissioning.
J. Provide a comprehensive operator and technician training program as described herein.
K. Provide as-built documentation, operator’s terminal software, diagrams, and all other
associated project operational documentation (such as technical manuals) on approved
media, the sum total of which accurately represents the final system.
L. Provide new sensors, dampers, valves, and install only new electronic actuators. No used
components shall be used as any part or piece of installed system.
M. The system of controls includes, but is not limited to, the following equipment and
systems:
1.
Unit Ventilators
15900 - 2
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
1.4
Public Works Construction
2.
Boiler room integration and controls
3.
Rooftop Exhaust Fans
4.
Monitoring, alarming and control of original equipment manufacturers
package controllers such as boilers and unit ventilators.
5.
Power wiring for control equipment including panels, dampers, filters,
actuators and other control equipment specified under ATC shall be by this
Section.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION:
A. Distributed logic control system complete with all software and hardware functions shall
be provided and installed. System shall be completely based on ANSI/ASHRAE Standard
135-2008, BACnet and achieved listing under the BACnet Testing Laboratories BACnet Advanced Workstation Software (B-AWS). This system is to control all mechanical
equipment, including all unitary equipment such as VAV boxes, heat pumps, fan-coils,
AC units, etc., and all air handlers, boilers, chillers, and any other listed equipment using
native BACnet-compliant components. Non-BACnet-compliant or proprietary equipment
or systems (including gateways) shall not be acceptable and are specifically prohibited.
B. Operator’s workstation software shall use Microsoft Windows XP Professional,
Microsoft Vista “Ultimate Enterprise” editions, or Microsoft Windows 7 as the computer
operating system. The Energy Management and Control System (EMCS) application
program shall be written to communicate specifically utilizing BACnet protocols.
Software functions delivered on this project shall include password protection, scheduling
(including optimum start), alarming, logging of historical data, full graphics including
animation, after-hours billing program, demand limiting, and a full suite of field
engineering tools including graphical programming and applications. Systems using
operating systems other than that described above are strictly prohibited. All software
required to program application specific controllers and all field level devices and
controllers will be left with the owner. All software passwords required to program and
make future changes to the system will also become the property of the owner. All
software required to make any program changes anywhere in the system, along with
scheduling and trending applications, will be left with the owner. All software passwords
required to program and make future changes to schedules, trends and related program
changes will also become the property of the owner. All software required for all field
engineering tools including graphical programming and applications will be left with the
owner. All software passwords required to program and make future changes to field
engineering tools, including graphical programming and applications will be left with the
owner.
C. Building controllers shall include complete energy management software, including
15900 - 3
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
scheduling building control strategies with optimum start and logging routines. All energy
management software and firmware shall be resident in field hardware and shall not be
dependent on the operator’s terminal. Operator’s terminal software is to be used for
access to field-based energy management functions only. Provide zone-by-zone direct
digital logic control of space temperature, scheduling, runtime accumulation, equipment
alarm reporting, and override timers for after-hours usage.
D. Room sensors shall be provided with digital readout that allow the user to view room
temperature, view outside air temperature, adjust the room setpoint within preset limits
and set desired override time. User shall also be able to start and stop unit from the digital
sensor. Include all necessary wiring and firmware such that room sensor includes field
service mode. Field service mode shall allow a technician to balance VAV zones and
access any parameter in zone controller directly from the room sensor. Field service mode
shall have the ability to be locked out.
E. All application controllers for every terminal unit (VAV, HP, UV, etc.) air handler, all
central plant equipment, and any other piece of controlled equipment shall be fully
programmable. Application controllers shall be mounted next to controlled equipment
and communicate with building controller through BACnet LAN.
1.5
1.6
APPROVED MANUFACTURERS:
A.
The base bid shall be the Niagara system from Alerton. Other manufacturers may
bid based upon meeting all requirements of the specification.
B.
Approved Control Manufacturers: Alerton (Automated Building Systems or equal)
COORDINATED WORK:
A.
The Contractor shall cooperate with others performing work on this project as necessary to
achieve a complete and neat installation. Consult the drawings and specifications of all
trades to determine the nature and extent of others' work.
B.
It will be the duty of the Contractor to work in cooperation with the Owner’s
Representative, and with other Contractors and Employees, rendering assistance
and arranging his work so that the entire project will be delivered in the best
possible condition and in the shortest time.
C.
The Contractor and Manufacturers supplying equipment with packaged controls
(boilers, and unit ventilatores) shall coordinate with each other to develop program
code to interface all packaged controllers to the BCS to perform all monitoring,
alarming and/or control required by the drawings and specifications. It shall be
incumbent upon this Contractor to ensure such coordination occurs.
15900 - 4
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
1.7
Public Works Construction
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
The Building Automation System (BAS) system shall be designed, installed,
commissioned, and serviced by manufacturer authorized and trained personnel.
System provider shall have an in-place support facility within 2 hours response
time of the site with technical staff, spare parts inventory, and necessary test and
diagnostic equipment.
The contractor shall provide full-time, on-site, experienced project manager for this
work, responsible for direct supervision of the design, installation, start-up and
commissioning of the BAS system.
The Bidder shall be regularly engaged in the design, installation and maintenance of
BAS systems and shall have demonstrated technical expertise and experience in the
design, installation and maintenance of BAS systems similar in size and complexity
to this project. Bidders shall provide a list of at least 10 projects, similar in size and
scope to this project completed within the past 3 years.
B.
Materials and equipment shall be manufacturer's latest standard design that
complies with the specification requirements.
C.
All BAS peer-to-peer network controllers, central system controllers and local user
displays shall be UL Listed under Standard UL 916, category PAZX.
D.
All electronic equipment shall conform to the requirements of FCC Regulation,
Part 15, Governing Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Interference and be so
labeled.
E.
Control system shall be engineered, programmed and supported completely by
representative’s local office that must be within 50 miles of project site.
F.
Installer's Qualifications: Firms specializing and experienced in the specified style
of control systems installations for not less than 5 years.
G.
Codes and Standards (Latest Editions):
1.
Electrical Standards: Provide electrical products, which have been tested,
listed and labeled by (UL) and comply with NEMA standards.
2.
NEMA Compliance:
Comply with NEMA standards pertaining to
components and devices for electric control systems.
15900 - 5
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.
1.8
Public Works Construction
NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A "Standard for the Installation of
Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems" where applicable to controls and
control sequences.
SUBMITTALS:
A.
Drawings
1.
The system supplier shall submit engineered drawings, control sequence, and
bill of materials for approval.
Drawings shall be submitted in the following standard sizes: 11” x 17” (ANSI
B).
Eight complete sets (copies) of submittal drawings shall be provided.
Drawings shall be available on CD-ROM.
2.
3.
4.
B.
System Documentation
Include the following in submittal package:
1.
System configuration diagrams in simplified block format.
2.
All input/output object listings and an alarm point summary listing.
3.
Electrical drawings that show all system internal and external connection
points, terminal block layouts, and terminal identification.
4.
Complete bill of materials, valve schedule and damper schedule.
5.
Manufacturer's instructions and drawings for installation, maintenance, and
operation of all purchased items.
6.
Overall system operation and maintenance instructions—including preventive
maintenance and troubleshooting instructions.
7.
For all system elements—operator’s workstation(s), building controller(s),
application controllers, routers, and repeaters—provide BACnet Protocol
Implementation Conformance Statements (PICS) as per ANSI/ASHRAE
Standard 135-2001.
8.
Provide complete description and documentation of any proprietary (nonBACnet) services and/or objects used in the system.
9.
A list of all functions available and a sample of function block programming
that shall be part of delivered system.
15900 - 6
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
C.
Public Works Construction
Project Management
1.
The vendor shall provide a detailed project design and installation schedule
with time markings and details for hardware items and software development
phases. Schedule shall show all the target dates for transmission of project
information and documents, and shall indicate timing and dates for system
installation, debugging, and commissioning.
1.9
D.
All shop drawings shall be prepared on computer aided drafting software or
equivalent. Drawing sheet size shall be 11" x 17".
E.
Shop drawings shall include a riser diagram depicting locations of all controllers
and workstations, with associated network wiring. Also included shall be
individual schematics of each mechanical system showing all connected points
with reference to their associated controller.
G.
Submittal data shall contain manufacturer's data on all products used in the project.
In addition, submittals shall contain sequences of operation, program listings, point
lists, and a complete description of the graphics, reports, alarms and configuration
to be furnished with the workstation software. Information shall be bound.
H.
Prior to ordering or fabricating equipment, submit shop drawings in accordance
with Section 15050 “Basis Mechanical and Electrical”.
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A.
1.10
Provide factory-shipping cartons for each piece of equipment, and control device.
Maintain cartons through shipping, storage and handling as required to prevent
equipment damage, and to eliminate dirt and moisture from equipment. Store
equipment and materials inside and protected from weather.
REFERENCE STANDARDS:
A.
The latest edition of the following standards and codes in effect and amended as of
supplier's proposal date, and any applicable subsections thereof, shall govern
design and selection of equipment and material supplied:
B.
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers
(ASHRAE).
C.
ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2008, BACnet.
D.
Uniform Building Code (UBC), including local amendments.
15900 - 7
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
1.11
E.
UL 916 Underwriters Laboratories Standard for Energy Management Equipment.
Canada and the US.
F.
National Electrical Code (NEC).
G.
FCC Part 15, Subpart J, Class A.
H.
EMC Directive 89/336/EEC (European CE Mark).
I.
UL-864 UUKL listing for Smoke Controls for any equipment used in smoke
control sequences.
J.
City, county, state, and federal regulations and codes in effect as of contract date.
K.
Except as otherwise indicated, the system supplier shall secure and pay for all
permits, inspections, and certifications required for his work, and arrange for
necessary approvals by the governing authorities.
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS:
A.
1.12
The Contractor shall provide operating and maintenance manuals consisting of, at a
minimum, component data sheets, maintenance and calibration procedures,
software print-outs, code documentation and point-to-point wiring diagrams.
WARRANTY:
A.
1.13
Public Works Construction
The Contractor shall provide a warranty against defects in materials or
workmanship in the BCS as described in this specification. Term of warranty is as
follows after system start-up has been completed and accepted by the Owner:
1.
Control equipment
36 Months
2.
Control sensors
60 Months
3.
All else
12 Months
AS-BUILTS:
A.
Within 28 days following project completion and testing, the Contractor shall
submit as-built drawings reflecting the exact installation of the system.
15900 - 8
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
1.14
INSPECTION:
A.
1.15
Public Works Construction
Examine areas and conditions under which control systems are to be installed. Do
not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in
manner acceptable to Installer.
INSTALLATION OF BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEMS:
A.
General: Install systems and materials in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and roughing-in drawings, and details on drawings. Install electrical
components and use electrical products complying with requirements of applicable
Division-16 sections of these specifications. Mount controllers at convenient
locations and heights.
B.
Control Wiring: The term "control wiring" is defined to include providing of wire,
conduit and miscellaneous materials as required for mounting and connecting
electric control devices.
C.
Wiring System: Install complete control wiring system for control systems.
Following manufacturer's recommendations for use of shielded cable for field
signal wiring, wire and cable separation criteria by type of point and signal level,
power supply and grounding. Wire and cable shall be run in EMT conduit except
in control rooms where wireway may be used and outdoors where rigid steel
conduit shall be used. Final connection to devices shall be made in flexible steel
sealed conduit. The length of flexible sealed steel conduit shall not exceed 3 feet.
Provide multi-conductor multi-pair instrumentation cable (bundle) in place of
single pair cable where number of conductors (pairs) can be run along common
path. Do not run conduit over equipment removal areas or under the path of
movable cranes or monorails. Coordinate conduit runs with other contractors on
coordination drawings before installation. Obtain approval for conduit drawings
prior to installation. Fasten flexible conductors bridging cabinets and doors, neatly
along hinge side, and protect against abrasion. Tie and support conductors and
cable neatly. Single pair instrumentation cable shall be 300 volt insulation No. 16
AWG shielded and twisted with half-lap aluminum mylar wrap with copper drain
wire with flame retardant jacket. Multi-pair instrumentation cable shall of the
same construction as single pair except that the minimum wire size shall be No. 20
AWG.
D.
Number code conductors with permanent wire markers and labeling system for
future identification and servicing of control system.
15900 - 9
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
1.16
1.17
Public Works Construction
E.
Reset Limit Controls: Install manual-reset limit controls to be independent of
power controllers; automatic duct heater resets may, at Contractor's option, be
installed in interlock circuit of power controllers.
F.
Unit Mounted Equipment: Where control devices provided by this Contractor are
indicated to be unit-mounted, ship relays, switches, valves, dampers, and damper
motors to unit manufacturer for mounting and wiring at factory. Coordinate all
shipping with the unit manufacturers.
TEST AND START-UP & ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A.
Start-Up: Start-up, test, and adjust control systems in presence of manufacturer's
authorized representative and the Owner’s Representative.
Demonstrate
compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
B.
Field Testing and Start-up: The Contractor shall provide the services of a qualified
service representative to check system installation and supervise the system power
up and initial check-out. All travel and living expenses shall be included in the
bid.
C.
All travel and living expenses shall be included in the bid.
INSTRUMENTATION:
A.
Instrumentation shall be in accordance with the following Codes and Standards:
1.
2.
Instrument Society of American (ISA) Standards:
a.
S5.1
b.
S75.03 Uniform Face-to-Face Dimensions for Flanged Globe Style
Control Valve Bodies.
c.
S75.04 Face-to-Face Dimensions of Flangeless Control Valves
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Publication:
a.
3.
Instrumentation Symbols and Identification
Fluid Meters, Their Theory and Application
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards:
a.
A53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and
Seamless
15900 - 10
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
4.
5.
6.
B.
Public Works Construction
b.
A213 - Seamless Ferritic and Austenitic Alloy-Steel Boiler,
Superheater, and Heat-Exchanger Tubes.
c.
B88 - Seamless Copper Water Tube
d.
B280 - Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
Field Service
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Standards:
a.
ICS1 - General Standards for Industrial Control and Systems
b.
250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 volts maximum).
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards:
a.
No. 70 - National Electrical Code
b.
No. 92A – Smoke Control.
c.
No. 90A – Air Conditioning Systems.
Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
a.
UL50 - Electrical Cabinets and Boxes
b.
UL916 – Energy Management System.
c.
UL854 – Smoke Control System.
Instrumentation
1.
C.
Requirements for instrumentation to be furnished are contained in other
sections of this division
Installation-General Requirements
1.
Install gages and thermometers where indicated on Drawings or called for in
specifications.
2.
The Contractor shall be responsible for installation, connections (Including
mounting accessories) and testing of all instruments.
15900 - 11
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
3.
All field mounted instruments shall be mounted in accessible locations, 4 feet
6 inches above the floor or platform, unless instrument design requires
mounting on process piping, ductwork or equipment, or unless otherwise
shown.
4.
All instruments and accessories shall be firmly secured to building walls,
ceilings, or platforms using fasteners designed specifically for the purpose for
which they are being used.
Installation-Primary Impulse Piping
1.
The Contractor shall provide instrument piping and tubing, fittings, valves,
calibration manifolds, plugs and bleed valves on the root valves and
accessories for each instrument. The Contractor shall locate instrument
connections on the piping in accordance with the flow diagrams. Locally
mounted pressure gauges and thermometers shall be installed so that the plant
operations personnel without the use of ladders can easily read the instrument.
Gauge glasses shall be installed so that they are offset from the vessel with
clearance from insulation with easy access to be read by the plant operations
personnel.
2.
Pipe and tubing shall be routed in a manner to prevent stress failure due to
vibration, thermal expansion or any other movement to be expected during
normal operation. Refer to Division 15 Vibration Isolation for required spring
hangers and flexible piping connectors.
3.
Piping systems extend from the process connections (root valves) at the pipe
or vessel to the respective instruments and devices.
4.
Tubing shall not be routed across equipment removal areas, below monorails
or cranes nor above or below removable sections of gratings.
5.
With the exception of gas measuring and vacuum instruments, all instruments
shall be located below the process source connection, unless otherwise shown.
6.
Instrument piping and tubing shall be as short as is practical. Equivalent
vertical head (vertical distance between pressure source and transmitter) in
psig shall be less than 20 percent of the transmitter range, unless otherwise
shown.
7.
Instrument piping and tubing runs shall be supported and protected to prevent
sagging, damage and erroneous measurements.
8.
Hanger materials shall be beam clamps, turnbuckle, rod hangers and split
clamps for around pipe girth. When possible, instrument tubing and piping
D.
15900 - 12
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
shall be routed together. Channel members and tubing clamps shall
commonly support by support tray and groups.
9.
Horizontal runs of instrument piping and tubing shall be straight without
pockets, sloped 1/4 inch per foot minimum and where possible grouped and
supported in metal trays (Tube Track or equal) or run along walls or ceilings
to obtain maximum physical protection. Vertical and single runs of tubing
shall be run in protected areas such as angles, channels, column webs, etc.
10.
All threads shall be clean machine cut with all burrs and chips removed.
Lubricants shall be of dry film type. Apply pipe thread lubricant so that it
does not extend beyond the first engaged pipe thread. The Contractor shall be
responsible for correction, repair or replacement of instrumentation, which
malfunctions during the warranty period of thread lubricant, is determined to
be a contributing factor to the malfunction.
11.
The inside and outside of all piping and tubing shall be free of sand, loosely
adhering scale, dirt, and other foreign matter. Prior to testing of the systems,
purge all sand and adhering scale from the inner surfaces of all instrument
piping and tubing. The method of cleaning shall not leave any material on the
inner or outer surfaces that will affect the serviceability of the piping, tubing,
valves and instruments.
12.
Piping and tubing runs shall be field fabricated from random or stock length
pipe and lengths of coils or tubing. Sawing or roller type tube cutters shall cut
stainless steel tubing. Flame heating will not be permitted on stainless steel
materials. Roller type tube cutters shall cut copper tubing. Clean all cut ends
inside and outside surfaces prior to joint assembly. Bending radius for any
bends in pipe shall not be less than an five times the outside diameter of the
pipe. Minimum bending radius for tubing shall be as follows:
13.
Outside Diameter
Minimum Radius
1/4 inch
(where allowed)
9/16 inch
1/2 inch
1-1/2 inch
5/8 inch
1-1/2 inch
3/4 inch
1-3/4 inch
Bends shall be true to angle and radius and shall maintain a true circular
cross-section of piping or tubing without buckling or undue stretching of pipe
or tubing wall.
15900 - 13
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
14.
All pressure and differential pressure instruments, which are remote mounted,
shall be provided with 316 stainless steel calibration manifolds. For pressure
devices two-valve manifolds shall be provided, and for differential pressure
devices five-valve manifolds shall be provided.
Subpanels
E.
1.
F.
Subpanels (pipe stands) shall be provided for mounting instruments, which are
not installed directly on a pipe or vessel.
Testing and Inspection
1.
A test program established by the Contractor shall include the following:
a.
Testing procedures.
b.
Leak tests shall be performed on all pipe and tubing lines or systems
installed.
c.
The test pressure shall be held long enough to inspect the lines being
tested, but not less than 30 minutes, with no addition of test fluid and
no loss of pressure.
d.
Leakage of test fluid, deficiencies or other faulty conditions
determined during the tests shall be corrected by the Contractor after
which the test shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained.
e.
Instruments, controls and other components shall not be subject to test
pressure or testing fluids if corrosion, residue or other effects could
occur. The Contractor shall disconnect or valve and vent all items,
which could be affected.
f.
Test fluids shall not cause corrosion, residues or other adverse effects
to the pipe or tubing components being tested.
Liquid test fluids containing chlorides, sulphur, halogen and/or lead
compounds are prohibited.
g.
2.
Test pressures shall be as follows:
a.
b.
Hydrostatic Tests: 150 percent of the system design pressure. All
testing shall be in accordance with ISA RP7.1.
All tubing connections on the final elements shall be tested with soap
bubble solution while subjected to maximum operating pressure. The
testing shall be in accordance with ISA RP7.1.
15900 - 14
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.
Public Works Construction
The Contractor shall perform valve operational performance checks on all
valves and valve manifolds.
a.
The checks shall be performed after installation of the valve or valve
manifold.
b.
4.
G.
Each valve or valve manifold provided by the Contractor shall be
cycled full open, full closed at design pressure, or greater, to insure the
proper functioning of the valve.
Test sources and test gages, designated as secondary calibration sources, shall
be properly calibrated from a primary calibration source. The primary source
shall be calibrated and traceable to the National Institute of Science and
Technology (NIST). The secondary source accuracy shall be at least 2 orders
of magnitude greater than the device being checked.
Calibration/Setting/Tuning
1.
All field mounted devices shall be calibrated and set by the Contractor after
installation in the system.
2.
All test sources shall be applied to the increase as well as the decrease drive
direction in order to check loop repeatability.
3.
A separate instrument calibration sheet shall be completed for each
instrument. When the instrument is calibrated and/or set, the instrument shall
be marked with a calibration tag and contains the date of calibration.
4.
Test sources and test gages, designated as secondary calibration sources, shall
be properly calibrated from a primary calibration source. The primary source
shall be calibrated and traceable to the NIST. The secondary source accuracy
shall be at least 2 orders of magnitude greater than the device being checked.
5.
Any device which does not meet the manufacturer's stated accuracy and/or
repeatability, or which reveals any malfunction, shall be replaced by the
Contractor at no cost.
6.
Analog devices shall be checked at a minimum of three points; 0 percent, 50
percent, and 100 percent of span.
7.
Switches shall be set in the specified direction of the primary driving signal.
Deadband shall be set as specified.
8.
All control valves shall be tuned. This work includes, but is not limited to the
following:
15900 - 15
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
a.
9.
Written records shall be kept for each calibration showing date, system or
equipment calibrated, method and results. Calibration records shall be
submitted to the Owners Representative for each calibration within 10
working days after completion of calibration.
10.
Performance test shall be conducted following satisfactory completion of
operational testing.
11.
In the event of instrumentation malfunction, defects shall be corrected and the
test procedures repeated a sufficient number of times to satisfy the Owners
Representative that the repairs are permanent and correct, and that system
reliability has been demonstrated.
H.
1.18
Zero and span adjustments. Positioner range spring adjustments for
control valve zero and maximum travel shall be made using a
Transmutation or equal calibrator.
Instrument Installation
1.
Provide pulsation dampers for all pressure gauges located at the discharge of
pumps and compressors.
2.
Provide siphons for all pressure gauges used for steam service.
3.
Provide condensate reservoirs on the upper connections of level instruments
for steam service and for both high and low side taps for steam flow
instrumentation.
I.
Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces.
surfaces with manufacturer's touch-up paint.
Repair any marred or scratched
J.
Final Adjustment: After completion of installation, adjust thermostats, control
valves, motors and similar equipment provided as work of this section.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES:
A.
Owner's Instructions: Provide services of manufacturer's technical representative
for an 8 hour session to instruct Owner’s personnel in operation and maintenance
of the Distributed Control Systems.
1.
Schedule instruction with the Owner’s Representative, provide at least 14-day
notice to the Owner’s Representative of training date.
15900 - 16
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
1.19
TRAINING:
A.
The Contractor shall include in his proposal 8 hours of on-site operator training.
B.
Training shall include but shall not be limited to the following:
C.
1.20
Instruction in programming.
2.
Instructions in the language programming.
Provide for the training sessions, text books, workbooks and similar materials for
personnel, which shall be retained by those personnel upon completion of training.
Provide an extra clean copy of the material to be filed with the O&M manuals.
After all field connections have been made and control power is available to each
control panel, the Owner’s Representative shall be notified and the control system
shall be enabled by the BCS Contractor.
TESTING:
A.
1.22
1.
SYSTEM STARTUP:
A.
1.21
Public Works Construction
Each point in the system shall be tested for both hardware and software function.
In addition, each mechanical and electrical system under control of the BCS will be
tested against the appropriate sequence of operation specified herein or in the
drawings. Successful completion of the system test witnessed and approved by the
Owner’s Representative shall constitute the beginning of the warranty period. A
written report will be submitted to the Owner’s Representative indicating that the
installed system functions in accordance with the plans and specifications.
OPERATING ENVIRONMENT:
A.
All controllers shall be capable of operating in an environment of 0 to 120 degrees
F and 10 - 95% relative humidity non-condensing.
B.
Installation of the building controls system shall be performed by the Contractor or
a subcontractor. However, all installation shall be under the personal supervision
of the Contractor. The Contractor shall certify all work as proper and complete and
shall reflect actual installation on the project record documentation. Under no
circumstances shall the design, scheduling, coordination, wiring terminations,
programming, point calibration and check-out, training, and warranty requirements
for the project be delegated to a subcontractor.
15900 - 17
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
1.23
Public Works Construction
COMPLIANCE:
A.
All wiring shall be installed in accordance with all applicable electrical codes and Division
16, and shall comply with equipment manufacturer's recommendations.
B.
Should any discrepancy be found between wiring specifications in Section 15900
and Division 16, the more stringent requirement shall prevail.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
OPERATOR’S WORKSTATION:
A. General structure of workstation interaction shall be a standard client/server relationship.
Server shall be used to archive data and store system database. Clients shall access server
for all archived data. Each client shall include flexibility to access graphics from server or
local drive. Server shall support a minimum of 50 simultaneous clients.
B. BACnet Conformance
1. Operator workstation shall be approved by the BTL as meeting the BACnet Advanced
Work Station (AWS) requirements.
2. Please refer to Section 22.2, BACnet Functional Groups, in the BACnet standard, for
a complete list of the services that must be directly supported to provide each of the
functional groups listed above. All proprietary services, if used in the system, shall be
thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools
shall be supplied for working with proprietary information.
3. Standard BACnet object types accessed by the AWS shall include as a minimum:
Analog Value, Analog Input, Analog Output, Binary Value, Binary Input, Binary
Output, Calendar, Device, Event Enrollment, File, Notification Class, Program, and
Schedule object types. All proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be
thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools
shall be supplied for working with proprietary information.
4. The AWS shall comply with Annex J of the BACnet specification for IP connections.
Must support remote connection to server using a thick client application. This device
shall use Ethernet to connect to the IP internetwork, while using the same Ethernet
LAN for non-IP communications to other BACnet devices on the LAN. Must support
interoperability on wide area networks (WANs) and campus area networks (CANs).
AWS shall support Foreign Device Registration to allow temporary workstation
connection to IP network.
C. Data Displays
1. Data displays shall render all data associated with project as called out on drawings
15900 - 18
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
and/or object type list supplied. Graphic files shall be created using digital, full color
photographs of system installation, AutoCAD or Visio drawing files of field
installation drawings, and wiring diagrams from as-built drawings.
2. Data displays shall render all data using iconic graphic representations of all
mechanical equipment. System shall be capable of displaying graphic file, text, and
dynamic object data together on each display and shall include animation. Information
shall be labeled with descriptors and shall be shown with the appropriate engineering
units. All information on any display shall be dynamically updated without any action
by the user.
3. Data display frame shall allow user to change all field-resident AWS functions
associated with the project, such as setpoints, weekly schedules, exception schedules,
etc., from any screen, no matter if that screen shows all text or a complete graphic
display. This shall be done without any reference to object addresses or other
numeric/mnemonic indications.
4. Analog objects shall be displayed with operator modifiable units. Analog input
objects may also be displayed as individual graphic items on the display screen as an
overlay to the system graphic.
5. All displays and programming shall be generated and customized by the local use
energy management and control system (EMCS) supplier and installer. Systems
requiring factory development of graphics or programming of DDC logic are
specifically prohibited.
6. AWS shall be supplied with a library of standard graphics, which may be used
unaltered or modified by the operator. AWS shall include a library of equipment
graphic components to assemble custom graphics. Systems that do not allow
customization or creation of new graphic objects by the operator (or with third-party
software) shall not be allowed.
7. Data display frame shall include customizable and persistent tree navigation for
building, equipment and system diagnostic centric display organization.
8. Each display may be protected from viewing unless operator credentials have the
appropriate access level. An access level may be assigned to each display and system
object. The menu label shall not appear on the graphic if the operator does not have
the appropriate security level.
9. Data displays shall have the ability to link to content outside of the EMCS system.
Such content shall include, but is not limited to launching external files in their native
applications (for example, a Microsoft Word document) and launching a web browser
resolving to a specified web address.
10. The AWS shall have the ability to support 20 concurrent web clients.
15900 - 19
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
11. Data displays shall support:
a. Graphic items with custom geometry that offer both color gradient shading and
variable opacity in scale to system variables and range setpoints.
b. Clear and custom geometry navigation buttons to provide intuitive navigation.
c. Graphic files in JPG, PNG, and GIF file types.
d. Viewing of 1,024 system data points in a single screen.
D. Password Protection
1. Provide security system that prevents unauthorized use unless operator is logged on.
Access shall be limited to operator’s assigned functions when user is logged on. This
includes displays as outlined above.
2. AWS shall provide security for a minimum of 200 users. Each user shall have an
individual User ID, User Name, and Password. Entries are alphanumeric characters
only and are case sensitive (except for User ID). User ID shall be 0–8 characters, User
Name shall be 0–29 characters, and Password shall be 4–8 characters long.
3. Each user shall be allowed individual assignment of only those control functions,
menu items, and user-specific system start display, as well as restricted access to
discrete BACnet devices to which that user requires access.
4. All passwords, user names, and access assignments shall be adjustable online at the
operator’s terminal.
5. Users shall also have a set access level, which defines access to displays and
individual objects the user may control. System shall include 10 separate and distinct
access levels for assignment to users.
6. The system shall include an Auto Logout feature that shall automatically logout user
when there has been no keyboard or mouse activity for a set period of time. Time
period shall be adjustable by system administrator. Auto Logout may be enabled and
disabled by system administrator. Operator terminal shall display message on screen
that user is logged out after Auto Logout occurs.
7. The system shall permit the assignment of an effective date range, as well as an
effective time of day, that the User IDs are permitted to authenticate.
E. Operator Activity Log
1. An Operator Activity Log that tracks all operator changes and activities shall be
included with AWS. System shall track what is changed in the system, who
performed this change, date and time of system activity, and value of the change
before and after operator activity. Operator shall be able to display all activity, sort the
15900 - 20
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
changes by user and also by operation. Operator shall be able to print the Operator
Activity Log display.
2. Log shall be gathered and archived to a hard drive on AWS as needed. Operator shall
be able to export data for display and sorting in a spreadsheet.
F. Scheduling
1. AWS and web client shall show all information in easy-to-read daily format including
calendar of this month and next. All schedules shall show actual ON/OFF times for
day based on scheduling priority. Priority for scheduling shall be events, holidays and
daily, with events being the highest.
2. Holiday and special event schedules shall display data in calendar format. Operator
shall be able to schedule holidays and special events directly from these calendars.
3. Operator shall be able to change all information for a given weekly or exception
schedule if logged on with the appropriate access privileges.
4. AWS shall include a Schedule Wizard for set up of schedules. Wizard shall walk user
through all steps necessary for schedule generation. Wizard shall have its own pulldown selection for startup or may be started by right-clicking on value displayed on
graphic and then selecting Schedule.
5. Scheduling shall include optimum start based on outside air temperature, current
heating/cooling setpoints, indoor temperature and history of previous starts. Each and
every individual zone shall have optimum start time independently calculated based
on all parameters listed. User shall input schedules to set time that occupied setpoint
is to be attained. Optimum start feature shall calculate the startup time needed to
match zone temperature to setpoint. User shall be able to set a limit for the maximum
startup time allowed.
6. Schedule list shall show all schedules currently defined. This list shall include all
standard, holiday and event schedules. In addition, user shall be able to select a list
that shows all scheduled points and zones.
7. Display of all three schedules must show all ON times for standard, holiday and event
schedules in different colors on a given day. In addition, OFF times for each must also
be shown in additional colors. User shall be able to select from standard calendar
what days are to be scheduled and same display shall show all points and zones
affected. User shall be able to set time for one day and select all days of the week that
shall be affected as a recurrence of that same schedule for that given day.
8. Any displayed data that is changeable by the operator may be selected using the right
mouse button and the schedule shall then be selectable on the screen. Selection of the
schedule using this method shall allow the viewing of the assigned schedule allow the
point to be scheduled.
15900 - 21
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
9. Schedule editor shall support drag-n-drop events and holidays onto the schedule
calendar.
10. Schedule editor shall support drag-n-drop events default to a two-hour period, which
can then be adjusted by the user.
11. Schedule editor shall support drag-n-drop holidays default for OFF all day and can be
edited for multiple-day holidays.
12. Schedule editor shall support the view of affected zones when adding or editing timed
events of a schedule.
G. Alarm Indication and Handling.
1. AWS shall provide visual, printed, and email means of alarm indication. Printout of
alarms shall be sent to the assigned terminal and port. Alarm notification can be
filtered based on the User ID’s authorization level.
2. Web client shall display a persistent alarm state for the system regardless of the data
view including points in alarm but not acknowledged, and points that have gone into
alarm and returned to normal without being acknowledged.
3. Alarm History shall provide log of alarm messages. Alarm log shall be archived to the
hard disk of the AWS. Each entry shall include a description of the event-initiating
object generating the alarm. Description shall be an alarm message of at least 256
characters in length. Entry shall include time and date of alarm occurrence, time and
date of object state return to normal, time and date of alarm acknowledgment, and
identification of operator acknowledging alarm.
4. Alarm messages shall be in user-definable text (English or other specified language)
and shall be delivered either to the operator’s terminal, client or through remote
communication using email (Authenticated SMTP supported).
5. AWS shall include an Alarm Wizard for set up of alarms. Wizard shall walk user
through all steps necessary for alarm generation. Wizard shall have its own pull-down
selection for startup or may be started by right-clicking on value displayed on graphic
and then selecting alarm setup.
6. AWS shall support color-coded indication of current alarms as follows:
a. Red indicator shows number of active alarms that have not been acknowledged.
b. Yellow indicator shows number of alarms that are still active but have been
acknowledged.
c. Blue indicator shows number of alarms that have returned to normal but have not
been acknowledged.
15900 - 22
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
d. Color-coded indicators, when selected by the user, navigate to a pre-filtered view
of alarm history.
e. Alarm history can be filtered by color-coded indicator states.
7. Alarm annunciation includes navigation link to a user-selected display or URL.
8. User can silence audible annunciation for the current session.
9. User can disable auto-refresh of alarm annunciation for current session.
10. Any displayed data that is changeable by the operator may be selected using the right
mouse button and the alarm shall then be selectable on the screen. Selection of the
alarm using this method shall allow the viewing of the alarm history or allow the
creation of a new alarm.
H. Trendlog Information
1. AWS shall periodically gather historically recorded data stored in the building
controllers and store the information in the system database. Stored records shall be
appended with new sample data, allowing records to be accumulated. Systems that
write over stored records shall not be allowed unless limited file size is specified.
System database shall be capable of storing up to 50 million records before needing to
archive data. Samples may be viewed at the web client. Operator shall be able to view
all trended records, both stored and archived. All trendlog records shall be displayed
in standard engineering units.
2. AWS shall be capable of trending on an interval determined by a polling rate, or
change-of-value.
3. AWS shall be able to change trendlog setup information. This includes the
information to be logged as well as the interval at which it is to be logged. All
operations shall be password protected. Viewing may be accessed directly from any
and all graphics on which a trended object is displayed.
4. AWS shall include a Trendlog Wizard for setup of logs. Wizard shall walk user
through all necessary steps. Wizard shall have its own pull-down selection for startup,
or may be started by right-clicking on value displayed on graphic, and then selecting
Trendlogs from the displayed menu.
5. AWS shall be capable of using Microsoft SQL as the system database.
6. Any displayed data that is changeable by the operator may be selected using the right
mouse button and the trendlog shall then be selectable on the screen. Selection of the
trendlog using this method shall allow the viewing of the trendlog view.
7. Trendlog viewer shall provide:
15900 - 23
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
a. Software that is capable of graphing the trend-logged object data shall be
included.
b. Access and ability to create, edit and view are restricted to users by user account
credentials
c. Specific and repeatable URL defines the trendlog(s) that comprise the view.
d. Call out of trendlog value at intersection of trend line and mouse-over vertical
axis.
e. Trendlog and companion logs can be configured to display on one of two
independent vertical scales.
f. Click zoom for control of data set viewed along either graph axis.
g. User-specifiable start and end dates as well as a fast scroll features that supports
click zoom of macro scale view of the data for quickly finding data set based on
visual signature.
h. User export of the viewed data set to MS Excel.
i. Web browser-based help.
j. Optional min/max ranges (Upper Control Limits, Lower Control Limits) for each
value.
I. Energy Log Information
1. AWS shall be capable of periodically gathering energy log data stored in the field
equipment and archive the information. Archive files shall be appended with new
data, allowing data to be accumulated. Systems that write over archived data shall not
be allowed unless limited file size is specified. Display all energy log information in
standard engineering units.
2. All data shall be stored in database file format for direct use by third-party programs.
Operation of system shall stay completely online during all graphing operations.
3. AWS operator shall be able to change the energy log setup information as well. This
includes the meters to be logged, meter pulse value, and the type of energy units to be
logged. All meters monitored by the system may be logged. System shall support
using flow and temperature sensors for BTU monitoring.
4. AWS shall display archived data in tabular format form for both consumption and
peak values. Data shall be shown in hourly, daily, weekly, monthly and yearly
formats. In each format, the user shall be able to select a specific period of data to
view.
J. Demand Limiting
15900 - 24
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
1. AWS shall include demand limiting program that includes two types of load
shedding. One type of load shedding shall shed/restore equipment in binary fashion
based on energy usage when compared to shed and restore settings. The other type of
shedding shall adjust operator-selected control setpoints in an analog fashion based on
energy usage when compared to shed and restore settings. Shedding may be
implemented independently on each and every zone or piece of equipment connected
to system.
2. Binary shedding shall include minimum of five (5) priority levels of equipment
shedding. All loads in a given priority level shall be shed before any loads in a higher
priority level are shed. Load shedding within a given priority level shall include two
methods. In one, the loads shall be shed/restored in a “first off-first on” mode, and in
the other the loads are just shed/restored in a “first off-last on” (linear) fashion.
3. Analog shed program shall generate a ramp that is independently used by each
individual zone or individual control algorithm to raise the appropriate cooling setting
and lower appropriate heating setting to reduce energy usage.
4. AWS shall be able to display the status of each and every load shed program. Status
of each load assigned to an individual shed program shall be displayed along with
English description of each load.
K. Tenant Activity
1. AWS shall include program that monitors after-hours overrides by tenants, logs that
data, and generates a bill based on usage and rate charged for each tenant space.
Tenant Activity program shall be able to assign multiple zones, from a list of every
zone connected to system, to a particular tenant. Every zone is monitored for afterhours override usage and that data logged in AWS. Operator may then generate a bill
based on the usage for each tenant and the rate charged for any overtime use.
2. Configuration shall include entry of the following information for use in logging and
billing:
a. Tenant’s contact name and address
b. One or multiple tenant zones that make up a total tenant space, including a
separate billing rate for each separate zone
c. Minimum and maximum values an event duration and event limit
d. Property management information
e. Overall billing rate
f. Seasonal adjustments or surcharge to billing rate
g. Billing notification type including, but not limited to printer, file and email
15900 - 25
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
h. Billing form template
3. Logging shall include recording the following information for each and every tenant
event:
a. Zone description
b. Time the event begins
c. Total override time
d. Limits shall be applied to override time
4. A tenant bill shall be generated for a specific period using all the entered
configuration data and the logged data. User with appropriate security level shall be
able to view and override billing information. User shall be able to select a billing
period to view and be able to delete events from billing and edit a selected tenant
activity event’s override time.
L. Reports
1. AWS shall be capable of periodically producing reports of trendlogs, alarm history,
tenant activities, device summary, energy logs, and override points. The frequency,
content, and delivery are to be user adjustable.
2. All reports shall be capable of being delivered in multiple formats including text- and
comma-separated value (CSV) files. The files can be printed, emailed, or saved to a
folder, either on the server hard drive or on any network drive location.
M. Configuration/Setup
1. Provide means for operator to display and change system configuration. This shall
include, but not be limited to system time, day of the week, date of daylight savings
set forward/set back, printer termination, port addresses, modem port and speed, etc.
Items shall be modified using understandable terminology with simple mouse/cursor
key movements.
N. Field Engineering Tools
1. AWS shall include field engineering tools for programming all controllers supplied.
All controllers shall be programmed using graphical tools that allow the user to
connect function blocks on screen that provide sequencing of all control logic.
Function blocks shall be represented by graphical displays that are easily identified
and distinct from other types of blocks. Graphical programming that uses simple
rectangles and squares is not acceptable.
2. User shall be able to select a graphical function block from menu and place on screen.
Provide zoom in and zoom out capabilities. Function blocks shall be downloaded to
15900 - 26
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
controller without any reentry of data.
3. Programming tools shall include a real-time operation mode. Function blocks shall
display real-time data and be animated to show status of data inputs and outputs when
in real-time operation. Animation shall show change of status on logic devices and
countdown of timer devices in graphical format.
4. Field engineering tools shall also include a database manager of applications that
include logic files for controllers and associated graphics. Operator shall be able to
select unit type, input/output configuration and other items that define unit to be
controlled. Supply minimum of 250 applications as part of workstation software.
5. Field engineering tool shall include Device Manager for detection of devices
connected anywhere on the BACnet network by scanning the entire network. This
function shall display device instance, network identification, model number, and
description of connected devices. It shall record and display software file loaded into
each controller. A copy of each file shall be stored on the computer’s hard drive. If
needed, this file shall be downloaded to the appropriate controller using the mouse.
6. AWS shall automatically notify the user when a device that is not in the database is
added to the network.
7. AWS shall include backup/restore function that will back up entire system to selected
medium and then restore system from that medium. The system shall be capable of
creating a backup for the purpose of instantiating a new client PC.
8. The system shall provide a means to scan, detect, interrogate, and edit third-party
BACnet devices and BACnet objects within those devices.
O. Workstation Hardware
a. Workstation exists and Niagra controls system exists for several other City
Buildings. Software and controls shall be integrated into the existing workstation
as a single Niagra function.
P. Software
1. At the conclusion of the project, contractor shall leave with owner a CD-ROM that
includes the complete software operation system and project graphics, setpoints,
system parameters, etc. This backup shall allow the owner to completely restore the
system in the case of a computer malfunction.
Q. Web Client
1. EMCS supplier shall provide an HTML5-based browser access to the AWS as part of
standard installation. User must be able to access all displays of real-time data that are
part of the AWS using a standard web browser. Web browser shall tie into the
network through owner-supplied Ethernet network connection. The AWS must be
15900 - 27
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
able to support 20 concurrent web client users.
2. Browser shall be standard version of Microsoft Internet Explorer v10.0 or later,
Firefox v19.0 or later and Chrome v24.0 or later. No special vendor-supplied software
shall be needed on computers running browser. Data shall be displayed in real-time
and update automatically without user interaction.
3. Web pages shall be automatically generated using HTML5 from the data display files
that reside on the AWS. Any system that requires use of an HTML editor for
generation of web pages shall not be considered.
4. Access through web client or thick client shall utilize the same hierarchical security
scheme as the AWS. User shall be asked to log on once the client makes connection
to the AWS. Once the user logs on, any and all changes that are made shall be tracked
by the AWS. The user shall be able to change only those items he or she has authority
to change. A user activity report shall show any and all activity of the users who have
logged on to the system, regardless of whether those changes were made using a web
client, thick client or through the AWS.
2.2
WEB INTERFACE:
A. General
BAS supplier shall provide Web-based access to the system as part of standard
installation. User must be able to access all displays of real-time data that are part of the
BAS using a standard Web browser. Web browser shall tie into the network through
owner-supplied Ethernet network connection. Web page host shall be a separate device
that resides on the BAS BACnet network, but is not the BAS server for the control
system. BAS server must be a separate computer from the Web page host device to
ensure data and system integrity. The Web page software shall not require a per-user
licensing fee or annual fees.
B. Browser Technology
Browser shall be standard version of Microsoft Internet Explorer v6.0 or later, Firefox
v2.0 or later and Safari v2.0 or later (on Mac OS X). PDA browser connection shall be
Pocket PC 2003, Windows Mobile 5.0, or Blackberry. No special vendor-supplied
software shall be needed on computers running browser. All displays shall be viewable
and the Web page host shall directly access real-time data from the BAS BACnet
network. Data shall be displayed in real-time and update automatically without user
interaction. User shall be able to change data on displays if logged in with the
appropriate user name and password.
C. Communications
1. Web page host shall include two Ethernet network connections. One network
connection shall be dedicated to BAS BACnet network and shall be used to gather
15900 - 28
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
real-time data from all the BACnet devices that form the BAS. This network shall
communicate using BACnet, allowing the Web page host to gather data directly from
units on the local LAN or from other projects connected over a WAN. This network
shall also provide the connection to the BAS server for Web page generation.
2. The second Ethernet connection shall provide the physical connection to the Internet
or an IP-based WAN. It shall be the port that is used for the browser to receive Web
pages and data from the Web page host. The Web page host shall act as a physical
barrier between the BAS network and the WAN or Internet connection that allows the
browser to receive Web pages and data. The two separate network connections
provide for a physical barrier to prevent raw BACnet traffic being exposed on the IP
network.
3. The Web page host shall provide for complete isolation of the IP and BACnet
networks by not routing networking packets between the two networks.
4. BAS BACnet Ethernet network shall be provided and installed by the BAS supplier.
Owner shall provide and incur any monthly charges of WAN/Internet connection.
D. Display of Data
1. Web page graphics shown on browser shall be replicas of the BAS displays. User
shall need no additional training to understand information presented on Web pages
when compared to what is shown on BAS displays. Web page displays shall include
animation just as BAS displays. Fans shall turn, pilot lights shall blink, coils shall
change colors, and so on.
2. Real-time data shall be shown on all browser Web pages. This data must be directly
gathered using the BACnet network and automatically updated on browser Web page
displays without any user action. Data on the browser shall automatically refresh as
changes are detected without re-drawing the complete display.
3. It shall be possible for user from browser Web page to change data if the user is
logged on with the appropriate password. Clicking on a button or typing in a new
value shall change digital data. Using pull-down menus or typing in a new value shall
change analog data.
4. Data displays shall be navigated using pushbuttons on the displays that are simply
clicked on with the mouse to select a new display. Alternatively, the standard back
and forward buttons of the browser can be used for display navigation.
E. Time Schedule Adjustment
1. Web access shall allow user to view and edit all schedules in the system. This
includes standard, holiday and event schedules as described in BAS specification.
Display of schedules shall show interaction of all schedules on a single display so user
sees an overview of how all work together. User shall be able to edit schedules from
15900 - 29
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
this display.
2. Display of all three schedules must show all ON times for standard, holiday and event
schedules in different colors on a given day. In addition, OFF times for each must also
be shown in additional colors. User shall be able to select from standard calendar
what days are to be scheduled and same display shall show all points and zones
affected. User shall be able to set time for one day and select all days of the week that
shall be affected as a recurrence of that same schedule for that given day.
3. Schedule list shall show all schedules currently defined. This list shall include all
standard, holiday and event schedules. In addition, user shall be able to select a list
that shows all scheduled points and zones.
F. Logging of Information
User shall use standard browser technology to view all trendlogs in system. User shall be
able to view logged data in tabular form or graphical format. User shall be able to adjust
time interval of logged data viewed and shall be able to adjust Y axis of data viewed in
graphical format. User shall also be able to download data through the Web interface to
local computer. Data shall be in CSV format.
G. Alarm Handling
Web interface shall display alarms as they occur. User shall be able to acknowledge
alarms using browser technology. In addition, user shall be able to view history of alarm
occurrence over a user-selected time frame. In addition, those alarms may be filtered for
viewing per user-selected options. A single selection shall display all alarms that have not
been acknowledged.
H. Web Page Generation
Web pages shall be automatically generated from the BAS displays that reside on the
BAS server. User shall access Web page host through the network and shall initiate a
Web page generation utility that automatically takes the BAS displays and turns them into
Web pages. The Web pages generated are automatically installed on the Web page host
for access using any computer’s standard browser. Any system that requires use of an
HTML editor for generation of Web pages shall not be considered.
I. Password Security and Activity Log
Access through Web browser shall utilize the same hierarchical security scheme as BAS
system. User shall be asked to log on once the browser makes connection to Web page
host. Once the user logs in, any and all changes that are made shall be tracked by the BAS
system. The user shall be able to change only those items he or she has authority to
change. A user activity report shall show any and all activity of the users who have
logged in to the system, regardless of whether those changes were made using a browser
or through the BAS workstation.
15900 - 30
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
J. BACnet Communication
Web server shall directly communicate to all devices on the BAS network using BACnet
protocol. No intermediate devices shall be necessary for BACnet communication.
2.3
BUILDING CONTROLLER :
A. General Requirements
1. BACnet Conformance
a. Building Controller shall be approved by the BTL as meeting the BACnet
Building Controller requirements.
b. Please refer to section 22.2, BACnet Functional Groups, in the BACnet standard,
for a complete list of the services that must be directly supported to provide each
of the functional groups listed above. All proprietary services, if used in the
system, shall be thoroughly documented and provided as part of the submittal
data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary
information.
2. Building controller shall be of scalable design such that the number of trunks and
protocols may be selected to fit the specific requirements of a given project.
3. The controller shall be capable of panel-mounted on DIN rail and/or mounting
screws.
4. The controller shall be capable of providing global control strategies for the system
based on information from any objects in the system, regardless if the object is
directly monitored by the building controller module or by another controller.
5. The controller shall be capable of running up to six (6) independent control strategies
simultaneously. The modification of one control strategy does not interrupt the
function or runtime others.
6. The software program implementing the DDC strategies shall be completely flexible
and user-definable. All software tools necessary for programming shall be provided as
part of project software. Any systems utilizing factory pre-programmed global
strategies that cannot be modified by field personnel on-site, using a wide area
network (WAN) or downloaded through remote communications are not acceptable.
Changing global strategies using firmware changes is also unacceptable.
7. Programming shall be object-oriented using control function blocks and support DDC
functions. All flowcharts shall be generated and automatically downloaded to
controller. Programming tool shall be supplied and be resident on workstation. The
same tool shall be used for all controllers.
8. The programming tool shall provide means to graphically view inputs and outputs to
15900 - 31
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
each program block in real-time as program is executing. This function may be
performed using the operator’s workstation or field computer.
9. Controller shall have 6,000 Analog Values and 6,000 Binary Values.
10. Controller IP configuration can be done via a direct USB connect with an operator’s
workstation or field computer.
11. Controller shall have at a minimum a Quad Core 996Ghz processor to ensure fast
processing speeds.
12. Global control algorithms and automated control functions shall execute using a 64bit processor.
13. Controller shall have a minimum of 1 GB of DDR3 SDRAM on a 533Mhz bus to
ensure high speed data recording, large data storage capacity and reliability.
14. Controller shall support two (2) on-board EIA-485 ports capable of supporting
various EIA-485 protocols including, but not limited to BACnet MS/TP and Modbus.
a. Ports are capable of supporting various EIA-485 protocols including, but not
limited to BACnet MS/TP and Modbus.
15. Controller shall support two (2) ports—each of gigabit speed—Ethernet
(10/100/1000) ports.
a. Ports are capable of supporting various Ethernet protocols including, but not
limited to BACnet IP, FOX, and Modbus.
16. All ports shall be capable of having protocol(s) assigned to utilize the port’s physical
connection.
17. The controller shall have at a minimum four (4) onboard inputs, two (2) universal
inputs and two (2) binary inputs.
18. Schedules
a. Building controller modules shall provide normal seven-day scheduling, holiday
scheduling and event scheduling.
b. Each building controller shall support a minimum of 380 BACnet Schedule
Objects and 380 BACnet Calendar Objects.
19. Logging Capabilities
a. Each building controller shall log as minimum 2,000 objects at 15-minute
intervals. Any object in the system (real or calculated) may be logged. Sample
time interval shall be adjustable at the operator’s workstation.
15900 - 32
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
b. Logs may be viewed both on-site or off-site using WAN or remote
communication.
c. Building controller shall periodically upload trended data to networked operator’s
workstation for long-term archiving if desired.
d. Archived data stored in database format shall be available for use in third-party
spreadsheet or database programs.
20. Alarm Generation
a. Alarms may be generated within the system for any object change of value or state
(either real or calculated). This includes things such as analog object value
changes, binary object state changes, and various controller communication
failures.
b. Each alarm may be dialed out as noted elsewhere.
c. Alarm log shall be provided for alarm viewing. Log may be viewed on-site at the
operator’s terminal or off-site using remote communications.
d. Controller must be able to handle up to 2,000 alarm setups stored as BACnet
event enrollment objects, with system destination and actions individually
configurable.
21. Demand Limiting
a. Demand limiting of energy shall be a built-in, user-configurable function. Each
controller module shall support shedding of up to 1,200 loads using a minimum of
two types of shed programs.
b. Load shedding programs in building controller modules shall operate as defined in
section 2.1.J of this specification.
22. Tenant Activity Logging
a. Tenant Activity logging shall be supported by a building controller module. Each
independent module shall support a minimum of 380 zones.
b. Tenant Activity logging shall function as defined in section 2.1.K of this
specification.
B. BACnet MS/TP
1. BACnet MS/TP LAN must be software-configurable from 9.6 to 115.4Kbps
a. Each BACnet MS/TP LAN shall support 64 BACnet devices at a minimum.
b. All proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented
15900 - 33
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied
for working with proprietary information.
C. BACnet IP
1. The building controller shall comply with Annex J of the BACnet specification
for IP connections. This device shall use Ethernet to connect to the IP
internetwork, while using the same Ethernet LAN for non-IP communications to
other BACnet devices on the local area network (LAN).
2. Must support interoperability on WANs and campus area networks (CANs), and
function as a BACnet Broadcast Management Device (BBMD).
3. Each controller shall support at a minimum 128 BBMD entries.
4. BBMD management architecture shall support 3,000 subnets at a minimum.
5. Shall support BACnet Network Address Translation.
6. All proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented
and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied
for working with proprietary information.
D. Expansion Ports
1. Controller shall support two (2) expansion ports.
a. Combining the two on-board EIA-458 ports with fully loaded expansion ports, the
controller shall support six (6) EIA-485 trunks simultaneously.
2. Expansion cards that mate to the expansion ports shall include:
a. Dual port EIA-485 card.
b. LON network card.
E. Niagara Framework
1. Controller shall utilize the Tridium Niagara Framework.
a. Niagara Framework shall be version 3.8 or newer.
b. All Niagara licensing shall be stored on a removable MicroSD card for fast infield replacement of controller.
2. The Niagara License for the controllers shall be an open license.
a. The controller shall be programmable via Niagara Workplace programming tool.
b. The controller shall be programmable via an Niagara embedded Workplace
15900 - 34
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
programming tool.
F. Power Supply
1. Input for power shall accept between 17 and 30VAC, 47 and 63Hz.
2. Optional rechargeable battery for shutdown of controller including storage of all data
in flash memory.
3. On-board capacitor will ensure continuous operation of real-time clocks for minimum
of 14 days.
G. Controller shall be in compliance with the following:
1. UL 916 for open energy management
2. FCC Class B
3. ROHS
4. IEC 60703
5. C-Tick Listed
H. Controller shall operate in the following environmental conditions:
1. -4 to 149 °F (-20 to 65 °C) without optional battery, or 32 to 122 °F (0 to 50 °C) with
optional battery.
2. 0 to 95% relative humidity (RH), non-condensing.
2.4
EXPANDABLE CENTRAL PLANT APPLICATION CONTROLLERS:
A. General
1. Expandable application controller shall be capable of providing control strategies for
the system based on information from any or all connected inputs. The program that
implements these strategies shall be completely flexible and user-definable. Any
systems utilizing factory pre-programmed global strategies that cannot be modified by
field personnel on-site though simple download are not acceptable. Changing global
strategies using firmware changes is also unacceptable. Program execution of
controller shall be a minimum of once per second.
2. Programming shall be object-oriented using control program blocks. Controller shall
support a minimum of 500 Analog Values and 500 Binary Values. Each and every
analog and binary value shall support standard BACnet priority arrays. Programming
tool shall be provided with system and shall be the same tool that is used to program
the building controller. All flowcharts shall be generated and automatically
downloaded to controller. No re-entry of database information shall be necessary.
15900 - 35
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
3. Provide means to graphically view inputs and outputs on each program block in realtime as program is executing. This function may be performed using the operator’s
terminal or field computer.
4. Controller shall have adequate data storage to ensure high performance and data
reliability. Battery shall retain static RAM memory and real-time clock functions for a
minimum of 1.5 years (cumulative). Battery shall be a field-replaceable (nonrechargeable) lithium type. Unused battery life shall be 10 years.
5. The onboard, battery-backed real-time clock must support schedule operations and
trendlogs.
6. Global control algorithms and automated control functions should execute using 32bit processor.
7. Controller shall include both onboard 10Base-T/100Base-TX Ethernet BACnet
communication over UTP and shall include BACnet IP communication. In addition,
controller shall include BACnet Point-to-Point (PTP) connection port.
8. The base unit of the controller shall host up to 8 expansion modules with various I/O
combinations. These inputs and outputs shall include universal 12-bit inputs, binary
triac outputs, and 8-bit switch-selectable analog outputs (0–10V or 0–20mA). Inputs
shall support 3K and 10K thermistors, 0–5VDC, 0–10VDC, 4–20mA, dry contacts
and pulse inputs directly.
9. All outputs must have onboard Hand-Off-Auto (HOA) switches and a status indicator
light. HOA switch position shall be monitored. Each analog output shall include a
potentiometer for manually adjusting the output when the HOA switch is in the Hand
position.
10. The position of each and every HOA switch shall be available system wide as a
BACnet object. Expandable central plant controller shall provide up to 176 discreet
inputs/outputs per base unit.
B. BACnet Conformance
1. Central plant/AHU controller shall, as a minimum, support PTP, MS/TP and Ethernet
BACnet LAN types. It shall communicate directly through these BACnet LANs as a
native BACnet device and shall support simultaneous routing functions between all
supported LAN types. Controllers shall be approved by the BTL as meeting the
BACnet Advanced Application Controller requirements.
2. Please refer to Section 22.2, BACnet Functional Groups, in the BACnet standard, for
a complete list of the services that must be directly supported to provide each of the
functional groups listed above. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with
proprietary information.
15900 - 36
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
3. Standard BACnet object types supported shall include, as a minimum, Analog Input,
Binary Input, Analog Output, Binary Output, Analog Value, Binary Value, Device,
File, Group, Event Enrollment, Notification Class, Program, and Schedule object
types. All necessary tools shall be supplied for working with proprietary information.
4. The Controller shall comply with Annex J of the BACnet specification for IP
connections. This device shall use Ethernet to connect to the IP internetwork, while
using the same Ethernet LAN for non-IP communications to other BACnet devices on
the LAN. Must support interoperability on WANs and CANs, and function as a
BBMD.
D. Schedules
1. Each central plant/AHU controller shall support a minimum of 50 BACnet Schedule
Objects.
E. Logging Capabilities
1. Each controller shall support a minimum of 200 trendlogs. Any object in the system
(real or calculated) may be logged. Sample time interval shall be adjustable at the
operator’s workstation.
2. Controller shall periodically upload trended data to system server for long-term
archiving if desired.
3. Archived data stored in database format shall be available for use in third-party
spreadsheet or database programs.
F. Alarm Generation
1. Alarms may be generated within the system for any object change of value or state
(either real or calculated). This includes things such as analog object value changes,
binary object state changes, and various controller communication failures.
2. Alarm log shall be provided for alarm viewing. Log may be viewed on-site at the
operator’s terminal or off-site using remote communications.
A. BACnet Conformance
1. Thermostats shall be approved by the BTL as meeting the BACnet Application
Specific Controller requirements.
2. Thermostats shall, at a minimum, support MS/TP BACnet LAN types. They shall
communicate directly through this BACnet LAN at 9.6, 19.2, 38.4 and 76.8 Kbps, as
a native BACnet device.
3. Standard BACnet object types supported shall include, as a minimum, Analog Input,
Analog Output, Analog Value, Binary Input, Binary Output, Binary Value, Device,
15900 - 37
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
File, and Program Object Types.
4. All proprietary object types, if used in the system, shall be thoroughly documented
and provided as part of the submittal data. All necessary tools shall be supplied for
working with proprietary information.
B. Wall Sensor Thermostat:
1. Standard wall sensor shall use solid-state sensor identical to intelligent room sensor
and shall be packaged in aesthetically pleasing enclosure. Sensor shall provide
override function, warmer/cooler lever for set point adjustment and port for plug-in of
Field Service Tool for field adjustments. Override time shall be stored in controller
and be adjustable on a zone-by-zone basis. Adjustment range for warmer/cooler lever
shall also be stored in EEPROM on controller. Programmable variables shall be
available to field service tool through wall sensor port.A. Touch
screen
Communicating Thermostat programming shall:
2.06
AUXILIARY CONTROL DEVICES:
A. Temperature Sensors
1. All temperature sensors to be solid-state electronic, interchangeable with housing
appropriate for application. Wall sensors to be installed as indicated on drawings.
Mount 48 inches above finished floor. Duct sensors to be installed such that the
sensing element is in the main air stream. Immersion sensors to be installed in wells
provided by control contractor, but installed by mechanical contractor. Immersion
wells shall be filled with thermal compound before installation of immersion sensors.
Outside air sensors shall be installed away from exhaust or relief vents, not in an
outside air intake, and in a location that is in the shade most of the day.
a. After Hours Override shall:
i. Override time may be set and viewed in 30-minute increments.
ii. Override time countdown shall be automatic, but may be reset to zero by
occupant from the sensor.
iii. Time remaining shall be displayed.
iv. Display shall show the word “OFF” in unoccupied mode unless a function
button is pressed.
3. Field Service Mode shall allow access to common parameters as dictated by the
application’s sequence of operations. The parameters shall be viewed and set from the
intelligent room sensor with no computer or other field service tool needed.
4. Intelligent Room Sensor shall be in compliance of the following:
15900 - 38
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
a. UL Standard for Safety 916
b. FCC Part 15.107 & 109, Class B, CFR47-15
c. EMC Directive 89/336/EEC (European CE Mark)
2.07
ELECTRONIC ACTUATORS AND VALVES:
(insert as required, sample requirements follow)
A. Quality Assurance for Actuators and Valves
1. UL Listed Standard 873 and C.S.A. Class 4813 02 certified.
2. NEMA 2 rated enclosures for inside mounting, provide with weather shield for
outside mounting.
3. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty. Two-year unconditional and three-year product
defect from date of installation.
B. Execution Details for Actuators and Valves
1. Furnish a Freeze-stat and install “Hard Wire” interlock to disconnect the mechanical
spring return actuator power circuit for fail-safe operation. Use of the control signal to
drive the actuators closed is not acceptable.
2. Each DDC analog output point shall have an actuator feedback signal, independent of
control signal, wired and terminated in the control panel for true position information
and troubleshooting. Or the actuator feedback signal may be wired to the DDC as an
analog input for true actuator position status.
3. VAV box damper actuation shall be floating type or analog (2–10VDC, 4–20mA).
4. Booster-heat valve actuation shall be floating type or analog (2-10vdc, 4-20ma).
5. Primary valve control shall be analog (2–10VDC, 4–20mA).
C. Actuators for damper and control valves 0.5–6 inches shall be electric unless otherwise
specified, provide actuators as follows:
1. UL Listed Standard 873 and Canadian Standards association Class 481302 shall
certify actuators.
2. NEMA 2 rated actuator enclosures for inside mounting. Use additional weather shield
to protect actuator when mounted outside.
3. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty. Two-year unconditional and Three year product
defect from date of installation.
4. Mechanical spring shall be provided when specified. Capacitors or other non15900 - 39
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
mechanical forms of fail-safe are not acceptable.
5. Position indicator device shall be installed and made visible to the exposed side of the
actuator. For damper short shaft mounting, a separate indicator shall be provided to
the exposed side of the actuator.
6. Overload Protection: Actuators shall provide protection against actuator burnout by
using an internal current limiting circuit or digital motor rotation sensing circuit.
Circuit shall insure that actuators cannot burn out due to stalled damper or mechanical
and electrical paralleling. End switches to deactivate the actuator at the end of rotation
are acceptable only for butterfly valve actuators.
7. A Pushbutton gearbox release shall be provided for all non-spring actuators.
8. Modulating actuators shall be 24VAC and consume 10VA power or less.
9. Conduit connectors are required when specified and when code requires it.
D. Damper Actuators:
1. Outside air and exhaust air damper actuators shall be mechanical spring return.
Capacitors or other non-mechanical forms of fail-safe are not acceptable. The actuator
mounting arrangement and spring return feature shall permit normally open or
normally closed positions of the damper as required.
2. Economizer actuators shall utilize analog control 2–10VDC, floating control is not
acceptable.
3. Electric damper actuators (including VAV box actuators) shall be direct shaftmounted and use a V-bolt and toothed V-clamp causing a cold weld effect for positive
gripping. Single bolt or set-screw type fasteners are not acceptable.
4. One electronic actuator shall be direct shaft-mounted per damper section. No
connecting rods or jackshafts shall be needed. Small outside air and return air
economizer dampers may be mechanically linked together if one actuator has
sufficient torque to drive both and damper drive shafts are both horizontal installed.
5. Multi-section dampers with electric actuators shall be arranged so that each damper
section operates individually. One electronic actuator shall be direct shaft-mounted
per damper section. (See below execution section for more installation details.)
E. Valve Actuators 0.5–6 inches
1. Mechanical spring shall be provided on all actuators for pre-heat coil and actuators for
AHU heating or cooling coil when units are mounted outside. See plans for fail-safe
flow function: Normal Open or Normal Closed. Capacitors or other non-mechanical
forms of fail-safe are not acceptable.
15900 - 40
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
2. All zone service actuators shall be non-spring return unless otherwise specified.
3. The valve actuator shall be capable of providing the minimum torque required for
proper valve close-off for the required application.
4. All control valves actuators shall have an attached 3-foot cable for easy installation to
a junction box.
5. Override handle and gearbox release shall be provided for all non-spring return valve
actuators.
F. Control Dampers.
1. The BAS contractor or sheet metal contractor shall furnish and size all automatic
control dampers unless provided with packaged equipment. The sheet metal
contractor shall install all dampers unless provided with packaged equipment.
2. All dampers used for modulating service shall be opposed blade type and arranged for
normally open or normally closed operation as required. The damper is to be sized so
that, when wide open, the pressure drop is a sufficient amount of its close-off pressure
drop for effective throttling.
3. All dampers used for two-position or open-close control shall be parallel blade type
arranged for normally open or closed operation as required.
4. Damper linkage hardware shall be constructed of aluminum or corrosion-resistant
zinc and nickel-plated steel and furnished as follows:
5. Bearing support bracket and drive blade pin extension shall be provided for each
damper section. Sheet metal contractor shall install bearing support bracket and drive
blade pin extension. Sheet metal contractor shall provide permanent indication of
blade position by scratching or marking the visible end of the drive blade pin
extension.
6. Drive pin may be round only if V-bolt and toothed V-clamp is used to cause a cold
weld effect for positive gripping. For single bolt or set-screw type actuator fasteners,
round damper pin shafts must be milled with at least one side flat to avoid slippage.
7. Damper manufacturer shall supply alignment plates for all multi-section dampers.
G. Control Valves 0.5–6 inches
1. The BAS contractor shall furnish all specified motorized control valves and actuators.
BAS contractor shall furnish all control wiring to actuators. The plumbing contractor
shall install all valves. Equal percentage control characteristic shall be provided for all
water coil control valves. Linear valve characteristic is acceptable for 3-way valves
that are 2.5 inches and above.
15900 - 41
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
2. Characterized control valves shall be used for hydronic heating or cooling
applications and small to medium AHU water-coil applications to 100GPM.
Actuators are non-spring return for terminal unit coil control unless otherwise noted.
If the coil is exposed to the outside air stream, see plans for spring return requirement.
a. Leakage is aero percent, close-off is 200psi, maximum differential is 30psi;
rangeability is 500:1.
b. Valves 0.5–2 inches shall be nickel-plated forged brass body, NPT screw type
connections.
c. Valves 0.5–1.25 inches shall be rated for ANSI Class 600 working pressure.
Valves 1.5 and 2 inches shall be rated for ANSI Class 400 working pressure.
d. The operating temperature range shall be 0–250 degrees F.
e. Stainless steel ball and stem shall be furnished on all modulating valves.
f. Seats shall be fiberglass reinforced Teflon.
g. Two-way and three-way valves shall have an equal percentage control port. Full
stem rotation is required for maximum flow to insure stable BTU control of the
coil.
h. Three-way valve shall be applicable for both mixing and diverting.
i. The characterizing disc is made of TEFZEL and shall be keyed and held secure by
a retaining ring.
j. The valves shall have a blow-out proof stem design.
k. The stem packing shall consist of 2 lubricated O-rings designed for on-off or
modulating service and require no maintenance.
l. The valves shall have an ISO type, 4-bolt flange for mounting actuator in any
orientation parallel or perpendicular to the pipe.
m. A non-metallic thermal isolation adapter shall separate valve flange from actuator.
n. One fastening screw shall secure the direct coupling of the thermal isolation
adapter between the actuator and the valve. This will prevent all lateral or
rotational forces from affecting the stem and its packing O-rings.
3. Globe valves 0.5–2 inches shall be used for steam control or water flow applications.
a. Valves shall be bronze body, NPT screw type, and shall be rated for ANSI Class
250 working pressure.
b. Valves 0.5 inches (DN15) through 2 inches (DN50) with spring return actuators
15900 - 42
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
shall close off against 50 psi pressure differential with Class III leakage (0.1%).
c. The operating temperature range shall be 20–280 degrees F.
d. Spring loaded TFE packing shall protect against leakage at the stem.
e. Two-way valves shall have an equal percentage control port.
f. Three-way valves shall have a linear control and bypass port.
g. Mixing and diverting valves must be installed specific to the valve design.
4. Globe Valve 2.5–6 inches
a. Valves 2.5 inches (DN65) through 6 inches (DN50) shall be iron body, 125 lb.
flanged with Class III (0.1%) close-off leakage at 50 psi differential.
b. Valves with spring return actuators shall close off against 50 psi pressure
differential with Class III leakage (0.1%).
c. Flow type for two-way valves shall be equal percentage. Flow type for three-way
valves shall be linear.
d. Mixing and diverting valves must be installed specific to the valve design.
H. Butterfly valves
1. Butterfly valves shall be sized for modulating service at 60–70 degree stem rotation.
Isolation valves shall be line-size. Design velocity shall be less than 12 feet per
second when used with standard EPDM seats.
a. Body is cast iron.
b. Disc is aluminum bronze standard.
c. Seat is EPDM standard.
d. Body Pressure is 200 psi, -30–275 degrees F.
e. Flange is ANSI 125/250.
f. Media Temperature Range is -22–240 degree F.
g. Maximum Differential Pressure is 200 psi for 2- to 6- inch size.
I. Butterfly Valve Industrial Actuators
1. Actuators shall be approved under Canadian Standards Association or other
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory to UL standards. CSA Class 4813 02 or
equal. Enclosure shall be NEMA 4 (weatherproof) enclosure and will have an
15900 - 43
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
industrial quality coating.
a. Actuator shall have a motor rated for continuous duty. The motor shall be
fractional horsepower; permanent split capacitor type designed to operate on a
120VAC, 1pH, 60Hz supply. Two adjustable cam-actuated end travel limit
switches shall be provided to control direction of travel. A self-resetting thermal
switch shall be imbedded in the motor for overload protection.
b. Reduction gearing shall be designed to withstand the actual motor stall torque.
Gears shall be hardened alloy steel, permanently lubricated. A self-locking gear
assembly or a brake shall be supplied.
c. Actuator shall have a 6 ft wiring harness provided for ease in field wiring (above
1500 in-lbs). Two adjustable SPDT cam-actuated auxiliary switches, rated at
250VAC shall be provided for indication of open and closed position. Actuator
shall have heater and thermostat to minimize condensation within the actuator
housing.
d. Actuator shall be equipped with a hand wheel for manual override to permit
operation of the valve in the event of electrical power failure or system
malfunction. Hand wheel must be permanently attached to the actuator and when
in manual operation electrical power to the actuator will be permanently
interrupted. The hand wheel will not rotate while the actuator is electrically
driven.
e. The actuator shall be analog, floating, or two position as called out in the control
sequence of operation. All Analog valves shall be positive positioning, and
respond to a 2–10VDC, 4-20mA, or adjustable signal as required. Analog
actuators shall have a digital control card allowing any voltage input for control
and any DC voltage feedback signal for position indication.
2. Performance Verification Test
a. Control loops shall cause productive actuation with each movement of the
actuator and actuators shall modulate at a rate that is stable and responsive.
Actuator movement shall not occur before the effects of previous movement have
affected the sensor.
b. Actuator shall have capability of signaling a trouble alarm when the actuator StopGo Ratio exceeds 30%.
3. Actuator mounting for damper and valve arrangements shall comply to the following:
a. Damper actuators: Shall not be installed in the air stream
b. A weather shield shall be used if actuators are located outside. For damper
actuators, use clear plastic enclosure.
15900 - 44
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
c. Damper or valve actuator ambient temperature shall not exceed 122 degrees F
through any combination of medium temperature or surrounding air. Appropriate
air gaps, thermal isolation washers or spacers, standoff legs, or insulation shall be
provided as necessary.
d. Actuator cords or conduit shall incorporate a drip leg if condensation is possible.
Water shall not be allowed to contact actuator or internal parts. Location of
conduits in temperatures dropping below dew point shall be avoided to prevent
water from condensing in conduit and running into actuator.
e. Damper mounting arrangements shall comply to the following:
v. The ventilation subcontractor shall furnish and install damper channel
supports and sheet metal collars.
vi. No jack shafting of damper sections shall be allowed.
vii. Multi-section dampers shall be arranged so that each damper section operates
individually. One electronic actuator shall be direct shaft mounted per section.
f. Size damper sections based on actuator manufacturer’s specific recommendations
for face velocity, differential pressure and damper type. In general:
i. Damper section shall not exceed 24 ft-sq. with face velocity >1500 FPM.
ii. Damper section shall not exceed 18 ft-sq. with face velocity > 2500 FPM.
iii. Damper section shall not exceed 13 ft-sq. with face velocity > 3000 FPM.
g. Multiple section dampers of two or more shall be arranged to allow actuators to be
direct shaft mounted on the outside of the duct.
h. Multiple section dampers of three or more sections wide shall be arranged with a
3-sided vertical channel (8 inches wide by 6 inches deep) within the duct or fan
housing and between adjacent damper sections. Vertical channel shall be anchored
at the top and bottom to the fan housing or building structure for support. The
sides of each damper frame shall be connected to the channels. Holes in the
channel shall allow damper drive blade shafts to pass through channel for direct
shaft-mounting of actuators. Open side of channel shall be faced downstream of
the airflow, except for exhaust air dampers.
i. Multiple section dampers to be mounted flush within a wall or housing opening
shall receive either vertical channel supports as described above or sheet metal
standout collars. Sheet metal collars (12-inch minimum) shall bring each damper
section out of the wall to allow direct shaft-mounting of the actuator on the side of
the collar.
15900 - 45
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
2.08
Public Works Construction
ENCLOSURES:
A. All controllers, power supplies and relays shall be mounted in enclosures.
B. Enclosures may be NEMA 1 when located in a clean, dry, indoor environment. Indoor
enclosures shall be NEMA 12 when installed in other than a clean environment.
C. Enclosures shall have hinged, locking doors.
D. Provide laminated plastic nameplates for all enclosures in any mechanical room or
electrical room. Include location and unit served on nameplate. Laminated plastic shall be
0.125 inches thick and appropriately sized to make label easy to read.
2.09
WIRING AND CABLING:
A.
Wiring and Conduit
1.
All wire shall be copper and meet the minimum wire size and insulation class
listed below:
Wire Class
Minimum Wire Size
Insulation Class
Power Wiring
12 Gauge
600 Volt
Digital I/O Wiring
14 Gauge
600 Volt
Analog Input Wiring
18 Gauge
300 Volt
Output 18 Gauge
300 Volt
Analog
Wiring
2.
Power and Digital I/O wiring may be run in the same conduit. Analog Input
and Analog Output wiring may be run in the same conduit provided they are
shielded.
3.
Where different wiring classes terminate within the same enclosure, maintain
clearances and install barriers per the National Electric Code.
4.
Where wiring is required to be installed in conduit, conduit shall be as
specified in Division 16.
5.
Flexible metallic conduit (max. 3 feet) shall be as specified in Division 16.
6.
Junction boxes shall be provided at all cable splices, equipment terminations,
and transitions from rigid to flexible conduit. Interior dry location J-boxes
shall be galvanized pressed steel, nominal four-inch square with blank cover.
Exterior and damp location J-boxes shall be cast alloy FS boxes with threaded
hubs and gasketed covers.
15900 - 46
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
7.
Exposed wiring shall not be allowed.
8.
Install in accordance with requirements of Section 16100 "Raceways."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION:
A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such
work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence.
B. Notify the owner’s representative in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and
timely completion of the work.
C. Do not begin work until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved.
3.2
INSTALLATION (GENERAL):
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Provide all miscellaneous devices, hardware, software, interconnections, installation, and
programming required to ensure a complete operating system in accordance with the
sequences of operation and point schedules.
3.3
LOCATION AND INSTALLATION OF COMPONENTS:
A. Locate and install components for easy accessibility; in general, mount 48 inches above
floor with minimum 3 feet of clear access space in front of units. Obtain approval on
locations from owner’s representative prior to installation.
B. All instruments, switches, transmitters, etc., shall be suitably wired and mounted to
protect them from vibration, moisture, and high or low temperatures.
C. Identify all equipment and panels. Provide permanently mounted tags for all panels.
D. Provide stainless steel or brass thermowells suitable for respective application and for
installation under other sections, and sized to suit pipe diameter without restricting flow.
3.4
INTERLOCKING AND CONTROL WIRING:
A. Provide all interlock and control wiring. All wiring shall be installed neatly and
professionally, in accordance with Specification Division 16 and all national, state and
local electrical codes.
B. Provide wiring as required by functions as specified and as recommended by equipment
15900 - 47
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
manufacturers, to serve specified control functions. Provide shielded low capacitance
wire for all communications trunks.
C. Control wiring shall not be installed in power circuit raceways. Magnetic starters and
disconnect switches shall not be used as junction boxes. Provide auxiliary junction boxes
as required. Coordinate location and arrangement of all control equipment with the
owner's representative prior to rough-in.
D. Provide auxiliary pilot duty relays on motor starters as required for control function.
E. Provide power for all control components from nearest electrical control panel or as
indicated on the electrical drawings; coordinate with electrical contractor.
F. All control wiring in the mechanical, electrical, telephone and boiler rooms to be installed
in raceways. All other wiring to be installed neatly and inconspicuously per local code
requirements. If local code allows, control wiring above accessible ceiling spaces may be
run with plenum-rated cable (without conduit).
3.5
DDC OBJECT TYPE SUMMARY:
A. Provide all database generation.
B. Displays
1. System displays shall show all analog and binary object types within the system. They
shall be logically laid out for easy use by the owner. Provide outside air temperature
indication on all system displays associated with economizer cycles.
C. Run Time Totalization
1. At a minimum, run time totalization shall be incorporated for each monitored supply
fan, return fan, exhaust fan, hot water and chilled water pumps. Warning limits for
each point shall be entered for alarm and or maintenance purposes.
D. Trendlog
1. All binary and analog object types (including zones) shall have the capability to be
automatically trended.
E. Alarm
1. All analog inputs (High/Low Limits) and selected binary input alarm points shall be
prioritized and routed (locally or remotely) with alarm message per owner's
requirements.
F. Database Save
1. Provide backup database for all standalone application controllers on disk.
15900 - 48
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.6
Public Works Construction
FIELD SERVICES:
A. Prepare and start logic control system under provisions of this section.
B. Start up and commission systems. Allow sufficient time for startup and commissioning
prior to placing control systems in permanent operation.
C. Provide the capability for off-site monitoring at control contractor's local or main office.
At a minimum, off-site facility shall be capable of system diagnostics and software
download. Owner shall provide phone line for this service for one year or as specified.
D. Provide owner's representative with spare parts list. Identify equipment critical to
maintaining the integrity of the operating system.
3.7
AS-BUILT DOCUMENTATION REQUIRED:
A.
3.8
TRAINING:
A. Provide application engineer to instruct owner in operation of systems and equipment.
B. Provide system operator’s training to include (but not be limited to) such items as the
following: modification of data displays, alarm and status descriptors, requesting data,
execution of commands and request of logs. Provide this training to a minimum of three
persons.
C. Provide on-site training above as required, up to 16 hours as part of this contract.
D. Provide tuition for at least one individual to attend for a one-week factory training class.
If applicable, costs for travel, lodging and meals will be the responsibility of the owner.
3.9
DEMONSTRATION:
A. Demonstrate complete operating system to owner's representative.
B. Provide certificate stating that control system has been tested and adjusted for proper
operation.
15900 - 49
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
SECTION 15990
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A.
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
B.
Related Sections: All Articles of Sections 15050, 15070, 15600 and 15900 apply to
this section.
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A.
This Section specifies the requirements and procedures for total mechanical systems
testing, adjusting, and balancing. Requirements include measurement and
establishment of the fluid quantities of the mechanical systems as required to meet
design documents and recording and reporting the results. Coordinate readings with
Section 15900 Vendors to help calibrate BCS system. Testing, adjusting and
balancing of systems shall not begin until the BCS System is complete and
functional. All work required in this section shall be performed in conjunction with
the work required of the BCS Contractor, not independently.
B.
Test, adjust, and balance the following mechanical systems:
1.
All exhaust air systems.
2.
All hydronic systems.
3.
All mechanical equipment.
4.
Verify control system operation. (Coordinate with Section 15900)
C.
Test systems for proper sound and vibration levels.
D.
This Section does not include:
1.
Testing boilers and pressure vessels for compliance with safety codes;
2.
Specifications for materials for patching mechanical systems;
15990 - 1
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
3.
Specifications for materials and installation of adjusting and balancing
devices. If devices must be added to achieve proper adjusting and balancing,
refer to the respective system sections for materials and installation
requirements.
4.
Requirements and procedures for piping and ductwork systems leakage tests.
5.
Safety testing of laboratory hoods.
1.2 DEFINITIONS:
A.
Systems testing, adjusting, and balancing is the process of checking and adjusting all
the building environmental systems to produce the design objectives. It includes:
1.
The balance of air and water distribution.
2.
Adjustment of total system to provide design quantities.
3.
Electrical measurement.
4.
Verification of performance of all equipment and automatic controls.
5.
Sound and vibration measurement.
B.
Test: To determine quantitative performance of equipment.
C.
Adjust: To regulate the specified fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal
equipment (e.g., reduce fan speed, throttling, change pulleys).
D.
Balance: To proportion flows within the distribution system (submains, branches,
and terminals) according to specified design quantities.
E.
Procedure: Standardized approach and execution of sequence of work operations to
yield reproducible results.
F.
Report forms: Test data sheets arranged for collecting test data in logical order for
submission and review. These data should also form the permanent record to be used
as the basis for required future testing, adjusting, and balancing.
G.
Terminal: The point where the controlled fluid enters or leaves the distribution
system. There are supply inlets on water terminals, supply outlets on air terminals,
return outlets on water terminals, and exhaust or return inlets on air terminals such as
registers, grilles, diffusers, louvers, and hoods.
15990 - 2
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A.
Agency Data:
1.
B.
Submit proof that the proposed testing, adjusting, and balancing agency meet
the qualifications specified below.
Engineer and Technicians Data:
1.
Submit proof that the Test and Balance Engineer assigned to supervise the
procedures, and the technicians proposed to perform the procedures meet the
qualifications specified below.
C.
Procedures and Agenda: Submit a synopsis of the testing, adjusting, and balancing
procedures and agenda proposed to be used for this project.
D.
Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance and operating data that include how to test,
adjust, and balance the building systems. Include this information in maintenance
data specified in Division 1 and Section 15050.
E.
Sample Forms: Submit sample forms, if other than those standard forms prepared by
the AABC or NEBB are proposed.
F.
Certified Reports: Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing reports bearing the seal
and signature of the Test and Balance Engineer. The reports shall be certified proof
that the systems have been tested, adjusted, and balanced in accordance with the
referenced standards; are an accurate representation of how the systems have been
installed; are a true representation of how the systems are operating at the completion
of the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures; and are an accurate record of all
final quantities measured, to establish normal operating values of the systems.
Follow the procedures and format specified below:
1.
Draft reports: Upon completion of testing, adjusting, and balancing
procedures, prepare draft reports on the approved forms. Draft reports may
be hand written, but must be complete, factual, accurate, and legible.
Organize and format draft reports in the same manner specified for the final
reports. Submit 3 complete sets of draft reports. Only 1 complete set of draft
reports will be returned.
2.
Final Report: Upon verification and approval of draft reports, prepare final
reports, type written, and organized and formatted as specified below.
Submit 3 complete sets of final reports.
15990 - 3
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Report Format: Report forms shall be those standard forms prepared by the
referenced standard for each respective item and system to be tested,
adjusted, and balanced. Bind report forms complete with schematic systems
diagrams and other data in reinforced, vinyl, three-ring binders. Provide
binding edge labels with the project identification and a title descriptive of
the contents. Divide the contents of the binder into the below listed
divisions, separated by divider tabs:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
4.
General Information and Summary
Air Systems
Hydronic and Steam Systems
Control Systems
Special Systems
Sound and Vibration Systems
Report Contents: Provide the following minimum information, forms and
data:
a.
General Information and Summary: Inside cover sheet to identify
testing, adjusting, and balancing agency, Contractor, Owner,
Architect, Engineer, and Project. Include addresses, and contact
names and telephone numbers. Also include a certification sheet
containing the seal and name address, telephone number, and
signature of the Certified Test and Balance Engineer. Include in this
division a listing of the instrumentations used for the procedures
along with the proof of calibration.
b.
The remainder of the report shall contain the appropriate forms
containing as a minimum, the information indicated on the standard
report forms prepared by the AABC and NEBB, for each respective
item and system. Prepare a schematic diagram for each item of
equipment and system to accompany each respective report form.
G.
Calibration Reports: Submit proof that all required instrumentation has been
calibrated to tolerances specified in the referenced standards, within a period of one
month prior to starting the project.
H.
Balancing report shall include as a minimum, the following information (other parts
of the specifications may require additional information).
1.
Fan Data:
a.
Manufacturer and model number.
15990 - 4
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
2.
Pump and Compressor Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
3.
Manufacturer and model number.
Flow design.
Flow actual.
Direction of rotation and revolutions per minute.
Inlet pressure.
Discharge pressure.
Curves showing variation of flow with pressure for installed unit (1/2
flow, 3/4 flow, and 1 1/4 flow).
Flow percentage above or below design.
Motor Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
4.
Airflow, design.
Airflow, actual.
Direction of rotation and revolutions per minute.
Inlet static pressure.
Discharge static pressure.
Fan curves showing variation of air flow with static pressure at
operating speed and motor loading.
Actual airflow percentage above or below design.
Fan RPM, design.
Fan RPM, actual.
Pulley manufacturer, model number, pitch diameter.
Belt size and quantity.
Manufacturer and model number.
Horsepower.
Phase.
Frequency.
NEMA code letter.
Rated volts.
Locked rotor amperes.
Service factor.
Measured volts.
Measured amps.
Measured frequency.
Nameplate RPM.
Actual RPM.
Pulley manufacturer, model number, pitch diameter.
Starter Data:
15990 - 5
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
5.
VFD Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
6.
Manufacturer and model number.
Line voltage (input).
VA rating.
Input current.
Output current.
Output frequency.
Output voltage.
Accel time.
Decel time.
Outdoor Air Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
7.
Manufacturer and model number.
Heater size.
Line voltage.
Ampere rating.
Control voltage.
Frequency.
Size of inlet.
Actual free area.
Manufacturer's test factor.
Measured velocity.
Outdoor air temperature.
Return air temperature.
Mixed air temperature with averaged traverse readings (when at least
a 20ºF temperature difference exists).
Heating Elements:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Manufacturer and model number.
Measured water pressure drop.
Water flow design.
Water flow actual.
Water flow percentage above or below design.
Measured air pressure drop.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Agency Qualifications:
15990 - 6
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
B.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
1.
The testing, adjusting, and balancing agency shall meet the qualifications
specified below, to be the single source of responsibility to test, adjust, and
balance the building mechanical systems identified above, to produce the
design objectives. Services shall include checking installations for
conformity to design, measurement and establishment of the fluid quantities
of the mechanical systems as required to meet design specifications, and
recording and reporting the results.
2.
The testing, adjusting, and balancing agency certified by Associated Air
Balance Council (AABC) or by National Environmental Balancing Bureau
(NEBB) in those testing and balancing disciplines required for this project,
and having at least one Professional Engineer registered in the State in which
the services are to be performed, certified by AABC or NEBB as a Test and
Balance Engineer.
Codes and Standards: Where the referenced codes and standards conflict, the more
stringent requirement shall apply.
1.
NEBB: "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of
Environmental Systems".
2.
AABC: "National Standards for Total System Balance."
3.
ASHRAE: ASHRAE Handbook, latest edition, Chapter on Testing,
Adjusting, and Balancing.
4.
SMACNA: “HVAC systems testing, adjusting and balancing.”
C.
Pre-Balancing Conference: Prior to beginning of the testing, adjusting, and balancing
procedures, schedule and conduct a conference with the Construction Manager,
Owner’s representative and representatives of installers of the mechanical and control
systems. The objective of the conference is final coordination and verification of
system operation and readiness for testing, adjusting, and balancing.
D.
Testing, adjusting and balancing shall not commence until all systems are complete
and functional.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS:
A.
Systems Operation: Systems shall be fully operational prior to beginning procedures.
15990 - 7
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING:
A.
Test, adjust, and balance the air systems before hydronic systems.
B.
Test, adjust and balance air conditioning systems during summer season and heating
systems during winter season, including at least a period of operation at outside
conditions within 5 deg F wet bulb temperature of maximum summer design
condition, and within 10 deg F dry bulb temperature of minimum winter design
condition. Take final temperature readings during seasonal operation.
C.
Notify Owner’s Representative 14 days before scheduled testing, adjusting, and
balancing is to commence.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A.
Not Used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
GENERAL:
A.
Ensure that all contractors and trades who's work and installed systems are under
testing and balancing, are present on site during the entire time that these procedures
take place. Note that some procedures listed below have a distinct order of
precedence, e.g., the testing of Building Control System shall not occur until major
pieces of mechanical equipment have been started up and testing is complete. Prepare
schedule, order and procedure for testing and balancing, submit to the Owner’s
Representative (OR) for review and approval.
B.
Testing and balancing shall not diminish guarantee requirements.
C.
Before the procedure begins a meeting shall be held at the site, between the balancing
contractor, the BCS contractor, the mechanical contractor and prime contractor. The
prime contractor shall present the Owner’s Representative (OR) with the completed
checklists certifying that equipment startup and testing has been completed. The
contractor shall then present his procedures for testing the overall system to OR for
review and approval.
D.
When the BCS testing has been completed a second meeting will be held at the site
offices between the parties mentioned above. At this time the BCS contractor shall
present OR with the completed control startup checklist. The balancing contractor
shall present OR with certificates of calibration for balancing instruments, proposed
balancing forms and proposed balancing procedures to OR, for review and approval.
15990 - 8
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.2
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
E.
Do not cover or conceal work before testing and inspection and obtaining approval.
F.
Instruments for testing and balancing shall have been calibrated within one month
prior to testing and calibration. Calibration shall be traceable to NIST Standards.
Provide photostat of certificate of calibration to OR at meeting demonstrating
balancing procedures mentioned in this section.
G.
Leaks, damage and defects discovered or resulting from testing, adjusting and
balancing shall be repaired or replaced to like-new condition with acceptable
materials. Tests shall be continued until system operates without further
requirements for adjustments or repairs.
H.
Report on reporting forms, submitted to OR for approval in advance.
I.
For each piece of equipment, copy nameplate data and include in report.
J.
Submit six copies of testing and balancing reports to OR for approval.
K.
Provide capacity and performance of equipment by field testing. Install equipment
and instruments required for testing, thermo-wells and gauge connections at no
additional costs.
L.
Qualified representative of equipment manufacturer shall be present at test.
M.
Testing, adjusting and balancing procedures outlined below are the minimum effort
required for the project. Contractor shall use any additional procedures he feels will
be necessary to properly startup, test and balancing the job.
PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES FOR AIR SYSTEMS:
A.
Before operating the system, perform these steps:
1.
Obtain design drawings and specifications and become thoroughly acquainted
with the design intent.
2.
Compare design to installed equipment and field installations. Ensure
discrepancies are shown on the record drawings.
3.
Check filters for cleanliness.
15990 - 9
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.3
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
4.
Check dampers (control, smoke, volume and fire) for correct and locked
position, and temperature control for completeness of installation before
starting fans.
5.
Prepare report test sheets for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's
outlet factors and recommended procedures for testing. Prepare a summation
of required outlet volumes to permit a crosscheck with required fan volumes.
6.
Determine best locations in main and branch ductwork for most accurate duct
traverses.
7.
Prepare schematic diagrams of system piping layouts to facilitate reporting.
8.
Lubricate all motors and bearings.
9.
Check fan belt tension, adjust as necessary.
10.
Check fan rotation, adjust as necessary.
PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES FOR HYDRONIC SYSTEM BALANCING:
A.
Before operating the system perform these steps:
1.
Open all valves to full open position. Close all bypass valves.
2.
Remove and clean all strainers.
3.
Examine hydronic systems and determine if water has been treated and
cleaned. Notify or if it is determined treatment has not occurred.
4.
Check pump rotation, adjust as necessary.
5.
Clean and set automatic fill valves for required system pressure.
6.
Check expansion tanks to determine that they are not air bound and that the
system is completely full of water. Adjust as necessary.
7.
Check air vents at high points of systems and determine if all are installed
and operating freely (automatic type) or to bleed air completely (manual
type). Adjust as necessary.
8.
Request BCS Contractor to set temperature controls so all coils are calling for
full flow.
15990 - 10
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.4
3.5
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
9.
Check operation of automatic bypass valves, adjust as necessary.
10.
Request BCS Contractor to set operating temperatures of chillers and boilers
to design requirements.
11.
Lubricate all motors and bearings.
MEASUREMENTS:
A.
Provide all required instrumentation to obtain proper measurements, calibrated to the
tolerances specified in the referenced standards. Instruments shall be properly
maintained and protected against damage.
B.
Provide instruments meeting the specifications of the referenced standards.
C.
Use only those instruments, which have the maximum field measuring accuracy and
are best suited to the function being measured.
D.
Apply instrument as recommended by the manufacturer.
E.
Use instruments with minimum scale and maximum subdivisions and with scale
ranges proper for the value being measured.
F.
When averaging values, take a sufficient quantity of readings so that the average
results in a repeatability error of less than 5 percent. When measuring a single point,
repeat readings until 2 consecutive identical values are obtained.
G.
Take all reading with the eye at the level of the indicated value to prevent parallax.
H.
Use pulsation dampeners where necessary to eliminate error involved in estimating
average of rapidly fluctuation readings.
I.
Take measurements in the system where best suited to the task.
PERFORMING TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING:
A.
Perform procedures on each system installed under this contract, in accordance with
the detailed procedures outlined in the referenced standards and in these
specifications.
B.
Cut insulation, ductwork, and piping for installation of test probes to the minimum
extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures.
15990 - 11
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.6
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
C.
Patch insulation, ductwork, and housings, using materials identical to those removed.
D.
Seal ducts and piping, and test for and repair leaks.
E.
Seal insulation to re-establish integrity of the vapor barrier.
F.
Mark equipment settings, including damper control positions, valve indicators, fan
speed control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings. Mark
with paint or other suitable, permanent identification materials.
G.
Retest, adjust, and balance systems subsequent to system modifications, and resubmit
test results.
BALANCING TOLERANCES:
A.
Air Handling and Fan Systems
1.
Low Pressure:
a.
b.
B.
Design volume + 10%, -5%
Design volume  10%
Water Systems
1.
3.7
Fans
Outlets
Entire final balanced system: Design flow + 5%, -5%.
AIR SYSTEM BALANCING:
A.
Visually inspect all fire, smoke, control and volume dampers to ensure that they are
fully open. Open as necessary (coordinate with the BCS Contractor).
B.
Verify with straight edge that fan and motor shafts are parallel and that sheaves are in
proper alignment. Use belt tensioner to confirm belts are at proper tension. Refer to
deflection tables appropriate for installed belts. Adjust alignment and tension as
necessary.
C.
Start fans, verify that fan rotation is correct. If not, coordinate with electrical
contractor to switch power leads such that the fan rotates correctly.
15990 - 12
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
3.8
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
D.
Verify that fan belts are tight on one side and have slight bow on other side when fan
is operating with no squeal at startup. If not correct, adjust sheaves or motor base
accordingly.
E.
Check nameplate voltage on motor, compare to scheduled voltage. Notify OR
immediately of any discrepancies. Measure and record actual voltage across all
power leads. Notify OR of discrepancies immediately.
F.
Check motor nameplates full load amps, measure and record amperage across all
power leads. If there are marked discrepancies in amperage draws between legs,
notify OR immediately.
G.
Measure and record fan and motor RPM. Check that motor rpm agrees with
nameplate and scheduled rpm.
H.
Adjust sheave pulley diameters or replace fixed pitch sheaves as necessary to meet
the balancing tolerance of the fan at full speed. Replace belts as necessary.
I.
Measure amperage at each power leg after traverse is complete. If an overload
condition exists with measured CFM equal to scheduled CFM, notify OR
immediately.
J.
For economizer systems with Section 15900 BCS contractors presence and
assistance, adjust minimum and maximum outdoor air CFM to quantities shown on
schedules. Place outdoor air dampers in minimum position as adjusted by controls
contractor. Measure temperature in mixed air plenum, temperature of outdoor air and
by proportioning determine % of outdoor air being supplied. Place outdoor air
damper in maximum open position or fully open variable outside air damper and
repeat above measurements.
K.
Traverse all exhaust ducts. Adjust as necessary to specified tolerances.
HYDRONIC BALANCING AND ADJUSTING:
A.
Balancing shall not begin until systems have been installed complete, including
pumps, piping, valves and coils.
B.
Make adjustments as required to deliver water volumes within specified tolerances,
or as required to properly balance cooling and heating loads throughout conditioned
areas.
C.
Adjustments in water volumes shall be made in manner satisfactory to OR.
15990 - 13
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
D.
For systems with backup equipment ensure that terminal balancing is adjusted for
both conditions - flow from control system and flow from back-up system.
E.
Water Systems Balancing Procedure
1.
Record motor data, rotation, voltage, amperage, etc.
2.
Close automatic system bypass valve.
3.
Set all automatic control valves for full flow through the terminals.
4.
Operate the system pumps at their rated speed.
5.
Proportionately balance flow through heat exchangers.
a.
6.
Actual flow divided by design flow shall equal actual pump delivery
divided by design pump delivery.
Proportionately balance multiple coil terminals by adjusting throttling valve
at each coil and common balancing valve for entire terminal.
a.
Actual flow divided by design flow shall equal actual pump delivery
divided by design pump delivery.
b.
Balance all coils in terminal so that at least one coil's throttling valve
is fully open at the completion of balance with proper flow through
that coil.
7.
Check and set operating temperatures of heat exchangers to design
requirements.
8.
Set pump flow to design requirements by adjusting the throttling valve at the
pump discharge.
9.
Check and adjust flows through equipment to design requirements after pump
flow adjustment.
10.
Check leaving and return water temperatures through heat exchangers, and at
building entrances. Reset to correct design temperatures.
11.
Check water temperatures at inlet side of equipment. Note rise or drop of
temperature from source.
12.
Measure pressure at control points of the system bypass control valve.
15990 - 14
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
13.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Set all terminal controls to the fully closed position.
a.
F.
3.9
3.11
Report on system performance shall include:
1.
Manufacturer, size, type, location including room number, and zone of each
coil and piece of equipment.
2.
Design and actual water flow, and pressure drop.
3.
Where automatic flow control (Griswold) valves are used, verify nameplate is
for proper flow record DP across valve and coils and compare to actual
readings.
4.
Complete nameplate data for each piece of equipment reported along with
actual pressure readings.
5.
Complete identification of data.
TESTING FOR SOUND AND VIBRATION:
A.
3.10
Adjust system bypass throttling valve to obtain measured pressure
control points in the system and to prevent hunting or overpressure of
bypass control valve.
Test and adjust mechanical systems for sound and vibration in accordance with the
detailed instructions of the referenced standards.
RECORD AND REPORT DATA:
A.
Record all data obtained during testing, adjusting, and balancing in accordance with,
and on the forms recommended by the referenced standards, and as approved on the
sample report forms.
B.
Prepare report of recommendations for correcting unsatisfactory mechanical
performances when system cannot be successfully balanced.
DEMONSTRATION:
A.
Training:
1.
Train the Owner's maintenance personnel on troubleshooting procedures and
testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. Review with the OR's
personnel, the information contained in the Operating and Maintenance Data
specified in Division 1 and Section 15050.
15990 - 15
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
2.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Schedule training with OR with at least 21 days prior notice.
END OF SECTION
O:\Burlington MA\2140692 - Mt Hope HVAC\Specifications\Ready For Final Format\15990 T & B DEB.doc
15990 - 16
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
SECTION 16010
ELECTRICAL WORK - GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.00
FILING SUBBIDS:
A. The work to be done under this classification includes all sections under Division 16,
Electrical, and a subbid shall be submitted for the entire work covered.
B. The Instructions to Bidders, Bid form, Agreement, General and Supplementary Conditions
and complete specification are hereby made a part of these Specifications and Subcontractor
shall consult them in detail for instructions.
C. The drawings on which the work of this Section(s) is based on, E0.0, E1.1, E2.1. This
listing of Contract Drawings shall not limit the responsibility of the subcontractor to
determine the full extent of his work as required by all Contract Drawings.
D. Specification requirements for the filed sub-bid “ELECTRICAL” include all of the
following listed Specification Sections in their entirety:
1. 16010 Electrical Work - General Provisions
2. 16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods
3. 16123 Building Conductors and Cables
4. 16442 Panelboards
E. In accordance with Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 44A through 44J,
the Engineer hereby declares that all work of this Section shall be estimated under the
appropriate Item number of part B of the Bid Form and that each subbidder on this work
shall submit his bid on a form furnished by the Owner.
F. Complete details of the procedures for filing subbids are contained in the Instructions for
Bidders.
1.01
WORK INCLUDED:
A.
The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all
labor, equipment, appliances, materials and incidentals in connection with the
installation of the complete electrical systems as herein specified and as shown on
the drawings.
B.
It is not the intent that the drawings shall show every junction box, conduit, wire,
fitting, device, accessory, etc., but the Contractor shall be required to furnish
04/01/2016
16010-1
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
without additional expense all transportation, labor and materials necessary to
complete the electrical systems in accordance with the best practice of the trade.
C.
Unless otherwise specified, materials of the same classifications, used for the
same purpose shall be the product of the same manufacturer.
D.
The work shall include furnishing and installing the following items:
E.
04/01/2016
1.
Motor Disconnect Devices
2.
Raceways
3.
Feeder and Branch Circuit Conductors
4.
Wiring Devices and Finish Plates
5.
Outlet Boxes
6.
Pull and Junction Boxes
7.
Hangers and Supports
8.
Panelboards
9.
Solderless Lugs and Connectors
10.
Conduit and wire for equipment and controls furnished under other
divisions of the specifications, when shown on the electrical plans, with
the exception of the instrumentation low voltage signal wiring.
Interpretation of Drawings
1.
The Drawings are diagrammatic only and are not intended to show exact
locations of outlets and conduit runs.
2.
The Contractor shall verify with the Engineer the exact locations and
mounting heights of lighting fixtures, switches and receptacles prior to
installation.
3.
Any work installed contrary to Contract Documents, or without approval
by the Engineer, shall be changed or replaced as required by the Engineer
and no extra compensation will be allowed the Contractor for making
these changes.
4.
The locations of equipment, fixtures, outlets, and similar devices shown
on the Drawings are approximate only. Exact locations shall be as
approved by the Engineer during construction. The Contractor shall obtain
16010-2
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
in the field all information relevant to the placing of electrical work and in
case of any interference with other work, shall proceed as required by the
Engineer and shall furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete
the work in an approved manner.
1.02
5.
Surface mounted panel boxes, junction boxes, conduit, etc., shall be
supported by spacers to provide a clearance between wall and equipment.
6.
The number of conductors shown on the Drawings are not necessarily the
correct number required. As many conductors as are required in each case
shall be installed.
7.
The ratings of motors and other electrically operated devices together with
the size shown for their branch circuit conductors and conduits are
approximate only and are indicative of the probable power requirements
insofar as can be determined in advance of the purchase of equipment.
The ratings shown for motor branch circuit protective devices are the
maximum ratings permitted. Lower ratings may be used where approved
as being proper for the dynamic characteristics of the motor and its
connected load.
8.
Unless otherwise specified, all conduits, wires, and cables and the support
systems for the conduits and cables that are required to make the electrical
connections to equipment shall be furnished and installed. All connections
to equipment shall be made as shown, specified, and required and in
accordance with the approved shop and setting drawings.
9.
The Contractor shall verify, in the field, all measurements necessary for
his work and shall assume responsibility for their accuracy.
LOCAL CONDITIONS:
A.
The Contractor shall provide and place all sleeves for conduits penetrating floors,
walls, partitions, etc. The Contractor shall locate all necessary slots for his work
and these shall be formed before concrete is poured.
B.
All cutting and patching shall be done in a thoroughly workmanlike manner.
C.
The Contractor shall investigate each space in the building through which
equipment must pass to reach its final location. If necessary, the manufacturer
shall be required to ship his material in sections sized to permit passing through
such restricted areas in the building.
D.
Before submitting proposals, the Contractor is expected to inspect the site and
survey the conditions to be encountered in the performance of the work. Failure
to familiarize himself with the conditions shall not relieve the Contractor's
04/01/2016
16010-3
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
responsibility for full completion of the work in accordance with the provisions of
the Contract.
1.03
1.04
PERMITS AND INSPECTION:
A.
Permits, fees and notices shall be in accordance with the General Conditions.
B.
All work shall meet or exceed the latest requirements of all national, state, county,
municipal and other authorities exercising jurisdiction over electrical construction
at this project.
C.
All required permit and inspection certificates shall be obtained, paid for, and
given to the Owner at the completion of the work.
CODES AND STANDARDS:
A.
1.05
Unless indicated or specified otherwise, materials and workmanship shall conform
with the latest editions of the following codes, standards and specifications.
1.
Massachusetts Electrical Code
2.
National Bureau of Standards Handbook H-30 National Electrical Safety
Code
3.
State and Local Codes, and all other authorities having jurisdiction
4.
Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL)
5.
American National Standards Institute, Inc.
6.
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE)
7.
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
8.
National Board of Fire Underwriters
9.
International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA)
10.
Insulated Power Cable Engineers Associated Specifications
11.
American Society for Testing Materials Specifications
REVIEW OF MATERIALS:
A.
04/01/2016
Material and Equipment Schedules. As soon as practicable and within thirty days
after the date of notice to proceed and before commencement of installation of any
materials or equipment, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer six (6)
complete Brochures for approval of materials, fixtures, and equipment to be
16010-4
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
incorporated in the work. The list shall include manufacturer's name, catalog
numbers, cuts, diagrams, drawings, and such other descriptive data as may be
required. No consideration will be given to a partial submittal from time to time.
Approval of materials will be based on manufacturer's published ratings. Any
materials, fixtures and equipment listed that are not in accordance with the
specification requirements will be rejected.
B.
Substitutions: Substitution of material or equipment shall be in accordance with
the General Conditions.
C.
Shop Drawings. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for review in
accordance with the Division 1. Shop drawings shall be submitted for, but not
limited to the following:
D.
04/01/2016
1.
Wire and Cable
2.
Wiring Devices and Finish Plates
3.
Contactors
4.
Hangers and Supports
5.
Disconnect Switches
6.
Panelboards
7.
Fuses
8.
Circuit Breakers
9.
Raceways
Submit the following information with all equipment shop drawings.
1.
Manufacturer's certified scale drawings, cuts, or catalogs, including
installation details and manufacturer's name.
2.
Manufacturer's
specifications,
including
characteristics and capacity ratings.
3.
Electrical wiring diagrams and controls, where applicable.
4.
Certificate of compliance with Code, where applicable.
5.
Detail of all conduit stub-up with conduit size and dimensions from
columns or walls.
certified
performance
16010-5
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
1.06
1.07
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
E.
Equipment shop drawings and wiring diagrams must be prepared specifically for
this installation. Standard factory wiring diagrams with a revision marked in ink
for this installation will be accepted.
F.
All control and wiring diagrams shall be complete with the following description:
1.
Sequence of operation
2.
Sequence of interlocking
3.
Operation of alarms
4.
Legend
5.
Wiring Numbers
G.
All equipment shop drawings shall be properly identified and indicate the Article
number of the specifications or the Drawing number which applies to the
submitted item.
H.
Shop drawings for the items listed above shall be submitted for approval in
accordance with the preceding paragraphs. The Engineer, however, reserves the
right to require submittal of shop drawings on any other material or equipment to
be installed under this Section not specifically listed above.
MINOR DEVIATIONS:
A.
The work as shown on the drawings is diagrammatic and is intended to show the
work included and the arrangement of the various systems.
B.
It is not intended that the accompanying plans and specifications cover every
detail of the required installation. Furnish and install equipment, materials and
labor as shown or specified, as are usually furnished, or as are needed to make a
complete and satisfactory operating installation, whether mentioned or not,
omitting only those items which are specifically excluded.
C.
Locations and mounting heights of equipment and/or devices as shown are
approximately correct. The Engineer reserves the right to relocate any equipment
or device prior to actual installation at no extra cost to the Owner.
D.
No deviation from layout shall be made without written approval from the
Engineer.
TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER:
A.
04/01/2016
The Contractor shall provide temporary light and power and pay all energy
charges as described in Division 1.
16010-6
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
1.08
ELECTRICAL REFERENCE SYMBOLS:
A.
1.09
Symbols shown on the drawings shall approximate location of fixtures, outlet
boxes, and conduit runs, and other equipment, unless otherwise detailed. The
exact location shall be governed by structural conditions and obstructions. This is
not to be construed to permit redesigning systems. All outlets shall be
interconnected as shown on the drawings. Locate and install all boxes and
equipment where they will be readily accessible.
PHASE IDENTIFICATION:
A.
1.10
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
The entire system of wiring shall be phased by color code as follows:
1.
Wires No. 6 AWG and smaller shall have a continuous colored outer
covering.
2.
Wires larger than No. 6 AWG shall be identified at all points of
termination by gummed tape, plastic tape, etc., applied to the wire.
3.
Code colors for 120/208 volt systems shall be:
a.
Phase A - Black
b.
Phase B – Red
c.
Phase C - Blue
4.
Neutral wires shall be white or grey.
5.
Equipment ground wires shall be green.
6.
The same colors shall be used for the same phases throughout the entire
project.
PROTECTION AND CLEANING OF EQUIPMENT:
A.
All electrical equipment, upon receipt, shall be adequately stored and protected
from damage.
B.
After installation, all electrical equipment shall be protected to prevent damage
during the construction period. Openings in conduits and boxes shall be closed to
prevent entrance of foreign materials.
C.
The interior of boxes and cabinets shall be left clean. Exposed surfaces shall be
cleaned and plate surfaces polished.
04/01/2016
16010-7
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
1.11
1.12
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS:
A.
The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with four (4) copies of complete operating
and maintenance manuals. Manuals shall include all equipment, maintenance
instruction, parts list, warranties, schematic diagrams of control systems, and
lubrication charts.
B.
Manuals shall contain only that information which specifically applies to this
project, and all unrelated material shall be deleted. During the instruction period,
herein specified, this manual shall be used and explained. Each copy of manual
shall be clearly indexed and include a directory of all subcontractors and
maintenance contractors, indicate the area of their responsibility, and list the
name and telephone numbers of the responsible member of each organization.
This material shall have a clear plastic protective shield over each sheet of data.
C.
Each manual shall be bound in an expandable plastic covered hard bound binder.
The manual's front cover and side cover shall be stamped "Operation and
Maintenance Manual -- Electrical Systems" along with the project title.
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS:
A.
1.13
The Contractor is to instruct operating personnel in the operation and maintenance
of equipment and systems.
SPARE PARTS DATA:
A.
1.14
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
The Contractor shall furnish a complete list of recommended spare parts and
supplies for the equipment furnished with current unit prices and source of supply.
TESTS:
A.
The Electrical Subcontractor shall perform all tests at the completion of the work
and the results furnished to the Owner and Engineer in writing. Tests shall
include, but not be limited to: all systems test free of shorts or grounds, proper
neutral connections, ground system resistance, secondary voltages at main
distribution panel, power panels and lighting panels, all lighting fixtures with
lamps in place for 10 hours.
B.
Upon completion of all work, the Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish, in
duplicate, certificates of inspections from all inspectors and authorities having
jurisdiction, notarized letters from the manufacturers stating that authorized
Factory Engineers or agents have inspected and tested the installation of their
respective systems and found same to be in satisfactory operating condition.
04/01/2016
16010-8
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
C.
1.15
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Furnish all labor, material, instruments, supplies and services and bear all costs
for the accomplishment of the tests.
GUARANTEE:
A.
The Contractor shall guarantee equipment and performance of the installation and
equipment in accordance with the GENERAL CONDITIONS.
B.
Lamps shall be furnished and installed in each lighting fixture as soon as fixtures
are properly hung. Replace all lamps that fail within ninety (90) days after final
acceptance at no additional cost. If the Contractor fails to replace lamps during
the guarantee period, after a second request the Owner may replace lamps and
back-charge Contractor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MATERIALS:
A.
The materials used in all systems shall be new, unused and as hereinafter
specified. All materials where not specified shall be of the very best of their
respective kinds. Samples of materials or manufacturer's specification shall be
submitted for approval as required by the Engineer.
B.
Materials and equipment used shall be U.L. listed wherever such approved
materials and equipment is available.
C.
Electrical equipment shall at all times during construction be adequately
protected against mechanical injury or damage by water. If any apparatus has
been damaged, such damage shall be repaired by the Contractor at his cost and
expense. If any apparatus has been subject to possible damage by water, it shall
be thoroughly dried out and put through such special tests as required by the
Engineer, at the cost and expense of the Contractor, or shall be replaced by the
Contractor at his own expense.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
INSTALLATION:
A.
04/01/2016
All work shall be executed in full accordance with the Massachusetts Electrical
Code and local rulings. Should any work be performed contrary to said rulings,
ordinances and regulations, this Contractor shall bear full responsibility for such
violations and assume all costs arising therefrom.
16010-9
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
B.
Load Balance. Check the load balance on the phases of the various systems and
reconnect where necessary as approved by the Engineer to provide equal division
of the loads between the phases of the various systems.
C.
Before starting the work, confer with all other trades relative to the location of
pipes, ducts, and apparatus or fixtures to be installed by them and select locations
for the work which will avoid possible conflicts with the work of other trades
involved. All differences or conflicting conditions concerning the work shall be
called to the attention of the Engineer for adjustment before starting work. For
such work performed or materials installed in violation of the above clause the
work shall be readjusted to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer at the sole
expense of the Electrical Subcontractor.
D.
Cleanup
1.
This Contractor shall cooperate with other workmen and with the General
Contractor in the daily removal of debris from the work site.
2.
This Contractor shall leave "broom clean" all areas where he has
interrupted or completed his work.
3.
He shall cooperate with the General Contractor in good housekeeping
procedures.
4.
At the completion of his work, prior to the final inspection, this Contractor
shall clean all devices, plates, fixtures, glassware, switches, cabinets,
exposed conduits, fittings, etc. and shall have the premises in a thoroughly
clean condition.
END OF SECTION
O:\Burlington MA\2140692 - Mt Hope HVAC\Specifications\Ready For Final Format\Electrical\16010 Electrical Work - General Provisions.doc
04/01/2016
16010-10
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
SECTION 16050
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
(FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED PART OF 16010)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A.
1.02
A.
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY:
This Section includes the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.03
Raceways.
Building wire and connectors.
Supporting devices for electrical components.
Electrical identification.
Cutting and patching for electrical construction.
Touchup painting.
DEFINITIONS:
A.
EMT: Electrical metallic tubing.
B.
FMC: Flexible metal conduit.
C.
IMC: Intermediate metal conduit.
D.
LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit.
E.
RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit.
F.
RMC: Rigid metal conduit.
1.04
A.
SUBMITTALS:
Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance
requirements.
04/01/2016
16050 - 1
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
1.05
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
and marked for intended use.
B.
Comply with NFPA 70.
1.06
A.
COORDINATION:
Coordinate chases, slots, inserts, sleeves, and openings with general construction work
and arrange in building structure during progress of construction to facilitate the
electrical installations that follow.
1.
Set inserts and sleeves in poured-in-place concrete, masonry work, and other
structural components as they are constructed.
B.
Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installing electrical materials and equipment for
efficient flow of the Work. Coordinate installing large equipment requiring positioning
before closing in the building.
C.
Coordinate location of access panels and doors for electrical items that are concealed by
finished surfaces.
D.
Where electrical identification devices are applied to field-finished surfaces, coordinate
installation of identification devices with completion of finished surface.
E.
Where electrical identification markings and devices will be concealed by acoustical
ceilings and similar finishes, coordinate installation of these items before ceiling
installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
RACEWAYS:
A.
EMT: ANSI C80.3, zinc-coated steel, with set-screw or compression fittings.
B.
FMC: Zinc-coated steel.
C.
IMC: ANSI C80.6, zinc-coated steel, with threaded fittings.
D.
LFMC: Zinc-coated steel with sunlight-resistant and mineral-oil-resistant plastic jacket.
E.
RNC: NEMA TC 2, Schedule 40 PVC, with NEMA TC3 fittings.
F.
RMC: Rigid metal conduit zinc-coated
04/01/2016
16050 - 2
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
G.
2.02
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Raceway Fittings: Specifically designed for the raceway type with which used.
CONDUCTORS:
A.
Conductors, No. 10 AWG and Smaller: Solid or stranded copper.
B.
Conductors, Larger than No. 10 AWG: Stranded copper.
C.
Insulation: Thermoplastic, rated at 75 deg C minimum.
D.
Wire Connectors and Splices: Units of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class
suitable for service indicated.
2.03
SUPPORTING DEVICES:
A.
Material: Cold-formed steel, with corrosion-resistant coating acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction.
B.
Metal Items for Use Outdoors or in Damp Locations: Hot-dip galvanized steel.
C.
Slotted-Steel Channel Supports: Flange edges turned toward web, and 9/16-inch
diameter slotted holes at a maximum of 2 inches o.c., in webs.
D.
Raceway and Cable Supports: Manufactured clevis hangers, riser clamps, straps,
threaded C-clamps with retainers, ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets, and springsteel clamps or click-type hangers.
E.
Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade A, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends.
F.
Cable Supports for Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of
threaded body and insulating wedging plug for non-armored electrical cables in riser
conduits. Plugs have number and size of conductor gripping holes as required to suit
individual risers. Body constructed of malleable-iron casting with hot-dip galvanized
finish.
G.
Expansion Anchors: Carbon-steel wedge or sleeve type.
H.
Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type.
I.
Powder-Driven Threaded Studs: Heat-treated steel.
2.04
A.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION:
Identification Devices: A single type of identification product for each application
category. Use colors prescribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70, and these Specifications.
04/01/2016
16050 - 3
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
B.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Raceway and Cable Labels: Comply with ANSI A13.1, Table 3, for minimum size of
letters for legend and minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Type: Pre-tensioned, wraparound plastic sleeves. Flexible, preprinted, colorcoded, acrylic band sized to suit the diameter of the item it identifies.
Type: Preprinted, flexible, self-adhesive, vinyl. Legend is over laminated with a
clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating.
Color: Black letters on orange background.
Legend: Indicates voltage.
C.
Colored Adhesive Marking Tape for Raceways, Wires, and Cables: Self-adhesive vinyl
tape, not less than 1 inch wide by 3 mils thick.
D.
Tape Markers for Wire: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive, wraparound type with
preprinted numbers and letters.
E.
Color-Coding Cable Ties: Type 6/6 nylon, self-locking type. Colors to suit coding
scheme.
F.
Engraved-Plastic Labels, Signs, and Instruction Plates: Engraving stock, melamine
plastic laminate punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners 1/16-inch minimum
thickness for signs up to 20 sq. in. and 1/8-inch minimum thickness for larger sizes.
Engraved legend in black letters on white background.
G.
Interior Warning and Caution Signs:
Comply with 29 CFR, Chapter XVII,
Part 1910.145. Preprinted, aluminum, baked-enamel-finish signs, punched or drilled for
mechanical fasteners, with colors, legend, and size appropriate to the application.
H.
Fasteners for Nameplates and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or No. 10/32
stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers.
2.05
TOUCHUP PAINT:
A.
For Equipment: Equipment manufacturer's paint selected to match installed equipment
finish.
B.
Galvanized Surfaces: Zinc-rich paint recommended by item manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
A.
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION:
Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not
indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide the maximum
possible headroom.
04/01/2016
16050 - 4
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
B.
Materials and Components: Install level, plumb, and parallel and perpendicular to other
building systems and components, unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of
components. Connect for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference with other
installations.
D.
Right of Way: Give to raceways and piping systems installed at a required slope.
3.02
A.
RACEWAY APPLICATION:
Use the following raceways for outdoor installations unless noted otherwise:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Use the following raceways for indoor installations unless noted otherwise:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3.03
Exposed: RMC.
Concealed: RMC.
Connection to Vibrating Equipment: LFMC.
Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 3R or Type 4.
Exposed: EMT.
Concealed: EMT.
Connection to Vibrating Equipment: FMC; except in wet or damp locations, use
LFMC.
Damp or Wet Locations: IMC.
Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated.
RACEWAY AND CABLE INSTALLATION:
A.
Conceal raceways and cables, unless otherwise indicated, within finished walls and
ceilings.
B.
Install raceways and cables at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues, hot-water
pipes and of heat generating equipment. Locate horizontal raceway runs above water
and steam piping.
C.
Use temporary raceway caps to prevent foreign matter from entering.
D.
Make conduit bends and offsets so ID is not reduced. Keep legs of bends in the same
plane and straight legs of offsets parallel, unless otherwise indicated.
E.
Use raceway and cable fittings compatible with raceways and cables and suitable for
use and location.
F.
Where allowed per the drawings raceways embedded in slabs shall be installed in
middle third of slab thickness and shall have at least 1-inch concrete cover.
04/01/2016
16050 - 5
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Secure raceways to reinforcing rods to prevent sagging or shifting during concrete
placement.
Space raceways laterally to prevent voids in concrete.
Install conduit larger than 1-inch trade size parallel to or at right angles to main
reinforcement. Where conduit is at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit
close to slab support.
Transition from nonmetallic tubing to rigid steel conduit, or IMC before rising
above floor.
Make bends in exposed parallel or banked runs from same centerline to make
bends parallel. Use factory elbows only where elbows can be installed parallel;
otherwise, provide field bends for exposed parallel raceways.
G.
Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use No. 14 AWG zinc-coated steel or
monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb tensile strength. Leave at least 12
inches of slack at each end of the pull wire.
H.
Install signal system raceways, 2-inch trade size and smaller, in maximum lengths of
150 feet and with a maximum of two 90-degree bends or equivalent. Separate lengths
with pull or junction boxes where necessary to comply with these requirements, in
addition to requirements above.
I.
Connect motors and equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement
with a maximum of 72-inch flexible conduit. Install LFMC in wet or damp locations.
Install separate ground conductor across flexible connections.
3.04
WIRING METHODS FOR POWER, LIGHTING, AND CONTROL CIRCUITS:
A.
Feeders: Type THHN/THWN insulated conductors in raceway.
B.
Branch Circuits: Type THHN/THWN insulated conductors in raceway.
C.
Remote-Control Signaling and Power-Limited Circuits: Type THHN/THWN insulated
stranded conductors with no splices in raceway for Classes 1, 2, and 3, unless otherwise
indicated.
3.05
WIRING INSTALLATION:
A.
Install splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess
equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than un-spliced
conductors.
B.
Install wiring at outlets with at least 12 inches of slack conductor at each outlet.
C.
Connect outlet and component connections to wiring systems and to ground. Tighten
electrical connectors and terminals, according to manufacturer's published torque-
04/01/2016
16050 - 6
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified
in UL 486A.
3.06
ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING DEVICE APPLICATION:
A.
Damp Locations and Outdoors:
channel system components.
B.
Dry Locations: Steel materials.
C.
Selection of Supports: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
D.
Strength of Supports: Adequate to carry present and future loads, times a safety factor
of at least four; minimum of 200-lb design load.
3.07
Hot-dip galvanized materials or nonmetallic, U-
SUPPORT INSTALLATION:
A.
Install support devices to securely and permanently fasten and support electrical
components.
B.
Install individual and multiple raceway hangers and riser clamps to support raceways.
Provide U-bolts, clamps, attachments, and other hardware necessary for hanger
assemblies and for securing hanger rods and conduits.
C.
Support parallel runs of horizontal raceways together on trapeze- or bracket-type
hangers.
D.
Size supports for multiple raceway installations so capacity can be increased by a 25
percent minimum in the future.
E.
Support individual horizontal raceways with separate, malleable-iron pipe hangers or
clamps.
F.
Install 1/4-inch diameter or larger threaded steel hanger rods, unless otherwise
indicated.
G.
Spring-steel fasteners specifically designed for supporting single conduits or tubing may
be used instead of malleable-iron hangers for 1-1/2-inch and smaller raceways serving
lighting and receptacle branch circuits above suspended ceilings and for fastening
raceways to slotted channel and angle supports.
H.
Arrange supports in vertical runs so the weight of raceways and enclosed conductors is
carried entirely by raceway supports, with no weight load on raceway terminals.
I.
Simultaneously install vertical conductor supports with conductors.
04/01/2016
16050 - 7
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
J.
Separately support cast boxes that are threaded to raceways and used for fixture support.
Support sheet-metal boxes directly from the building structure or by bar hangers. If bar
hangers are used, attach bar to raceways on opposite sides of the box and support the
raceway with an approved fastener not more than 24 inches from the box.
K.
Install metal channel racks for mounting cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches,
control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices unless
components are mounted directly to structural elements of adequate strength.
L.
Install sleeves for cable and raceway penetrations of concrete slabs and walls unless
core-drilled holes are used. Install sleeves for cable and raceway penetrations of
masonry and fire-rated gypsum walls and of all other fire-rated floor and wall
assemblies. Install sleeves during erection of concrete and masonry walls.
M.
Securely fasten electrical items and their supports to the building structure, unless
otherwise indicated. Perform fastening according to the following unless other
fastening methods are indicated:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Wood: Fasten with wood screws or screw-type nails.
Masonry: Toggle bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion bolts on solid
masonry units.
New Concrete: Concrete inserts with machine screws and bolts.
Instead of expansion bolts, threaded studs driven by a powder charge and
provided with lock washers may be used in existing concrete.
Steel: Welded threaded studs or spring-tension clamps on steel.
a.
6.
7.
8.
3.08
Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1.
Welding to steel structure may be used only for threaded studs, not for conduits,
pipe straps, or other items.
Light Steel: Sheet-metal screws.
Fasteners: Select so the load applied to each fastener does not exceed 25 percent
of its proof-test load.
IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS AND DEVICES:
A.
Install at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and
maintenance of equipment.
B.
Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other designations used for electrical
identification with corresponding designations indicated in the Contract Documents or
required by codes and standards. Use consistent designations throughout Project.
C.
Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before applying.
D.
Identify raceways and cables with color banding as follows:
04/01/2016
16050 - 8
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
1.
2.
3.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Bands: Pre-tensioned, snap-around, colored plastic sleeves or colored adhesive
marking tape. Make each color band 2 inches wide, completely encircling
conduit, and place adjacent bands of two-color markings in contact, side by side.
Band Locations: At changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at
50-foot maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot maximum intervals in
congested areas.
Colors: As follows:
a.
b.
c.
Fire Alarm System: Red.
Security System: Blue and yellow.
Telecommunication System: Green and yellow.
E.
Tag and label circuits designated to be extended in the future. Identify source and
circuit numbers in each cabinet, pull and junction box, and outlet box. Color-coding
may be used for voltage and phase identification.
F.
Color-code 208/120-V system secondary service, feeder, and branch-circuit conductors
throughout the secondary electrical system as follows:
1.
2.
3.
3.09
A.
3.10
Phase A: Black.
Phase B: Red.
Phase C: Blue
FIRESTOPPING:
Apply fire stopping to cable and raceway penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall
assemblies to achieve fire-resistance rating of the assembly.
CUTTING AND PATCHING:
A.
Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces
required to permit electrical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of
trades involved.
B.
Repair and refinish disturbed finish materials and other surfaces to match adjacent
undisturbed surfaces. Repair and refinish materials and other surfaces by skilled
mechanics of trades involved.
3.11
A.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
Inspect installed components for damage and faulty work, including the following:
1.
2.
3.
04/01/2016
Raceways.
Building wire and connectors.
Supporting devices for electrical components.
16050 - 9
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
4.
5.
6.
3.12
A.
Electrical identification.
Cutting and patching for electrical construction.
Touchup painting.
REFINISHING AND TOUCHUP PAINTING:
Refinish and touch up paint. Paint materials and application requirements shall be per
manufacturers’ recommendations.
1.
2.
3.
4.
3.13
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Clean damaged and disturbed areas and apply primer, intermediate, and finish
coats to suit the degree of damage at each location.
Follow paint manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation and for
timing and application of successive coats.
Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by
manufacturer.
Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating
recommended by manufacturer.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION:
A.
On completion of installation, including outlets, fittings, and devices, inspect exposed
finish. Remove burrs, dirt, paint spots, and construction debris.
B.
Protect equipment and installations and maintain conditions to ensure that coatings,
finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial
Completion.
END OF SECTION
O:\Burlington MA\2140692 - Mt Hope HVAC\Specifications\Ready For Final Format\Electrical\16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods.DOC
04/01/2016
16050 - 10
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
SECTION 16123
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
(FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED PART OF 16010)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A.
1.02
A.
1.03
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY:
This Section includes building wires and cables and associated connectors, splices, and
terminations for wiring systems rated 600 V and less.
SUBMITTALS:
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Qualification Data: For testing agency.
C.
Field Quality-Control Test Reports: From a qualified testing and inspecting agency
engaged by Contractor.
1.04
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
and marked for intended use.
B.
Comply with NFPA 70.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MANUFACTURERS:
04/01/2016
16123 - 1
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
A.
In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
1.
2.02
A.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified.
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES:
Available Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Alcan Aluminum Corporation; Alcan Cable Div.
American Insulated Wire Corp.; a Leviton Company.
General Cable Corporation.
Senator Wire & Cable Company.
Southwire Company.
B.
Refer to Part 3 "Conductor and Insulation Applications" Article for insulation type,
cable construction, and ratings.
C.
Conductor Material: Copper complying with NEMA WC 5; solid conductor for No. 10
AWG and smaller, stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger.
D.
Conductor Insulation Types: Type THHN-THWN complying with NEMA WC 5.
E.
Multiconductor Cable: Metal-clad cable, Type MC with ground wire.
2.03
A.
CONNECTORS AND SPLICES:
Available Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
AFC Cable Systems, Inc.
AMP Incorporated/Tyco International.
Hubbell/Anderson.
O-Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC.
3M Company; Electrical Products Division.
Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating,
material, type, and class for application and service indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
CONDUCTOR AND INSULATION APPLICATIONS:
A. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway.
04/01/2016
16123 - 2
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
B.
Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Metal-clad cable, Type MC.
C.
Exposed Branch Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway.
D.
Class 1 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway.
E.
Class 2 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway.
3.02
INSTALLATION:
A.
Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound
used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's
recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values.
B.
Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips,
that will not damage cables or raceway.
C.
Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural
members, and follow surface contours where possible.
D.
Support cables according to Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and
Methods."
E.
Seal around cables penetrating fire-rated elements.
F.
Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Division 16 Section "Basic
Electrical Materials and Methods."
3.03
CONNECTIONS:
A.
Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published
torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those
specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
B.
Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess
equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced
conductors.
C.
Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches of slack.
3.04
A.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
Testing: Perform the following field quality-control testing:
1.
04/01/2016
After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been
energized, test for compliance with requirements.
16123 - 3
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
2.
B.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in
NETA ATS, Section 7.3.1. Certify compliance with test parameters.
Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following:
1.
2.
3.
Test procedures used.
Test results that comply with requirements.
Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to
achieve compliance with requirements.
END OF SECTION
O:\Burlington MA\2140692 - Mt Hope HVAC\Specifications\Ready For Final Format\Electrical\16123 Building Conductors and Cables.DOC
04/01/2016
16123 - 4
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
SECTION 16442
PANELBOARDS
(FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED PART OF 16010)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
A.
1.02
A.
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY:
This Section include panelboards, overcurrent protective devices, and associated
auxiliary equipment rated 600 V and less for the following types:
1.
1.03
Lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboards.
DEFINITIONS:
A.
GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.
B.
RMS: Root mean square.
C.
SPDT: Single pole, double throw.
D.
TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor.
1.04
SUBMITTALS:
A.
Product Data: For each type of panelboard, overcurrent protective device, TVSS
device, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensions and manufacturers'
technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes.
B.
Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment.
1.
Dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. Show tabulations of
installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. Include the following:
a.
b.
04/05/2016
Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1.
Bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings.
16442-1
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
c.
d.
e.
2.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective
devices.
UL listing for series rating of installed devices.
Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual
overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components.
Wiring Diagrams: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring and differentiate
between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.
C.
Qualification Data: Submit data for testing agencies indicating that they comply with
qualifications specified.
D.
Field Test Reports: Submit written test reports and include the following:
1.
2.
3.
Test procedures used.
Test results that comply with requirements.
Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that
comply with requirements.
E.
Panelboard Schedules: For installation in panelboards. Submit final versions after load
balancing.
F.
Maintenance Data: For panelboards and components to include in maintenance
manuals specified in Division 1. In addition to requirements specified in Division 1
Section "Contract Closeout," include the following:
1.
2.
Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent
protective devices.
Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent
protective device.
G.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
and marked for intended use.
H.
Comply with NEMA PB 1.
I.
Comply with NFPA 70.
1.05
A.
COORDINATION:
Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other
construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other
types of equipment, raceways, piping, and encumbrances to workspace clearance
requirements.
04/05/2016
16442-2
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
1.06
A.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
EXTRA MATERIALS:
Keys: Six spares of each type of panelboard cabinet lock.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
A.
MANUFACTURERS:
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
1.
Panelboards, Overcurrent Protective Devices, Controllers, Contactors, and
Accessories:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.02
A.
Eaton Corp.; Cutler-Hammer Products.
General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Div.
Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
Square D Co.
FABRICATION AND FEATURES:
Enclosures: Flush- and surface mounted cabinets.
environmental conditions at installed location.
1.
2.
3.
NEMA PB 1, Type 1, to meet
Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R.
Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4.
Hazardous Areas Indicated on Drawings: NEMA 250, Type 7C.
B.
Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps. For surface-mounted fronts, match
box dimensions; for flush-mounted fronts, overlap box.
C.
Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within
hinged trim cover.
D.
Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish over corrosion-resistant treatment or
primer coat.
E.
Directory Card: With transparent protective cover, mounted inside metal frame, inside
panelboard door.
F.
Bus: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity.
G.
Main and Neutral Lugs: Compression type suitable for use with conductor material.
04/05/2016
16442-3
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
H.
Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment ground
conductors; bonded to box.
I.
Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections, and necessary appurtenances
required for future installation of devices.
J.
Skirt for Surface-Mounted Panelboards: Same gage and finish as panelboard front with
flanges for attachment to panelboard, wall, and ceiling or floor.
K.
Gutter Barrier: Arrange to isolate individual panel sections.
2.03
PANELBOARD SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING:
A.
UL label indicating series-connected rating with integral or remote upstream devices.
Include size and type of upstream device allowable, branch devices allowable, and UL
series-connected short-circuit rating.
B.
Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current available at terminals.
2.04
LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH-CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS:
A.
Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt-on circuit breakers, replaceable without
disturbing adjacent units.
B.
Doors: Front mounted with concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler
lock; keyed alike.
2.05
A.
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES:
Molded-Case Circuit Breaker:
available fault currents.
1.
2.
3.
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level
overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable
magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger.
Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with
front-mounted, field-adjustable trip setting.
Electronic Trip Unit Circuit Breakers: RMS sensing; field-replaceable rating
plug; with the following field-adjustable settings:
a.
b.
c.
d.
04/05/2016
NEMA AB 1, with interrupting capacity to meet
Instantaneous trip.
Long- and short-time pickup levels.
Long- and short-time time adjustments.
Ground-fault pickup level, time delay, and I2t response.
16442-4
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
4.
5.
B.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Current-Limiting Circuit Breakers: Frame sizes 400 A and smaller; let-through
ratings less than NEMA FU 1, RK-5.
GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single- and two-pole configurations with 30-mA trip
sensitivity.
Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker Features and Accessories. Standard frame sizes, trip
ratings, and number of poles.
1.
2.
3.
Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and material of
conductors.
Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching
fluorescent lighting loads; Type HACR for heating, air-conditioning, and
refrigerating equipment.
Ground-Fault Protection: Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with adjustable
pickup and time-delay settings, push-to-test feature, and ground-fault indicator.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
INSTALLATION:
A.
Install panelboards and accessories according to NEMA PB 1.1.
B.
Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Division 16
C.
Mounting Heights: Top of trim 74-inches (1880 mm) above finished floor, unless
otherwise indicated.
D.
Mounting: Plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount recessed panelboards
with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish.
E.
Circuit Directory: Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads after balancing
panelboard loads. Obtain approval before installing. Use a computer or typewriter to
create directory; handwritten directories are not acceptable.
F.
Install filler plates in unused spaces.
G.
Wiring in Panelboard Gutters: Arrange conductors into groups and bundle and wrap
with wire ties after completing load balancing.
3.02
A.
IDENTIFICATION:
Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide
warning signs as specified in Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and
Methods."
04/05/2016
16442-5
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
B.
3.03
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with engraved metal or laminatedplastic nameplate mounted with corrosion-resistant screws.
CONNECTIONS:
A.
Install equipment grounding connections for panelboards with ground continuity to
main electrical ground bus.
B.
Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published
torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those
specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
3.04
A.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
Prepare for acceptance tests as follows:
1.
2.
B.
Testing: After installing panelboards and after electrical circuitry has been energized,
demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements.
1.
2.
C.
Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test
indicated in NETA ATS, Section 7.5 for switches and Section 7.6 for moldedcase circuit breakers. Certify compliance with test parameters.
Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate
compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest.
ompletion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, measure load balancing
and make circuit changes as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
3.05
Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply,
feeder, and control circuit.
Test continuity of each circuit.
Measure as directed during period of normal system loading.
Perform load-balancing circuit changes outside normal occupancy/working
schedule of the facility and at time directed. Avoid disrupting critical 24-hour
services such as fax machines and on-line data-processing, computing,
transmitting, and receiving equipment.
After circuit changes, recheck loads during normal load period. Record all load
readings before and after changes and submit test records.
Tolerance: Difference exceeding 20 percent between phase loads, within a
panelboard, is not acceptable. Rebalance and recheck as necessary to meet this
minimum requirement.
CLEANING:
04/05/2016
16442-6
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
Town of Burlington
A.
Public Works Construction
Engineering Division
On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards. Remove
paint splatters and other spots. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to
assist in cleaning. Repair exposed surfaces to match original finish.
END OF SECTION
O:\Burlington MA\2140692 - Mt Hope HVAC\Specifications\Ready For Final Format\Electrical\16442 Panelboards.doc
04/05/2016
16442-7
Mt. Hope Christian School
HVAC Replacement
THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS
Prevailing Wage Rates
CHARLES D. BAKER
Governor
As determined by the Director under the provisions of the
Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H
RONALD L. WALKER, II
Secretary
WILLIAM D MCKINNEY
KARYN E. POLITO
Lt. Governor
Awarding Authority:
Director
Town of Burlington, MA
Contract Number:
City/Town:
BURLINGTON
Description of Work:
Mt Hope Christian School - Remove & replace HVAC system includes gas-fired condensing hot water boilers and
circulation pumps, hot water unit ventilators, heaters, cabinet unit heaters & DDC controls
Job Location:
3 McGinnis Drive, Burlington, MA 01803
Information about Prevailing Wage Schedules for Awarding Authorities and Contractors
• This wage schedule applies only to the specific project referenced at the top of this page and uniquely identified by the
“Wage Request Number” on all pages of this schedule.
• An Awarding Authority must request an updated wage schedule from the Department of Labor Standards (“DLS”) if it has
not opened bids or selected a contractor within 90 days of the date of issuance of the wage schedule. For CM AT RISK
projects (bid pursuant to G.L. c.149A), the earlier of: (a) the execution date of the GMP Amendment, or (b) the bid for the first
construction scope of work must be within 90-days of the wage schedule issuance date.
• The wage schedule shall be incorporated in any advertisement or call for bids for the project as required by M.G.L. c. 149,
§ 27. The wage schedule shall be made a part of the contract awarded for the project. The wage schedule must be posted in a
conspicuous place at the work site for the life of the project in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149 § 27. The wages listed on the
wage schedule must be paid to employees performing construction work on the project whether they are employed by the prime
contractor, a filed sub-bidder, or any sub-contractor.
• All apprentices working on the project are required to be registered with the Massachusetts Department of Labor
Standards, Division of Apprentice Standards (DLS/DAS). Apprentice must keep his/her apprentice identification card on
his/her person during all work hours on the project. An apprentice registered with DAS may be paid the lower apprentice
wage rate at the applicable step as provided on the prevailing wage schedule. Any apprentice not registered with DLS/DAS
regardless of whether or not they are registered with any other federal, state, local, or private agency must be paid the
journeyworker's rate for the trade.
• The wage rates will remain in effect for the duration of the project, except in the case of multi-year public construction
projects. For construction projects lasting longer than one year, awarding authorities must request an updated wage schedule.
Awarding authorities are required to request these updates no later than two weeks before the anniversary of the date the
contract was executed by the awarding authority and the general contractor. For multi-year CM AT RISK projects, awarding
authority must request an annual update no later than two weeks before the anniversary date, determined as the earlier of: (a)
the execution date of the GMP Amendment, or (b) the execution date of the first amendment to permit procurement of
construction services. Contractors are required to obtain the wage schedules from awarding authorities, and to pay no less than
these rates to covered workers. The annual update requirement is not applicable to 27F “rental of equipment” contracts.
• Every contractor or subcontractor which performs construction work on the project is required to submit weekly payroll
reports and a Statement of Compliance directly to the awarding authority by mail or email and keep them on file for three years.
Each weekly payroll report must contain: the employee’s name, address, occupational classification, hours worked, and wages
paid. Do not submit weekly payroll reports to DLS. A sample of a payroll reporting form may be obtained at
http://www.mass.gov/dols/pw.
• Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative
obligation to inquire with DLS at (617) 626-6953.
• Employees not receiving the prevailing wage rate set forth on the wage schedule may report the violation to the Fair Labor
Division of the office of the Attorney General at (617) 727-3465.
• Failure of a contractor or subcontractor to pay the prevailing wage rates listed on the wage schedule to all employees who
perform construction work on the project is a violation of the law and subjects the contractor or subcontractor to civil and
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Classification
Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Effective Date
Base Wage
12/01/2015
$32.75
$10.41
$10.08
$0.00
$53.24
06/01/2016
$33.25
$10.41
$10.08
$0.00
$53.74
08/01/2016
$33.25
$10.91
$10.08
$0.00
$54.24
12/01/2016
$33.25
$10.91
$10.89
$0.00
$55.05
12/01/2015
$32.82
$10.41
$10.08
$0.00
$53.31
06/01/2016
$33.32
$10.41
$10.08
$0.00
$53.81
$10.91
$10.08
$0.00
$54.31
$10.91
$10.89
$0.00
$55.12
$0.00
$53.43
Construction
(2 AXLE) DRIVER - EQUIPMENT
TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE A
(3 AXLE) DRIVER - EQUIPMENT
TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE A
08/01/2016
12/01/2016
(4 & 5 AXLE) DRIVER - EQUIPMENT
TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE A
ADS/SUBMERSIBLE PILOT
PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 1)
$33.32
$33.32
12/01/2015
$32.94
$10.41
$10.08
06/01/2016
$33.44
$10.41
$10.08
$0.00
$53.93
08/01/2016
$33.44
$10.91
$10.08
$0.00
$54.43
12/01/2016
$33.44
$10.91
$10.89
$0.00
$55.24
08/01/2015
$88.29
$9.80
$19.23
$0.00
$117.32
12/01/2015
$36.10
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.10
06/01/2016
$36.85
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.85
12/01/2016
$37.85
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$58.85
12/01/2015
$34.38
$10.40
$5.95
$0.00
$50.73
12/01/2015
$35.60
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$56.60
06/01/2016
$36.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.35
12/01/2016
$37.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$58.35
12/01/2015
$43.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.63
06/01/2016
$44.48
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$69.38
12/01/2016
$45.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$70.63
06/01/2017
$46.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$71.63
$0.00
$72.63
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PILE DRIVER"
AIR TRACK OPERATOR
LABORERS - ZONE 1
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
ASBESTOS REMOVER - PIPE / MECH. EQUIPT.
HEAT & FROST INSULATORS LOCAL 6 (BOSTON)
ASPHALT RAKER
LABORERS - ZONE 1
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
ASPHALT/CONCRETE/CRUSHER PLANT-ON SITE
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
12/01/2017
$47.73
$10.00
$14.90
12/01/2015
$43.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.63
06/01/2016
$44.48
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$69.38
12/01/2016
$45.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$70.63
06/01/2017
$46.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$71.63
12/01/2017
$47.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$72.63
12/01/2015
$35.60
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$56.60
06/01/2016
$36.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.35
12/01/2016
$37.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$58.35
12/01/2015
$36.10
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.10
06/01/2016
$36.85
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.85
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$58.85
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
BACKHOE/FRONT-END LOADER
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
BARCO-TYPE JUMPING TAMPER
LABORERS - ZONE 1
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
BLOCK PAVER, RAMMER / CURB SETTER
LABORERS - ZONE 1
12/01/2016
$37.85
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Page 2 of 35
Classification
BOILER MAKER
BOILERMAKERS LOCAL 29
Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Base Wage
01/01/2016
$41.62
$6.97
$16.21
$0.00
$64.80
01/01/2017
$42.92
$6.97
$16.21
$0.00
$66.10
Apprentice - BOILERMAKER - Local 29
Effective Date - 01/01/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$6.97
$10.54
$0.00
$44.56
$27.05
$6.97
$10.54
$0.00
$44.56
70
$29.13
$6.97
$11.35
$0.00
$47.45
75
$31.22
$6.97
$12.16
$0.00
$50.35
80
$33.30
$6.97
$12.97
$0.00
$53.24
85
$35.38
$6.97
$13.78
$0.00
$56.13
90
$37.46
$6.97
$14.59
$0.00
$59.02
95
$39.54
$6.97
$15.40
$0.00
$61.91
Apprentice Base Wage Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Step
percent
1
65
$27.05
2
65
3
4
5
6
7
8
Effective Date -
Total Rate
Effective Date
Apprentice Base Wage Health
01/01/2017
Step
percent
1
65
$27.90
$6.97
$10.54
$0.00
$45.41
2
65
$27.90
$6.97
$10.54
$0.00
$45.41
3
70
$30.04
$6.97
$11.35
$0.00
$48.36
4
75
$32.19
$6.97
$12.16
$0.00
$51.32
5
80
$34.34
$6.97
$12.97
$0.00
$54.28
6
85
$36.48
$6.97
$13.78
$0.00
$57.23
7
90
$38.63
$6.97
$14.59
$0.00
$60.19
8
95
$40.77
$6.97
$15.40
$0.00
$63.14
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5
BRICK/STONE/ARTIFICIAL MASONRY (INCL. MASONRY
WATERPROOFING)
BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 (WALTHAM)
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
02/01/2016
$49.86
$10.18
$19.14
$0.00
$79.18
08/01/2016
$50.76
$10.18
$19.22
$0.00
$80.16
02/01/2017
$51.33
$10.18
$19.22
$0.00
$80.73
20160406-039
Page 3 of 35
Classification
Effective Date
Base Wage
Health
Apprentice - BRICK/PLASTER/CEMENT MASON - Local 3 Waltham
Effective Date - 02/01/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$10.18
$19.14
$0.00
$54.25
$29.92
$10.18
$19.14
$0.00
$59.24
70
$34.90
$10.18
$19.14
$0.00
$64.22
4
80
$39.89
$10.18
$19.14
$0.00
$69.21
5
90
$44.87
$10.18
$19.14
$0.00
$74.19
Apprentice Base Wage Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Step
percent
1
50
$24.93
2
60
3
Effective Date -
Apprentice Base Wage Health
08/01/2016
Step
percent
1
50
$25.38
$10.18
$19.22
$0.00
$54.78
2
60
$30.46
$10.18
$19.22
$0.00
$59.86
3
70
$35.53
$10.18
$19.22
$0.00
$64.93
4
80
$40.61
$10.18
$19.22
$0.00
$70.01
5
90
$45.68
$10.18
$19.22
$0.00
$75.08
Total Rate
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5
BULLDOZER/GRADER/SCRAPER
12/01/2015
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
06/01/2016
$43.31
$44.06
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.21
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.96
$0.00
$70.19
12/01/2016
$45.29
$10.00
$14.90
06/01/2017
$46.28
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$71.18
12/01/2017
$47.27
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$72.17
12/01/2015
$36.45
$7.45
$13.75
$0.00
$57.65
06/01/2016
$37.20
$7.45
$13.75
$0.00
$58.40
12/01/2016
$38.20
$7.45
$13.75
$0.00
$59.40
12/01/2015
$35.30
$7.45
$13.75
$0.00
$56.50
06/01/2016
$36.05
$7.45
$13.75
$0.00
$57.25
12/01/2016
$37.05
$7.45
$13.75
$0.00
$58.25
12/01/2015
$35.30
$7.45
$13.75
$0.00
$56.50
06/01/2016
$36.05
$7.45
$13.75
$0.00
$57.25
$0.00
$58.25
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
CAISSON & UNDERPINNING BOTTOM MAN
LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
CAISSON & UNDERPINNING LABORER
LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
CAISSON & UNDERPINNING TOP MAN
LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE
12/01/2016
$37.05
$7.45
$13.75
12/01/2015
$35.60
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$56.60
06/01/2016
$36.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.35
12/01/2016
$37.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$58.35
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
CARBIDE CORE DRILL OPERATOR
LABORERS - ZONE 1
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Page 4 of 35
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Classification
Effective Date
Base Wage
CARPENTER
03/01/2016
$37.10
$9.80
$16.82
$0.00
$63.72
09/01/2016
$38.08
$9.80
$16.82
$0.00
$64.70
03/01/2017
$39.05
$9.80
$16.82
$0.00
$65.67
09/01/2017
$40.06
$9.80
$16.82
$0.00
$66.68
$0.00
$67.68
CARPENTERS -ZONE 2 (Eastern Massachusetts)
Health
Pension
03/01/2018
$41.06
$9.80
$16.82
09/01/2018
$42.10
$9.80
$16.82
$0.00
$68.72
03/01/2019
$43.13
$9.80
$16.82
$0.00
$69.75
Apprentice - CARPENTER - Zone 2 Eastern MA
Effective Date - 03/01/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$9.80
$1.63
$0.00
$29.98
$22.26
$9.80
$1.63
$0.00
$33.69
70
$25.97
$9.80
$11.93
$0.00
$47.70
4
75
$27.83
$9.80
$11.93
$0.00
$49.56
5
80
$29.68
$9.80
$13.56
$0.00
$53.04
6
80
$29.68
$9.80
$13.56
$0.00
$53.04
7
90
$33.39
$9.80
$15.19
$0.00
$58.38
8
90
$33.39
$9.80
$15.19
$0.00
$58.38
Apprentice Base Wage Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Step
percent
1
50
$18.55
2
60
3
Effective Date -
Apprentice Base Wage Health
09/01/2016
Step
percent
1
50
$19.04
$9.80
$1.63
$0.00
$30.47
2
60
$22.85
$9.80
$1.63
$0.00
$34.28
3
70
$26.66
$9.80
$11.93
$0.00
$48.39
4
75
$28.56
$9.80
$11.93
$0.00
$50.29
5
80
$30.46
$9.80
$13.56
$0.00
$53.82
6
80
$30.46
$9.80
$13.56
$0.00
$53.82
7
90
$34.27
$9.80
$15.19
$0.00
$59.26
8
90
$34.27
$9.80
$15.19
$0.00
$59.26
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5
CEMENT MASONRY/PLASTERING
01/01/2016
BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 (WALTHAM)
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
$46.44
20160406-039
$10.90
$18.71
$1.30
$77.35
Page 5 of 35
Classification
Effective Date
Base Wage
Health
Apprentice - CEMENT MASONRY/PLASTERING - Eastern Mass (Waltham)
Effective Date - 01/01/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$10.90
$12.21
$0.00
$46.33
$27.86
$10.90
$13.71
$1.30
$53.77
65
$30.19
$10.90
$14.71
$1.30
$57.10
4
70
$32.51
$10.90
$15.71
$1.30
$60.42
5
75
$34.83
$10.90
$16.71
$1.30
$63.74
6
80
$37.15
$10.90
$17.71
$1.30
$67.06
7
90
$41.80
$10.90
$18.71
$1.30
$72.71
Step
percent
Apprentice Base Wage Health
1
50
$23.22
2
60
3
Total Rate
Notes:
Steps 3,4 are 500 hrs. All other steps are 1,000 hrs.
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3
CHAIN SAW OPERATOR
12/01/2015
LABORERS - ZONE 1
$35.60
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$56.60
$0.00
$57.35
06/01/2016
$36.35
$7.45
$13.55
12/01/2016
$37.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$58.35
12/01/2015
$44.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$69.63
06/01/2016
$45.48
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$70.38
12/01/2016
$46.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$71.63
06/01/2017
$47.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$72.63
12/01/2017
$48.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$73.63
12/01/2015
$30.13
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$55.03
06/01/2016
$30.65
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$55.55
12/01/2016
$31.52
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$56.42
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$57.11
$0.00
$57.80
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
CLAM SHELLS/SLURRY BUCKETS/HEADING MACHINES
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
COMPRESSOR OPERATOR
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
06/01/2017
$32.21
12/01/2017
$32.90
$10.00
$14.90
01/01/2016
$49.51
$7.85
$16.10
$0.00
$73.46
07/01/2016
$50.46
$7.85
$16.10
$0.00
$74.41
01/01/2017
$51.41
$7.85
$16.10
$0.00
$75.36
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
DELEADER (BRIDGE)
PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 2
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Page 6 of 35
Classification
Effective Date
Base Wage
Health
Apprentice - PAINTER Local 35 - BRIDGES/TANKS
Effective Date - 01/01/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$7.85
$0.00
$0.00
$32.61
$27.23
$7.85
$3.66
$0.00
$38.74
60
$29.71
$7.85
$3.99
$0.00
$41.55
4
65
$32.18
$7.85
$4.32
$0.00
$44.35
5
70
$34.66
$7.85
$14.11
$0.00
$56.62
6
75
$37.13
$7.85
$14.44
$0.00
$59.42
7
80
$39.61
$7.85
$14.77
$0.00
$62.23
8
90
$44.56
$7.85
$15.44
$0.00
$67.85
Apprentice Base Wage Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Step
percent
1
50
$24.76
2
55
3
Effective Date -
Apprentice Base Wage Health
07/01/2016
Step
percent
1
50
$25.23
$7.85
$0.00
$0.00
$33.08
2
55
$27.75
$7.85
$3.66
$0.00
$39.26
3
60
$30.28
$7.85
$3.99
$0.00
$42.12
4
65
$32.80
$7.85
$4.32
$0.00
$44.97
5
70
$35.32
$7.85
$14.11
$0.00
$57.28
6
75
$37.85
$7.85
$14.44
$0.00
$60.14
7
80
$40.37
$7.85
$14.77
$0.00
$62.99
8
90
$45.41
$7.85
$15.44
$0.00
$68.70
Total Rate
Notes:
Steps are 750 hrs.
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1
DEMO: ADZEMAN
LABORERS - ZONE 1
12/01/2015
$35.50
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$56.50
12/01/2015
$36.50
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.50
12/01/2015
$36.25
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.25
12/01/2015
$36.50
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.50
12/01/2015
$36.25
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.25
12/01/2015
$35.50
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$56.50
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
DEMO: BACKHOE/LOADER/HAMMER OPERATOR
LABORERS - ZONE 1
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
DEMO: BURNERS
LABORERS - ZONE 1
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
DEMO: CONCRETE CUTTER/SAWYER
LABORERS - ZONE 1
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
DEMO: JACKHAMMER OPERATOR
LABORERS - ZONE 1
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
DEMO: WRECKING LABORER
LABORERS - ZONE 1
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Page 7 of 35
Classification
DIRECTIONAL DRILL MACHINE OPERATOR
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Effective Date
Base Wage
12/01/2015
$43.31
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.21
06/01/2016
$44.06
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.96
12/01/2016
$45.29
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$70.19
06/01/2017
$46.28
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$71.18
$0.00
$72.17
12/01/2017
$47.27
$10.00
$14.90
08/01/2015
$58.86
$9.80
$19.23
$0.00
$87.89
08/01/2015
$42.04
$9.80
$19.23
$0.00
$71.07
08/01/2015
$63.06
$9.80
$19.23
$0.00
$92.09
08/01/2015
$88.23
$9.80
$19.23
$0.00
$117.26
03/01/2016
$46.17
$13.00
$16.39
$0.00
$75.56
03/01/2016
$46.17
$13.00
$16.39
$0.00
$75.56
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
DIVER
PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 1)
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PILE DRIVER"
DIVER TENDER
PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 1)
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PILE DRIVER"
DIVER TENDER (EFFLUENT)
PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 1)
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PILE DRIVER"
DIVER/SLURRY (EFFLUENT)
PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 1)
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PILE DRIVER"
DRAWBRIDGE OPERATOR (Construction)
ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 103
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- ELECTRICIAN"
ELECTRICIAN
ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 103
Apprentice - ELECTRICIAN - Local 103
Effective Date - 03/01/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$13.00
$0.55
$0.00
$32.02
$18.47
$13.00
$0.55
$0.00
$32.02
$20.78
$13.00
$12.34
$0.00
$46.12
$20.78
$13.00
$12.34
$0.00
$46.12
$23.09
$13.00
$12.71
$0.00
$48.80
$25.39
$13.00
$13.07
$0.00
$51.46
$27.70
$13.00
$13.44
$0.00
$54.14
$30.01
$13.00
$13.81
$0.00
$56.82
$32.32
$13.00
$14.18
$0.00
$59.50
$34.63
$13.00
$14.55
$0.00
$62.18
Step
percent
Apprentice Base Wage Health
1
40
$18.47
2
40
3
45
4
45
5
50
6
55
7
60
8
65
9
70
10
75
Notes: :
App Prior 1/1/03; 30/35/40/45/50/55/65/70/75/80
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:2:3***
ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR
ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS LOCAL 4
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
01/01/2016
$54.53
$14.43
$14.96
$0.00
$83.92
01/01/2017
$55.86
$15.28
$15.71
$0.00
$86.85
20160406-039
Page 8 of 35
Classification
Effective Date
Base Wage
Health
Apprentice - ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR - Local 4
Effective Date - 01/01/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$14.43
$0.00
$0.00
$41.70
$29.99
$14.43
$14.96
$0.00
$59.38
65
$35.44
$14.43
$14.96
$0.00
$64.83
4
70
$38.17
$14.43
$14.96
$0.00
$67.56
5
80
$43.62
$14.43
$14.96
$0.00
$73.01
Apprentice Base Wage Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Step
percent
1
50
$27.27
2
55
3
Effective Date -
Apprentice Base Wage Health
01/01/2017
Step
percent
1
50
$27.93
$15.28
$0.00
$0.00
$43.21
2
55
$30.72
$15.28
$15.71
$0.00
$61.71
3
65
$36.31
$15.28
$15.71
$0.00
$67.30
4
70
$39.10
$15.28
$15.71
$0.00
$70.09
5
80
$44.69
$15.28
$15.71
$0.00
$75.68
Total Rate
Notes:
Steps 1-2 are 6 mos.; Steps 3-5 are 1 year
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1
ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR HELPER
01/01/2016
ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS LOCAL 4
$38.17
$14.43
$14.96
$0.00
$67.56
$0.00
$70.09
01/01/2017
$39.10
$15.28
$15.71
12/01/2015
$35.60
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$56.60
$0.00
$57.35
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice - ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR"
FENCE & GUARD RAIL ERECTOR
LABORERS - ZONE 1
06/01/2016
$36.35
$7.45
$13.55
12/01/2016
$37.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$58.35
11/01/2015
$40.49
$10.00
$14.55
$0.00
$65.04
05/01/2016
$41.03
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$65.93
11/01/2016
$41.62
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$66.52
05/01/2017
$42.50
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$67.40
11/01/2017
$43.23
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.13
05/01/2018
$43.94
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.84
11/01/2015
$41.93
$10.00
$14.55
$0.00
$66.48
05/01/2016
$42.47
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$67.37
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$67.97
$0.00
$68.86
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
FIELD ENG.INST.PERSON-BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
FIELD ENG.PARTY CHIEF-BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
11/01/2016
$43.07
05/01/2017
$43.96
$10.00
$14.90
11/01/2017
$44.69
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$69.59
05/01/2018
$45.41
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$70.31
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Page 9 of 35
Classification
FIELD ENG.ROD PERSON-BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Effective Date
Base Wage
11/01/2015
$21.71
$10.00
$14.55
$0.00
$46.26
05/01/2016
$21.88
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$46.78
11/01/2016
$22.23
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$47.13
05/01/2017
$22.76
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$47.66
$0.00
$48.08
11/01/2017
$23.18
$10.00
$14.90
05/01/2018
$23.61
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$48.51
03/01/2016
$46.17
$13.00
$16.39
$0.00
$75.56
03/01/2016
$34.63
$13.00
$14.55
$0.00
$62.18
12/01/2015
$36.34
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$61.24
06/01/2016
$36.96
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$61.86
12/01/2016
$38.00
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$62.90
06/01/2017
$38.84
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$63.74
12/01/2017
$39.67
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$64.57
12/01/2015
$20.50
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$41.50
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$41.50
$0.00
$41.50
$0.00
$69.55
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
FIRE ALARM INSTALLER
ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 103
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- ELECTRICIAN"
FIRE ALARM REPAIR / MAINTENANCE
/ COMMISSIONING ELECTRICIANS
LOCAL 103
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- TELECOMMUNICATIONS TECHNICIAN"
FIREMAN (ASST. ENGINEER)
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
FLAGGER & SIGNALER
LABORERS - ZONE 1
06/01/2016
$20.50
12/01/2016
$20.50
$7.45
$13.55
03/01/2016
$42.13
$9.80
$17.62
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
FLOORCOVERER
FLOORCOVERERS LOCAL 2168 ZONE I
Apprentice -
FLOORCOVERER - Local 2168 Zone I
Effective Date -
03/01/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$9.80
$1.79
$0.00
$32.66
$23.17
$9.80
$1.79
$0.00
$34.76
60
$25.28
$9.80
$12.25
$0.00
$47.33
4
65
$27.38
$9.80
$12.25
$0.00
$49.43
5
70
$29.49
$9.80
$14.04
$0.00
$53.33
6
75
$31.60
$9.80
$14.04
$0.00
$55.44
7
80
$33.70
$9.80
$15.83
$0.00
$59.33
8
85
$35.81
$9.80
$15.83
$0.00
$61.44
Step
percent
Apprentice Base Wage Health
1
50
$21.07
2
55
3
Notes:
Steps are 750 hrs.
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Page 10 of 35
Classification
FORK LIFT/CHERRY PICKER
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Effective Date
Base Wage
12/01/2015
$43.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.63
06/01/2016
$44.48
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$69.38
12/01/2016
$45.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$70.63
06/01/2017
$46.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$71.63
$0.00
$72.63
12/01/2017
$47.73
$10.00
$14.90
12/01/2015
$30.13
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$55.03
06/01/2016
$30.65
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$55.55
12/01/2016
$31.52
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$56.42
06/01/2017
$32.21
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$57.11
12/01/2017
$32.90
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$57.80
01/01/2016
$39.01
$7.85
$16.10
$0.00
$62.96
07/01/2016
$39.96
$7.85
$16.10
$0.00
$63.91
01/01/2017
$40.91
$7.85
$16.10
$0.00
$64.86
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
GENERATOR/LIGHTING PLANT/HEATERS
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
GLAZIER (GLASS PLANK/AIR BARRIER/INTERIOR
SYSTEMS)
GLAZIERS LOCAL 35 (ZONE 2)
Apprentice -
GLAZIER - Local 35 Zone 2
Effective Date -
01/01/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$7.85
$0.00
$0.00
$27.36
$21.46
$7.85
$3.66
$0.00
$32.97
$23.41
$7.85
$3.99
$0.00
$35.25
$25.36
$7.85
$4.32
$0.00
$37.53
$27.31
$7.85
$14.11
$0.00
$49.27
$29.26
$7.85
$14.44
$0.00
$51.55
$31.21
$7.85
$14.77
$0.00
$53.83
$35.11
$7.85
$15.44
$0.00
$58.40
Apprentice Base Wage Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Step
percent
1
50
$19.51
2
55
3
60
4
65
5
70
6
75
7
80
8
90
Effective Date -
Apprentice Base Wage Health
07/01/2016
Step
percent
1
50
$19.98
$7.85
$0.00
$0.00
$27.83
2
55
$21.98
$7.85
$3.66
$0.00
$33.49
3
60
$23.98
$7.85
$3.99
$0.00
$35.82
4
65
$25.97
$7.85
$4.32
$0.00
$38.14
5
70
$27.97
$7.85
$14.11
$0.00
$49.93
6
75
$29.97
$7.85
$14.44
$0.00
$52.26
7
80
$31.97
$7.85
$14.77
$0.00
$54.59
8
90
$35.96
$7.85
$15.44
$0.00
$59.25
Notes:
Steps are 750 hrs.
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Page 11 of 35
Classification
HOISTING ENGINEER/CRANES/GRADALLS
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Base Wage
12/01/2015
$43.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.63
06/01/2016
$44.48
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$69.38
12/01/2016
$45.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$70.63
06/01/2017
$46.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$71.63
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$72.63
12/01/2017
$47.73
Health
Pension
Effective Date
Apprentice - OPERATING ENGINEERS - Local 4
Effective Date - 12/01/2015
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$10.00
$0.00
$0.00
$34.05
$26.24
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$51.14
65
$28.42
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$53.32
4
70
$30.61
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$55.51
5
75
$32.80
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$57.70
6
80
$34.98
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$59.88
7
85
$37.17
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$62.07
8
90
$39.36
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$64.26
Apprentice Base Wage Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Step
percent
1
55
$24.05
2
60
3
Effective Date -
Apprentice Base Wage Health
06/01/2016
Step
percent
1
55
$24.46
$10.00
$0.00
$0.00
$34.46
2
60
$26.69
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$51.59
3
65
$28.91
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$53.81
4
70
$31.14
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$56.04
5
75
$33.36
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$58.26
6
80
$35.58
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$60.48
7
85
$37.81
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$62.71
8
90
$40.03
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$64.93
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:6
HVAC (DUCTWORK)
SHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL 17 - A
02/01/2016
$43.31
$10.70
$21.95
$2.28
$78.24
08/01/2016
$44.46
$10.70
$21.95
$2.28
$79.39
02/01/2017
$45.56
$10.70
$21.95
$2.28
$80.49
08/01/2017
$46.66
$10.70
$21.95
$2.28
$81.59
02/01/2018
$47.81
$10.70
$21.95
$2.28
$82.74
03/01/2016
$46.17
$13.00
$16.39
$0.00
$75.56
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- SHEET METAL WORKER"
HVAC (ELECTRICAL CONTROLS)
ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 103
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- ELECTRICIAN"
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Page 12 of 35
Classification
HVAC (TESTING AND BALANCING - AIR)
SHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL 17 - A
Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Effective Date
Base Wage
02/01/2016
$43.31
$10.70
$21.95
$2.28
$78.24
08/01/2016
$44.46
$10.70
$21.95
$2.28
$79.39
02/01/2017
$45.56
$10.70
$21.95
$2.28
$80.49
08/01/2017
$46.66
$10.70
$21.95
$2.28
$81.59
$2.28
$82.74
02/01/2018
$47.81
$10.70
$21.95
03/01/2016
$49.19
$9.70
$18.14
$0.00
$77.03
09/01/2016
$50.19
$9.70
$18.14
$0.00
$78.03
03/01/2017
$51.19
$9.70
$18.14
$0.00
$79.03
03/01/2016
$49.19
$9.70
$18.14
$0.00
$77.03
09/01/2016
$50.19
$9.70
$18.14
$0.00
$78.03
03/01/2017
$51.19
$9.70
$18.14
$0.00
$79.03
12/01/2015
$36.10
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.10
06/01/2016
$36.85
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.85
12/01/2016
$37.85
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$58.85
09/01/2015
$43.81
$11.50
$13.80
$0.00
$69.11
09/01/2016
$45.81
$11.50
$13.80
$0.00
$71.11
$11.50
$13.80
$0.00
$73.11
$0.00
$75.36
$0.00
$77.86
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- SHEET METAL WORKER"
HVAC (TESTING AND BALANCING -WATER)
PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 537
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PIPEFITTER" or "PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER"
HVAC MECHANIC
PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 537
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PIPEFITTER" or "PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER"
HYDRAULIC DRILLS
LABORERS - ZONE 1
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
INSULATOR (PIPES & TANKS)
HEAT & FROST INSULATORS LOCAL 6 (BOSTON)
09/01/2017
Apprentice -
$47.81
09/01/2018
$50.06
$11.50
$13.80
09/01/2019
$52.56
$11.50
$13.80
ASBESTOS INSULATOR (Pipes & Tanks) - Local 6 Boston
Effective Date -
09/01/2015
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$11.50
$10.05
$0.00
$43.46
$26.29
$11.50
$10.80
$0.00
$48.59
70
$30.67
$11.50
$11.55
$0.00
$53.72
80
$35.05
$11.50
$12.30
$0.00
$58.85
Apprentice Base Wage Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Step
percent
1
50
$21.91
2
60
3
4
Effective Date -
Apprentice Base Wage Health
09/01/2016
Step
percent
1
50
$22.91
$11.50
$10.05
$0.00
$44.46
2
60
$27.49
$11.50
$10.80
$0.00
$49.79
3
70
$32.07
$11.50
$11.55
$0.00
$55.12
4
80
$36.65
$11.50
$12.30
$0.00
$60.45
Notes:
Steps are 1 year
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:4
IRONWORKER/WELDER
IRONWORKERS LOCAL 7 (BOSTON AREA)
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
03/16/2016
$43.40
$7.80
$20.85
$0.00
$72.05
09/16/2016
$44.05
$7.80
$20.85
$0.00
$72.70
03/16/2017
$44.65
$7.80
$20.85
$0.00
$73.30
20160406-039
Page 13 of 35
Classification
Effective Date
Base Wage
Health
Apprentice - IRONWORKER - Local 7 Boston
Effective Date - 03/16/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$7.80
$20.85
$0.00
$54.69
$30.38
$7.80
$20.85
$0.00
$59.03
75
$32.55
$7.80
$20.85
$0.00
$61.20
4
80
$34.72
$7.80
$20.85
$0.00
$63.37
5
85
$36.89
$7.80
$20.85
$0.00
$65.54
6
90
$39.06
$7.80
$20.85
$0.00
$67.71
Apprentice Base Wage Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Step
percent
1
60
$26.04
2
70
3
Effective Date -
Apprentice Base Wage Health
09/16/2016
Step
percent
1
60
$26.43
$7.80
$20.85
$0.00
$55.08
2
70
$30.84
$7.80
$20.85
$0.00
$59.49
3
75
$33.04
$7.80
$20.85
$0.00
$61.69
4
80
$35.24
$7.80
$20.85
$0.00
$63.89
5
85
$37.44
$7.80
$20.85
$0.00
$66.09
6
90
$39.65
$7.80
$20.85
$0.00
$68.30
Notes:
** Structural 1:6; Ornamental 1:4
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:**
JACKHAMMER & PAVING BREAKER OPERATOR
LABORERS - ZONE 1
12/01/2015
06/01/2016
$35.60
$36.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$56.60
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.35
$0.00
$58.35
12/01/2016
$37.35
$7.45
$13.55
12/01/2015
$35.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$56.35
06/01/2016
$36.10
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.10
12/01/2016
$37.10
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$58.10
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
LABORER
LABORERS - ZONE 1
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Page 14 of 35
Classification
Effective Date
Base Wage
Health
Apprentice - LABORER - Zone 1
Effective Date - 12/01/2015
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$42.21
$24.75
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$45.75
80
$28.28
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$49.28
90
$31.82
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$52.82
Apprentice Base Wage Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Step
percent
1
60
$21.21
2
70
3
4
Effective Date -
Apprentice Base Wage Health
06/01/2016
Step
percent
1
60
$21.66
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$42.66
2
70
$25.27
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$46.27
3
80
$28.88
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$49.88
4
90
$32.49
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$53.49
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5
LABORER: CARPENTER TENDER
LABORERS - ZONE 1
12/01/2015
$35.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$56.35
06/01/2016
$36.10
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.10
$0.00
$58.10
12/01/2016
$37.10
$7.45
$13.55
12/01/2015
$35.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$56.35
06/01/2016
$36.10
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.10
12/01/2016
$37.10
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$58.10
12/01/2015
$35.50
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$56.50
12/01/2015
$35.60
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$56.60
06/01/2016
$36.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.35
12/01/2016
$37.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$58.35
12/01/2015
$35.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$56.35
06/01/2016
$36.10
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.10
12/01/2016
$37.10
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$58.10
12/01/2015
$35.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$56.35
06/01/2016
$36.10
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.10
12/01/2016
$37.10
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$58.10
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
LABORER: CEMENT FINISHER TENDER
LABORERS - ZONE 1
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
LABORER: HAZARDOUS WASTE/ASBESTOS REMOVER
LABORERS - ZONE 1
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
LABORER: MASON TENDER
LABORERS - ZONE 1
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
LABORER: MULTI-TRADE TENDER
LABORERS - ZONE 1
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
LABORER: TREE REMOVER
LABORERS - ZONE 1
This classification applies to all tree work associated with the removal of standing trees, and trimming and removal of branches and limbs when the work is not done for
a utility company for the purpose of operation, maintenance or repair of utility company equipment. For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
LASER BEAM OPERATOR
LABORERS - ZONE 1
12/01/2015
$35.60
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$56.60
06/01/2016
$36.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.35
12/01/2016
$37.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$58.35
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Page 15 of 35
Classification
MARBLE & TILE FINISHERS
BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 - MARBLE & TILE
Apprentice -
Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Effective Date
Base Wage
02/01/2016
$38.08
$10.18
$17.70
$0.00
$65.96
08/01/2016
$38.78
$10.18
$17.78
$0.00
$66.74
02/01/2017
$39.24
$10.18
$17.78
$0.00
$67.20
MARBLE & TILE FINISHER - Local 3 Marble & Tile
Effective Date -
02/01/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$10.18
$17.70
$0.00
$46.92
$22.85
$10.18
$17.70
$0.00
$50.73
$26.66
$10.18
$17.70
$0.00
$54.54
$30.46
$10.18
$17.70
$0.00
$58.34
$34.27
$10.18
$17.70
$0.00
$62.15
Apprentice Base Wage Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Step
percent
1
50
$19.04
2
60
3
70
4
80
5
90
Effective Date -
Apprentice Base Wage Health
08/01/2016
Step
percent
1
50
$19.39
$10.18
$17.78
$0.00
$47.35
2
60
$23.27
$10.18
$17.78
$0.00
$51.23
3
70
$27.15
$10.18
$17.78
$0.00
$55.11
4
80
$31.02
$10.18
$17.78
$0.00
$58.98
5
90
$34.90
$10.18
$17.78
$0.00
$62.86
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3
MARBLE MASONS,TILELAYERS & TERRAZZO MECH
BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 - MARBLE & TILE
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
02/01/2016
$49.90
$10.18
$19.14
$0.00
$79.22
08/01/2016
$50.80
$10.18
$19.22
$0.00
$80.20
02/01/2017
$51.37
$10.18
$19.22
$0.00
$80.77
20160406-039
Page 16 of 35
Classification
Effective Date
Base Wage
Health
Apprentice - MARBLE-TILE-TERRAZZO MECHANIC - Local 3 Marble & Tile
Effective Date - 02/01/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$10.18
$19.14
$0.00
$54.27
$29.94
$10.18
$19.14
$0.00
$59.26
70
$34.93
$10.18
$19.14
$0.00
$64.25
4
80
$39.92
$10.18
$19.14
$0.00
$69.24
5
90
$44.91
$10.18
$19.14
$0.00
$74.23
Apprentice Base Wage Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Step
percent
1
50
$24.95
2
60
3
Effective Date -
Apprentice Base Wage Health
08/01/2016
Step
percent
1
50
$25.40
$10.18
$19.22
$0.00
$54.80
2
60
$30.48
$10.18
$19.22
$0.00
$59.88
3
70
$35.56
$10.18
$19.22
$0.00
$64.96
4
80
$40.64
$10.18
$19.22
$0.00
$70.04
5
90
$45.72
$10.18
$19.22
$0.00
$75.12
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5
MECH. SWEEPER OPERATOR (ON CONST. SITES)
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
12/01/2015
06/01/2016
$43.31
$44.06
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.21
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.96
$0.00
$70.19
12/01/2016
$45.29
$10.00
$14.90
06/01/2017
$46.28
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$71.18
12/01/2017
$47.27
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$72.17
12/01/2015
$43.31
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.21
06/01/2016
$44.06
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.96
12/01/2016
$45.29
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$70.19
06/01/2017
$46.28
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$71.18
12/01/2017
$47.27
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$72.17
04/01/2015
$37.64
$9.80
$16.21
$0.00
$63.65
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
MECHANICS MAINTENANCE
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
MILLWRIGHT (Zone 1)
MILLWRIGHTS LOCAL 1121 - Zone 1
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Page 17 of 35
Classification
Effective Date
Base Wage
Health
Apprentice - MILLWRIGHT - Local 1121 Zone 1
Effective Date - 04/01/2015
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$9.80
$4.48
$0.00
$34.98
$24.47
$9.80
$13.36
$0.00
$47.63
75
$28.23
$9.80
$14.18
$0.00
$52.21
85
$31.99
$9.80
$14.99
$0.00
$56.78
Step
percent
Apprentice Base Wage Health
1
55
$20.70
2
65
3
4
Notes:
Steps are 2,000 hours
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5
MORTAR MIXER
12/01/2015
LABORERS - ZONE 1
06/01/2016
$35.60
$36.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$56.60
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.35
$0.00
$58.35
12/01/2016
$37.35
$7.45
$13.55
12/01/2015
$22.27
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$47.17
06/01/2016
$22.66
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$47.56
12/01/2016
$23.31
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$48.21
06/01/2017
$23.82
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$48.72
12/01/2017
$24.34
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$49.24
12/01/2015
$26.08
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$50.98
06/01/2016
$26.54
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$51.44
12/01/2016
$27.29
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$52.19
06/01/2017
$27.89
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$52.79
$0.00
$53.40
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
OILER (OTHER THAN TRUCK CRANES,GRADALLS)
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
OILER (TRUCK CRANES, GRADALLS)
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
12/01/2017
$28.50
$10.00
$14.90
12/01/2015
$43.31
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.21
06/01/2016
$44.06
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.96
12/01/2016
$45.29
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$70.19
06/01/2017
$46.28
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$71.18
12/01/2017
$47.27
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$72.17
01/01/2016
$49.51
$7.85
$16.10
$0.00
$73.46
07/01/2016
$50.46
$7.85
$16.10
$0.00
$74.41
01/01/2017
$51.41
$7.85
$16.10
$0.00
$75.36
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
OTHER POWER DRIVEN EQUIPMENT - CLASS II
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
PAINTER (BRIDGES/TANKS)
PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 2
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Page 18 of 35
Classification
Effective Date
Base Wage
Health
Apprentice - PAINTER Local 35 - BRIDGES/TANKS
Effective Date - 01/01/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$7.85
$0.00
$0.00
$32.61
$27.23
$7.85
$3.66
$0.00
$38.74
60
$29.71
$7.85
$3.99
$0.00
$41.55
4
65
$32.18
$7.85
$4.32
$0.00
$44.35
5
70
$34.66
$7.85
$14.11
$0.00
$56.62
6
75
$37.13
$7.85
$14.44
$0.00
$59.42
7
80
$39.61
$7.85
$14.77
$0.00
$62.23
8
90
$44.56
$7.85
$15.44
$0.00
$67.85
Apprentice Base Wage Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Step
percent
1
50
$24.76
2
55
3
Effective Date -
Apprentice Base Wage Health
07/01/2016
Step
percent
1
50
$25.23
$7.85
$0.00
$0.00
$33.08
2
55
$27.75
$7.85
$3.66
$0.00
$39.26
3
60
$30.28
$7.85
$3.99
$0.00
$42.12
4
65
$32.80
$7.85
$4.32
$0.00
$44.97
5
70
$35.32
$7.85
$14.11
$0.00
$57.28
6
75
$37.85
$7.85
$14.44
$0.00
$60.14
7
80
$40.37
$7.85
$14.77
$0.00
$62.99
8
90
$45.41
$7.85
$15.44
$0.00
$68.70
Notes:
Steps are 750 hrs.
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1
PAINTER (SPRAY OR SANDBLAST, NEW) *
* If 30% or more of surfaces to be painted are new construction,
NEW paint rate shall be used.PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 2
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
01/01/2016
$40.41
$7.85
$16.10
$0.00
$64.36
$0.00
$65.31
$0.00
$66.26
07/01/2016
$41.36
$7.85
$16.10
01/01/2017
$42.31
$7.85
$16.10
20160406-039
Page 19 of 35
Classification
Effective Date
Base Wage
Health
Apprentice - PAINTER Local 35 Zone 2 - Spray/Sandblast - New
Effective Date - 01/01/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$7.85
$0.00
$0.00
$28.06
$22.23
$7.85
$3.66
$0.00
$33.74
60
$24.25
$7.85
$3.99
$0.00
$36.09
4
65
$26.27
$7.85
$4.32
$0.00
$38.44
5
70
$28.29
$7.85
$14.11
$0.00
$50.25
6
75
$30.31
$7.85
$14.44
$0.00
$52.60
7
80
$32.33
$7.85
$14.77
$0.00
$54.95
8
90
$36.37
$7.85
$15.44
$0.00
$59.66
Apprentice Base Wage Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Step
percent
1
50
$20.21
2
55
3
Effective Date -
Apprentice Base Wage Health
07/01/2016
Step
percent
1
50
$20.68
$7.85
$0.00
$0.00
$28.53
2
55
$22.75
$7.85
$3.66
$0.00
$34.26
3
60
$24.82
$7.85
$3.99
$0.00
$36.66
4
65
$26.88
$7.85
$4.32
$0.00
$39.05
5
70
$28.95
$7.85
$14.11
$0.00
$50.91
6
75
$31.02
$7.85
$14.44
$0.00
$53.31
7
80
$33.09
$7.85
$14.77
$0.00
$55.71
8
90
$37.22
$7.85
$15.44
$0.00
$60.51
Notes:
Steps are 750 hrs.
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1
PAINTER (SPRAY OR SANDBLAST, REPAINT)
PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 2
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
01/01/2016
$38.47
$7.85
$16.10
$0.00
$62.42
$0.00
$63.37
$0.00
$64.32
07/01/2016
$39.42
$7.85
$16.10
01/01/2017
$40.37
$7.85
$16.10
20160406-039
Page 20 of 35
Classification
Effective Date
Base Wage
Health
Apprentice - PAINTER Local 35 Zone 2 - Spray/Sandblast - Repaint
Effective Date - 01/01/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$7.85
$0.00
$0.00
$27.09
$21.16
$7.85
$3.66
$0.00
$32.67
60
$23.08
$7.85
$3.99
$0.00
$34.92
4
65
$25.01
$7.85
$4.32
$0.00
$37.18
5
70
$26.93
$7.85
$14.11
$0.00
$48.89
6
75
$28.85
$7.85
$14.44
$0.00
$51.14
7
80
$30.78
$7.85
$14.77
$0.00
$53.40
8
90
$34.62
$7.85
$15.44
$0.00
$57.91
Apprentice Base Wage Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Step
percent
1
50
$19.24
2
55
3
Effective Date -
Apprentice Base Wage Health
07/01/2016
Step
percent
1
50
$19.71
$7.85
$0.00
$0.00
$27.56
2
55
$21.68
$7.85
$3.66
$0.00
$33.19
3
60
$23.65
$7.85
$3.99
$0.00
$35.49
4
65
$25.62
$7.85
$4.32
$0.00
$37.79
5
70
$27.59
$7.85
$14.11
$0.00
$49.55
6
75
$29.57
$7.85
$14.44
$0.00
$51.86
7
80
$31.54
$7.85
$14.77
$0.00
$54.16
8
90
$35.48
$7.85
$15.44
$0.00
$58.77
Notes:
Steps are 750 hrs.
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1
PAINTER (TRAFFIC MARKINGS)
12/01/2015
LABORERS - ZONE 1
$35.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$56.35
$0.00
$57.10
06/01/2016
$36.10
$7.45
$13.55
12/01/2016
$37.10
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$58.10
01/01/2016
$39.01
$7.85
$16.10
$0.00
$62.96
07/01/2016
$39.96
$7.85
$16.10
$0.00
$63.91
01/01/2017
$40.91
$7.85
$16.10
$0.00
$64.86
For Apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
PAINTER / TAPER (BRUSH, NEW) *
* If 30% or more of surfaces to be painted are new construction,
NEW paint rate shall be used.PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 2
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Page 21 of 35
Classification
Effective Date
Base Wage
Health
Apprentice - PAINTER - Local 35 Zone 2 - BRUSH NEW
Effective Date - 01/01/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$7.85
$0.00
$0.00
$27.36
$21.46
$7.85
$3.66
$0.00
$32.97
60
$23.41
$7.85
$3.99
$0.00
$35.25
4
65
$25.36
$7.85
$4.32
$0.00
$37.53
5
70
$27.31
$7.85
$14.11
$0.00
$49.27
6
75
$29.26
$7.85
$14.44
$0.00
$51.55
7
80
$31.21
$7.85
$14.77
$0.00
$53.83
8
90
$35.11
$7.85
$15.44
$0.00
$58.40
Apprentice Base Wage Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Step
percent
1
50
$19.51
2
55
3
Effective Date -
Apprentice Base Wage Health
07/01/2016
Step
percent
1
50
$19.98
$7.85
$0.00
$0.00
$27.83
2
55
$21.98
$7.85
$3.66
$0.00
$33.49
3
60
$23.98
$7.85
$3.99
$0.00
$35.82
4
65
$25.97
$7.85
$4.32
$0.00
$38.14
5
70
$27.97
$7.85
$14.11
$0.00
$49.93
6
75
$29.97
$7.85
$14.44
$0.00
$52.26
7
80
$31.97
$7.85
$14.77
$0.00
$54.59
8
90
$35.96
$7.85
$15.44
$0.00
$59.25
Notes:
Steps are 750 hrs.
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1
PAINTER / TAPER (BRUSH, REPAINT)
01/01/2016
PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 2
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
$37.07
$7.85
$16.10
$0.00
$61.02
$0.00
$61.97
$0.00
$62.92
07/01/2016
$38.02
$7.85
$16.10
01/01/2017
$38.97
$7.85
$16.10
20160406-039
Page 22 of 35
Classification
Effective Date
Base Wage
Health
Apprentice - PAINTER Local 35 Zone 2 - BRUSH REPAINT
Effective Date - 01/01/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$7.85
$0.00
$0.00
$26.39
$20.39
$7.85
$3.66
$0.00
$31.90
60
$22.24
$7.85
$3.99
$0.00
$34.08
4
65
$24.10
$7.85
$4.32
$0.00
$36.27
5
70
$25.95
$7.85
$14.11
$0.00
$47.91
6
75
$27.80
$7.85
$14.44
$0.00
$50.09
7
80
$29.66
$7.85
$14.77
$0.00
$52.28
8
90
$33.36
$7.85
$15.44
$0.00
$56.65
Apprentice Base Wage Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Step
percent
1
50
$18.54
2
55
3
Effective Date -
Apprentice Base Wage Health
07/01/2016
Step
percent
1
50
$19.01
$7.85
$0.00
$0.00
$26.86
2
55
$20.91
$7.85
$3.66
$0.00
$32.42
3
60
$22.81
$7.85
$3.99
$0.00
$34.65
4
65
$24.71
$7.85
$4.32
$0.00
$36.88
5
70
$26.61
$7.85
$14.11
$0.00
$48.57
6
75
$28.52
$7.85
$14.44
$0.00
$50.81
7
80
$30.42
$7.85
$14.77
$0.00
$53.04
8
90
$34.22
$7.85
$15.44
$0.00
$57.51
Notes:
Steps are 750 hrs.
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1
PANEL & PICKUP TRUCKS DRIVER
12/01/2015
TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE A
PIER AND DOCK CONSTRUCTOR (UNDERPINNING AND
DECK)
$32.58
$10.41
$10.08
$0.00
$53.07
$0.00
$53.57
06/01/2016
$33.08
$10.41
$10.08
08/01/2016
$33.08
$10.91
$10.08
$0.00
$54.07
12/01/2016
$33.08
$10.91
$10.89
$0.00
$54.88
08/01/2015
$42.04
$9.80
$19.23
$0.00
$71.07
08/01/2015
$42.04
$9.80
$19.23
$0.00
$71.07
PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 1)
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PILE DRIVER"
PILE DRIVER
PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 1)
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Page 23 of 35
Classification
Effective Date
Base Wage
Health
Apprentice - PILE DRIVER - Local 56 Zone 1
Effective Date - 08/01/2015
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$9.80
$19.23
$0.00
$50.05
$25.22
$9.80
$19.23
$0.00
$54.25
70
$29.43
$9.80
$19.23
$0.00
$58.46
4
75
$31.53
$9.80
$19.23
$0.00
$60.56
5
80
$33.63
$9.80
$19.23
$0.00
$62.66
6
80
$33.63
$9.80
$19.23
$0.00
$62.66
7
90
$37.84
$9.80
$19.23
$0.00
$66.87
8
90
$37.84
$9.80
$19.23
$0.00
$66.87
Step
percent
Apprentice Base Wage Health
1
50
$21.02
2
60
3
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3
PIPEFITTER & STEAMFITTER
03/01/2016
PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 537
Apprentice -
$49.19
$9.70
$18.14
$0.00
$77.03
$0.00
$78.03
$0.00
$79.03
09/01/2016
$50.19
$9.70
$18.14
03/01/2017
$51.19
$9.70
$18.14
PIPEFITTER - Local 537
Effective Date -
03/01/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$9.70
$7.50
$0.00
$36.88
$22.14
$9.70
$18.14
$0.00
$49.98
60
$29.51
$9.70
$18.14
$0.00
$57.35
4
70
$34.43
$9.70
$18.14
$0.00
$62.27
5
80
$39.35
$9.70
$18.14
$0.00
$67.19
Apprentice Base Wage Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Step
percent
1
40
$19.68
2
45
3
Effective Date -
Apprentice Base Wage Health
09/01/2016
Step
percent
1
40
$20.08
$9.70
$7.50
$0.00
$37.28
2
45
$22.59
$9.70
$18.14
$0.00
$50.43
3
60
$30.11
$9.70
$18.14
$0.00
$57.95
4
70
$35.13
$9.70
$18.14
$0.00
$62.97
5
80
$40.15
$9.70
$18.14
$0.00
$67.99
Notes:
** 1:3; 3:15; 1:10 thereafter / Steps are 1 yr.
Refrig/AC Mechanic **1:1;1:2;2:4;3:6;4:8;5:10;6:12;7:14;8:17;9:20;10:23(Max)
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:**
PIPELAYER
LABORERS - ZONE 1
12/01/2015
$35.60
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$56.60
06/01/2016
$36.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.35
12/01/2016
$37.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$58.35
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Page 24 of 35
Classification
PLUMBERS & GASFITTERS
PLUMBERS & GASFITTERS LOCAL 12
Apprentice -
Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Effective Date
Base Wage
03/01/2016
$51.36
$11.07
$15.14
$0.00
$77.57
09/01/2016
$52.41
$11.07
$15.14
$0.00
$78.62
03/01/2017
$53.41
$11.07
$15.14
$0.00
$79.62
PLUMBER/GASFITTER - Local 12
Effective Date -
03/01/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$11.07
$5.63
$0.00
$34.68
$20.54
$11.07
$6.37
$0.00
$37.98
$28.25
$11.07
$8.56
$0.00
$47.88
$33.38
$11.07
$10.03
$0.00
$54.48
$38.52
$11.07
$11.48
$0.00
$61.07
Apprentice Base Wage Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Step
percent
1
35
$17.98
2
40
3
55
4
65
5
75
Effective Date -
Apprentice Base Wage Health
09/01/2016
Step
percent
1
35
$18.34
$11.07
$5.63
$0.00
$35.04
2
40
$20.96
$11.07
$6.36
$0.00
$38.39
3
55
$28.83
$11.07
$8.55
$0.00
$48.45
4
65
$34.07
$11.07
$10.02
$0.00
$55.16
5
75
$39.31
$11.07
$11.48
$0.00
$61.86
Notes:
** 1:2; 2:6; 3:10; 4:14; 5:19/Steps are 1 yr
Step4 with lic$57.78 Step5 with lic$64.37
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:**
PNEUMATIC CONTROLS (TEMP.)
PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 537
03/01/2016
$49.19
$9.70
$18.14
$0.00
$77.03
09/01/2016
$50.19
$9.70
$18.14
$0.00
$78.03
03/01/2017
$51.19
$9.70
$18.14
$0.00
$79.03
12/01/2015
$35.60
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$56.60
06/01/2016
$36.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.35
$0.00
$58.35
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PIPEFITTER" or "PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER"
PNEUMATIC DRILL/TOOL OPERATOR
LABORERS - ZONE 1
12/01/2016
$37.35
$7.45
$13.55
12/01/2015
$36.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.35
$0.00
$58.10
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
POWDERMAN & BLASTER
LABORERS - ZONE 1
06/01/2016
$37.10
$7.45
$13.55
12/01/2016
$38.10
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$59.10
12/01/2015
$43.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.63
06/01/2016
$44.48
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$69.38
12/01/2016
$45.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$70.63
06/01/2017
$46.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$71.63
12/01/2017
$47.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$72.63
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
POWER SHOVEL/DERRICK/TRENCHING MACHINE
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Page 25 of 35
Classification
PUMP OPERATOR (CONCRETE)
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Effective Date
Base Wage
12/01/2015
$43.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.63
06/01/2016
$44.48
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$69.38
12/01/2016
$45.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$70.63
06/01/2017
$46.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$71.63
$0.00
$72.63
12/01/2017
$47.73
$10.00
$14.90
12/01/2015
$30.13
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$55.03
06/01/2016
$30.65
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$55.55
12/01/2016
$31.52
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$56.42
06/01/2017
$32.21
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$57.11
12/01/2017
$32.90
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$57.80
07/01/2015
$27.88
$7.98
$8.92
$0.00
$44.78
05/01/2016
$28.03
$7.98
$9.31
$0.00
$45.32
07/01/2016
$28.03
$8.23
$9.31
$0.00
$45.57
05/01/2017
$28.18
$8.23
$9.72
$0.00
$46.13
$0.00
$46.38
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
PUMP OPERATOR (DEWATERING, OTHER)
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
READY MIX CONCRETE DRIVERS after 4/30/10
(Drivers Hired After 4/30/2010) TEAMSTERS LOCAL 25c
READY-MIX CONCRETE DRIVER
TEAMSTERS LOCAL 25c
07/01/2017
$28.18
$8.48
$9.72
07/01/2015
$29.18
$7.98
$8.92
$0.00
$46.08
$7.98
$9.31
$0.00
$46.62
$0.00
$46.87
05/01/2016
RECLAIMERS
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
$29.33
07/01/2016
$29.33
$8.23
$9.31
05/01/2017
$29.48
$8.23
$9.72
$0.00
$47.43
07/01/2017
$29.48
$8.48
$9.72
$0.00
$47.68
12/01/2015
$43.31
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.21
06/01/2016
$44.06
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.96
12/01/2016
$45.29
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$70.19
06/01/2017
$46.28
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$71.18
12/01/2017
$47.27
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$72.17
04/01/2011
$24.24
$8.67
$15.51
$0.00
$48.42
05/01/2011
$24.24
$6.34
$6.23
$0.00
$36.81
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
RESIDENTIAL WOOD FRAME (All Other Work)
CARPENTERS -ZONE 2 (Residential Wood)
RESIDENTIAL WOOD FRAME CARPENTER **
** The Residential Wood Frame Carpenter classification applies
only to the construction of new, wood frame residences that do
not exceed four stories including the basement. CARPENTERS -ZONE
2 (Residential Wood)
As of 9/1/09 Carpentry work on wood-frame residential WEATHERIZATION projects shall be paid the RESIDENTIAL WOOD FRAME CARPENTER rate.
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Page 26 of 35
Classification
Effective Date
Base Wage
Health
Apprentice - CARPENTER (Residential Wood Frame) - Zone 2
Effective Date - 05/01/2011
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$6.34
$0.00
$0.00
$20.88
$14.54
$6.34
$6.23
$0.00
$27.11
65
$15.76
$6.34
$6.23
$0.00
$28.33
4
70
$16.97
$6.34
$6.23
$0.00
$29.54
5
75
$18.18
$6.34
$6.23
$0.00
$30.75
6
80
$19.39
$6.34
$6.23
$0.00
$31.96
7
85
$20.60
$6.34
$6.23
$0.00
$33.17
8
90
$21.82
$6.34
$6.23
$0.00
$34.39
Step
percent
Apprentice Base Wage Health
1
60
$14.54
2
60
3
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5
RIDE-ON MOTORIZED BUGGY OPERATOR
12/01/2015
LABORERS - ZONE 1
$35.60
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$56.60
$0.00
$57.35
06/01/2016
$36.35
$7.45
$13.55
12/01/2016
$37.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$58.35
12/01/2015
$43.31
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.21
06/01/2016
$44.06
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.96
12/01/2016
$45.29
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$70.19
06/01/2017
$46.28
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$71.18
12/01/2017
$47.27
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$72.17
02/01/2016
$40.11
$11.00
$12.90
$0.00
$64.01
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
ROLLER/SPREADER/MULCHING MACHINE
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
ROOFER (Inc.Roofer Waterproofng &Roofer Damproofg)
ROOFERS LOCAL 33
Apprentice - ROOFER - Local 33
Effective Date - 02/01/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$11.00
$3.39
$0.00
$34.45
$24.07
$11.00
$12.90
$0.00
$47.97
$26.07
$11.00
$12.90
$0.00
$49.97
$30.08
$11.00
$12.90
$0.00
$53.98
$34.09
$11.00
$12.90
$0.00
$57.99
Step
percent
Apprentice Base Wage Health
1
50
$20.06
2
60
3
65
4
75
5
85
Notes: ** 1:5, 2:6-10, the 1:10; Reroofing: 1:4, then 1:1
Step 1 is 2000 hrs.; Steps 2-5 are 1000 hrs.
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:**
ROOFER SLATE / TILE / PRECAST CONCRETE
ROOFERS LOCAL 33
02/01/2016
$40.36
$11.00
$12.90
$0.00
$64.26
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- ROOFER"
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Page 27 of 35
Classification
SHEETMETAL WORKER
SHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL 17 - A
Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Effective Date
Base Wage
02/01/2016
$43.31
$10.70
$21.95
$2.28
$78.24
08/01/2016
$44.46
$10.70
$21.95
$2.28
$79.39
02/01/2017
$45.56
$10.70
$21.95
$2.28
$80.49
08/01/2017
$46.66
$10.70
$21.95
$2.28
$81.59
02/01/2018
$47.81
$10.70
$21.95
$2.28
$82.74
Apprentice - SHEET METAL WORKER - Local 17-A
Effective Date - 02/01/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$10.70
$4.90
$0.00
$32.92
$17.32
$10.70
$4.90
$0.00
$32.92
$19.49
$10.70
$9.79
$1.20
$41.18
$19.49
$10.70
$9.79
$1.20
$41.18
50
$21.66
$10.70
$10.65
$1.29
$44.30
6
50
$21.66
$10.70
$10.90
$1.30
$44.56
7
60
$25.99
$10.70
$12.37
$1.47
$50.53
8
65
$28.15
$10.70
$13.24
$1.56
$53.65
9
75
$32.48
$10.70
$14.97
$1.74
$59.89
10
85
$36.81
$10.70
$16.18
$1.91
$65.60
Apprentice Base Wage Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Step
percent
1
40
$17.32
2
40
3
45
4
45
5
Effective Date -
Apprentice Base Wage Health
08/01/2016
Step
percent
1
40
$17.78
$10.70
$4.90
$0.00
$33.38
2
40
$17.78
$10.70
$4.90
$0.00
$33.38
3
45
$20.01
$10.70
$9.79
$1.22
$41.72
4
45
$20.01
$10.70
$9.79
$1.22
$41.72
5
50
$22.23
$10.70
$10.65
$1.31
$44.89
6
50
$22.23
$10.70
$10.90
$1.31
$45.14
7
60
$26.68
$10.70
$12.37
$1.49
$51.24
8
65
$28.90
$10.70
$13.24
$1.59
$54.43
9
75
$33.35
$10.70
$14.97
$1.77
$60.79
10
85
$37.79
$10.70
$16.18
$1.94
$66.61
Notes:
Steps are 6 mos.
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:4
SIGN ERECTOR
06/01/2013
PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 2
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
$25.81
20160406-039
$7.07
$7.05
$0.00
$39.93
Page 28 of 35
Classification
Effective Date
Base Wage
Health
Apprentice - SIGN ERECTOR - Local 35 Zone 2
Effective Date - 06/01/2013
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$7.07
$0.00
$0.00
$19.98
$14.20
$7.07
$2.45
$0.00
$23.72
60
$15.49
$7.07
$2.45
$0.00
$25.01
4
65
$16.78
$7.07
$2.45
$0.00
$26.30
5
70
$18.07
$7.07
$7.05
$0.00
$32.19
6
75
$19.36
$7.07
$7.05
$0.00
$33.48
7
80
$20.65
$7.07
$7.05
$0.00
$34.77
8
85
$21.94
$7.07
$7.05
$0.00
$36.06
9
90
$23.23
$7.07
$7.05
$0.00
$37.35
Step
percent
Apprentice Base Wage Health
1
50
$12.91
2
55
3
Notes:
Steps are 4 mos.
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1
SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP < 35 TONS
TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE A
SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP > 35 TONS
TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE A
SPRINKLER FITTER
SPRINKLER FITTERS LOCAL 550 - (Section A) Zone 1
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
12/01/2015
$33.04
$10.41
$10.08
$0.00
$53.53
$0.00
$54.03
06/01/2016
$33.54
$10.41
$10.08
08/01/2016
$33.54
$10.91
$10.08
$0.00
$54.53
12/01/2016
$33.54
$10.91
$10.89
$0.00
$55.34
12/01/2015
$33.33
$10.41
$10.08
$0.00
$53.82
06/01/2016
$33.83
$10.41
$10.08
$0.00
$54.32
08/01/2016
$33.83
$10.91
$10.08
$0.00
$54.82
12/01/2016
$33.83
$10.91
$10.89
$0.00
$55.63
03/01/2016
$54.43
$8.67
$16.80
$0.00
$79.90
10/01/2016
$55.53
$8.67
$16.80
$0.00
$81.00
03/01/2017
$56.53
$8.67
$16.80
$0.00
$82.00
20160406-039
Page 29 of 35
Classification
Effective Date
Base Wage
Health
Apprentice - SPRINKLER FITTER - Local 550 (Section A) Zone 1
Effective Date - 03/01/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$8.67
$8.55
$0.00
$36.27
$21.77
$8.67
$8.55
$0.00
$38.99
45
$24.49
$8.67
$8.55
$0.00
$41.71
4
50
$27.22
$8.67
$8.55
$0.00
$44.44
5
55
$29.94
$8.67
$8.55
$0.00
$47.16
6
60
$32.66
$8.67
$8.55
$0.00
$49.88
7
65
$35.38
$8.67
$8.55
$0.00
$52.60
8
70
$38.10
$8.67
$8.55
$0.00
$55.32
9
75
$40.82
$8.67
$8.55
$0.00
$58.04
10
80
$43.54
$8.67
$8.55
$0.00
$60.76
Apprentice Base Wage Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Step
percent
1
35
$19.05
2
40
3
Effective Date -
Apprentice Base Wage Health
10/01/2016
Step
percent
1
35
$19.44
$8.67
$8.55
$0.00
$36.66
2
40
$22.21
$8.67
$8.55
$0.00
$39.43
3
45
$24.99
$8.67
$8.55
$0.00
$42.21
4
50
$27.77
$8.67
$8.55
$0.00
$44.99
5
55
$30.54
$8.67
$8.55
$0.00
$47.76
6
60
$33.32
$8.67
$8.55
$0.00
$50.54
7
65
$36.09
$8.67
$8.55
$0.00
$53.31
8
70
$38.87
$8.67
$8.55
$0.00
$56.09
9
75
$41.65
$8.67
$8.55
$0.00
$58.87
10
80
$44.42
$8.67
$8.55
$0.00
$61.64
Notes: Apprentice entered prior 9/30/10:
40/45/50/55/60/65/70/75/80/85
Steps are 850 hours
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3
STEAM BOILER OPERATOR
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
12/01/2015
$43.31
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.21
06/01/2016
$44.06
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.96
12/01/2016
$45.29
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$70.19
06/01/2017
$46.28
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$71.18
12/01/2017
$47.27
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$72.17
12/01/2015
$43.31
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.21
06/01/2016
$44.06
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.96
12/01/2016
$45.29
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$70.19
06/01/2017
$46.28
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$71.18
$0.00
$72.17
$0.00
$62.18
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
TAMPERS, SELF-PROPELLED OR TRACTOR DRAWN
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
12/01/2017
$47.27
$10.00
$14.90
03/01/2016
$34.63
$13.00
$14.55
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN
ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 103
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Page 30 of 35
Classification
Effective Date
Base Wage
Health
Apprentice - TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN - Local 103
Effective Date - 03/01/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$13.00
$0.42
$0.00
$27.27
$13.85
$13.00
$0.42
$0.00
$27.27
45
$15.58
$13.00
$11.52
$0.00
$40.10
4
45
$15.58
$13.00
$11.52
$0.00
$40.10
5
50
$17.32
$13.00
$11.79
$0.00
$42.11
6
55
$19.05
$13.00
$12.06
$0.00
$44.11
7
60
$20.78
$13.00
$12.34
$0.00
$46.12
8
65
$22.51
$13.00
$12.62
$0.00
$48.13
9
70
$24.24
$13.00
$12.90
$0.00
$50.14
10
75
$25.97
$13.00
$13.17
$0.00
$52.14
Step
percent
Apprentice Base Wage Health
1
40
$13.85
2
40
3
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1
TERRAZZO FINISHERS
BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 - MARBLE & TILE
Apprentice -
02/01/2016
$48.80
$10.18
$19.14
$0.00
$78.12
08/01/2016
$49.70
$10.18
$19.22
$0.00
$79.10
02/01/2017
$50.27
$10.18
$19.22
$0.00
$79.67
TERRAZZO FINISHER - Local 3 Marble & Tile
Effective Date -
02/01/2016
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$10.18
$19.14
$0.00
$53.72
$29.28
$10.18
$19.14
$0.00
$58.60
70
$34.16
$10.18
$19.14
$0.00
$63.48
4
80
$39.04
$10.18
$19.14
$0.00
$68.36
5
90
$43.92
$10.18
$19.14
$0.00
$73.24
Apprentice Base Wage Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Step
percent
1
50
$24.40
2
60
3
Effective Date -
Apprentice Base Wage Health
08/01/2016
Step
percent
1
50
$24.85
$10.18
$19.22
$0.00
$54.25
2
60
$29.82
$10.18
$19.22
$0.00
$59.22
3
70
$34.79
$10.18
$19.22
$0.00
$64.19
4
80
$39.76
$10.18
$19.22
$0.00
$69.16
5
90
$44.73
$10.18
$19.22
$0.00
$74.13
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Page 31 of 35
Classification
TEST BORING DRILLER
LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE
Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Effective Date
Base Wage
12/01/2015
$36.70
$7.45
$13.75
$0.00
$57.90
06/01/2016
$37.45
$7.45
$13.75
$0.00
$58.65
12/01/2016
$38.45
$7.45
$13.75
$0.00
$59.65
12/01/2015
$35.42
$7.45
$13.75
$0.00
$56.62
06/01/2016
$36.17
$7.45
$13.75
$0.00
$57.37
$0.00
$58.37
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
TEST BORING DRILLER HELPER
LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE
12/01/2016
$37.17
$7.45
$13.75
12/01/2015
$35.30
$7.45
$13.75
$0.00
$56.50
06/01/2016
$36.05
$7.45
$13.75
$0.00
$57.25
12/01/2016
$37.05
$7.45
$13.75
$0.00
$58.25
12/01/2015
$43.31
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.21
06/01/2016
$44.06
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.96
12/01/2016
$45.29
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$70.19
06/01/2017
$46.28
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$71.18
12/01/2017
$47.27
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$72.17
12/01/2015
$33.62
$10.41
$10.08
$0.00
$54.11
06/01/2016
$34.12
$10.41
$10.08
$0.00
$54.61
$10.91
$10.08
$0.00
$55.11
$10.91
$10.89
$0.00
$55.92
$7.45
$14.15
$0.00
$69.18
$0.00
$69.93
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
TEST BORING LABORER
LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
TRACTORS/PORTABLE STEAM GENERATORS
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
TRAILERS FOR EARTH MOVING EQUIPMENT
TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE A
08/01/2016
12/01/2016
TUNNEL WORK - COMPRESSED AIR
12/01/2015
LABORERS (COMPRESSED AIR)
$34.12
$34.12
$47.58
06/01/2016
$48.33
$7.45
$14.15
12/01/2016
$49.33
$7.45
$14.15
$0.00
$70.93
12/01/2015
$49.58
$7.45
$14.15
$0.00
$71.18
06/01/2016
$50.33
$7.45
$14.15
$0.00
$71.93
12/01/2016
$51.33
$7.45
$14.15
$0.00
$72.93
12/01/2015
$39.65
$7.45
$14.15
$0.00
$61.25
06/01/2016
$40.40
$7.45
$14.15
$0.00
$62.00
12/01/2016
$41.40
$7.45
$14.15
$0.00
$63.00
12/01/2015
$41.65
$7.45
$14.15
$0.00
$63.25
06/01/2016
$42.40
$7.45
$14.15
$0.00
$64.00
$0.00
$65.00
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
TUNNEL WORK - COMPRESSED AIR (HAZ. WASTE)
LABORERS (COMPRESSED AIR)
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
TUNNEL WORK - FREE AIR
LABORERS (FREE AIR TUNNEL)
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
TUNNEL WORK - FREE AIR (HAZ. WASTE)
LABORERS (FREE AIR TUNNEL)
12/01/2016
$43.40
$7.45
$14.15
12/01/2015
$33.04
$10.41
$10.08
$0.00
$53.53
$0.00
$54.03
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
VAC-HAUL
TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE A
WAGON DRILL OPERATOR
LABORERS - ZONE 1
06/01/2016
$33.54
$10.41
$10.08
08/01/2016
$33.54
$10.91
$10.08
$0.00
$54.53
12/01/2016
$33.54
$10.91
$10.89
$0.00
$55.34
12/01/2015
$35.60
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$56.60
06/01/2016
$36.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$57.35
12/01/2016
$37.35
$7.45
$13.55
$0.00
$58.35
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER"
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Page 32 of 35
Classification
WASTE WATER PUMP OPERATOR
OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4
Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Effective Date
Base Wage
12/01/2015
$43.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$68.63
06/01/2016
$44.48
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$69.38
12/01/2016
$45.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$70.63
06/01/2017
$46.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$71.63
12/01/2017
$47.73
$10.00
$14.90
$0.00
$72.63
03/01/2016
$51.36
$11.07
$15.14
$0.00
$77.57
$11.07
$15.14
$0.00
$78.62
$53.41
$11.07
$15.14
$0.00
$79.62
08/30/2015
$26.11
$7.25
$1.78
$0.00
$35.14
08/28/2016
$26.61
$7.50
$1.80
$0.00
$35.91
09/03/2017
$27.14
$7.75
$1.81
$0.00
$36.70
08/30/2015
$36.98
$7.25
$8.12
$0.00
$52.35
08/28/2016
$37.70
$7.50
$8.87
$0.00
$54.07
09/03/2017
$38.45
$7.75
$9.53
$0.00
$55.73
08/30/2015
$30.46
$7.25
$8.34
$0.00
$46.05
08/28/2016
$31.05
$7.50
$8.89
$0.00
$47.44
09/03/2017
$31.66
$7.75
$9.44
$0.00
$48.85
08/30/2015
$23.93
$7.25
$1.72
$0.00
$32.90
08/28/2016
$24.39
$7.50
$1.73
$0.00
$33.62
$0.00
$34.38
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS"
WATER METER INSTALLER
PLUMBERS & GASFITTERS LOCAL 12
09/01/2016
03/01/2017
$52.41
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER" or "PLUMBER/GASFITTER"
Outside Electrical - East
CABLE TECHNICIAN (Power Zone)
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LINEMAN"
CABLEMAN (Underground Ducts & Cables)
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LINEMAN"
DRIVER / GROUNDMAN CDL
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LINEMAN"
DRIVER / GROUNDMAN -Inexperienced (<2000 Hrs)
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104
09/03/2017
$24.88
$7.75
$1.75
08/30/2015
$36.98
$7.25
$12.29
$0.00
$56.52
08/28/2016
$37.70
$7.50
$12.95
$0.00
$58.15
09/03/2017
$38.45
$7.75
$13.61
$0.00
$59.81
08/30/2015
$32.63
$7.25
$9.05
$0.00
$48.93
08/28/2016
$33.26
$7.50
$9.63
$0.00
$50.39
09/03/2017
$33.92
$7.75
$10.21
$0.00
$51.88
08/30/2015
$23.93
$7.25
$1.72
$0.00
$32.90
08/28/2016
$24.39
$7.50
$1.73
$0.00
$33.62
09/03/2017
$24.88
$7.75
$1.75
$0.00
$34.38
08/30/2015
$19.58
$7.25
$1.59
$0.00
$28.42
08/28/2016
$19.96
$7.50
$1.60
$0.00
$29.06
$0.00
$29.71
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LINEMAN"
EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (Class A CDL)
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LINEMAN"
EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (Class B CDL)
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LINEMAN"
GROUNDMAN
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LINEMAN"
GROUNDMAN -Inexperienced (<2000 Hrs.)
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104
09/03/2017
$20.35
$7.75
$1.61
08/30/2015
$43.51
$7.25
$15.06
$0.00
$65.82
$0.00
$67.68
$0.00
$69.59
For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LINEMAN"
JOURNEYMAN LINEMAN
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
08/28/2016
$44.35
$7.50
$15.83
09/03/2017
$45.23
$7.75
$16.61
20160406-039
Page 33 of 35
Classification
Effective Date
Base Wage
Health
Apprentice - LINEMAN (Outside Electrical) - East Local 104
Effective Date - 08/30/2015
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
$7.25
$3.28
$0.00
$36.64
$28.28
$7.25
$3.35
$0.00
$38.88
70
$30.46
$7.25
$3.41
$0.00
$41.12
4
75
$32.63
$7.25
$4.98
$0.00
$44.86
5
80
$34.81
$7.25
$5.04
$0.00
$47.10
6
85
$36.98
$7.25
$5.11
$0.00
$49.34
7
90
$39.16
$7.25
$7.17
$0.00
$53.58
Apprentice Base Wage Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Step
percent
1
60
$26.11
2
65
3
Effective Date -
Apprentice Base Wage Health
08/28/2016
Step
percent
1
60
$26.61
$7.50
$3.30
$0.00
$37.41
2
65
$28.83
$7.50
$3.36
$0.00
$39.69
3
70
$31.05
$7.50
$3.43
$0.00
$41.98
4
75
$33.26
$7.50
$5.00
$0.00
$45.76
5
80
$35.48
$7.50
$5.06
$0.00
$48.04
6
85
$37.70
$7.50
$5.13
$0.00
$50.33
7
90
$39.92
$7.50
$7.20
$0.00
$54.62
Notes:
Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:2
TELEDATA CABLE SPLICER
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104
TELEDATA LINEMAN/EQUIPMENT OPERATOR
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104
TELEDATA WIREMAN/INSTALLER/TECHNICIAN
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104
TREE TRIMMER
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104
01/01/2016
$28.98
$4.25
$3.12
$0.00
$36.35
01/01/2016
$27.31
$4.25
$3.07
$0.00
$34.63
01/01/2016
$27.31
$4.25
$3.07
$0.00
$34.63
01/31/2016
$18.51
$3.55
$0.00
$0.00
$22.06
This classification applies only to tree work done: (a) for a utility company, R.E.A. cooperative, or railroad or coal mining company, and (b) for the purpose of
operating, maintaining, or repairing the utility company’s equipment, and (c) by a person who is using hand or mechanical cutting methods and is not on the ground.
This classification does not apply to wholesale tree removal.
TREE TRIMMER GROUNDMAN
01/31/2016
OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - EAST LOCAL 104
$16.32
$3.55
$0.00
$0.00
$19.87
This classification applies only to tree work done: (a) for a utility company, R.E.A. cooperative, or railroad or coal mining company, and (b) for the purpose of
operating, maintaining, or repairing the utility company’s equipment, and (c) by a person who is using hand or mechanical cutting methods and is on the ground. This
classification does not apply to wholesale tree removal.
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Page 34 of 35
Classification
Effective Date
Base Wage
Health
Pension
Supplemental
Unemployment
Total Rate
Additional Apprentice Information:
Minimum wage rates for apprentices employed on public works projects are listed above as a percentage of the pre-determined hourly wage rate established by the
Commissioner under the provisions of the M.G.L. c. 149, ss. 26-27D. Apprentice ratios are established by the Division of Apprenticeship Training pursuant to M.G.L.
c. 23, ss. 11E-11L.
All apprentices must be registered with the Division of Apprenticeship Training in accordance with M.G.L. c. 23, ss. 11E-11L.
All steps are six months (1000 hours.)
Ratios are expressed in allowable number of apprentices to journeymen or fraction thereof, unless otherwise specified.
** Multiple ratios are listed in the comment field.
*** APP to JM; 1:1, 2:2, 2:3, 3:4, 4:4, 4:5, 4:6, 5:7, 6:7, 6:8, 6:9, 7:10, 8:10, 8:11, 8:12, 9:13, 10:13, 10:14, etc.
**** APP to JM; 1:1, 1:2, 2:3, 2:4, 3:5, 4:6, 4:7, 5:8, 6:9, 6:10, 7:11, 8:12, 8:13, 9:14, 10:15, 10:16, etc.
Issue Date:
04/06/2016
Wage Request Number:
20160406-039
Page 35 of 35